Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-84b7d79bbc-4hvwz Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2024-07-25T16:47:32.971Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

References

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  05 June 2012

Barbara C. Lust
Affiliation:
Cornell University, New York
Get access

Summary

Image of the first page of this content. For PDF version, please use the ‘Save PDF’ preceeding this image.'
Type
Chapter
Information
Child Language
Acquisition and Growth
, pp. 293 - 372
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2006

Access options

Get access to the full version of this content by using one of the access options below. (Log in options will check for institutional or personal access. Content may require purchase if you do not have access.)

References

Abbi, A. (1992). Reduplication in South Asian Languages: an Areal, Typological, and Historical Study. New Delhi, India: Allied Publishers Ltd.Google Scholar
Abbi, A. (2001). A Manual of Linguistic Field Work and Structures of Indian Languages. Munich: LINCOM Europa.Google Scholar
Abraham, W., Epstein, S., Thräinsson, H. and Zwart, C. J.-W. (eds.) (1996). Minimal Ideas, Syntactic Studies in the Minimalistic Framework. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adger, D. (2004). Core Syntax: A Minimalist Approach. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (1994). Words in the Mind: An Introduction to the Mental Lexicon. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (1998). The Articulate Mammal: An Introduction to Psycholinguistics. London; New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (2003a). A Glossary of Language and Mind. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (2003b). Linguistics. An Introduction. London: Hodder and Stoughton.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. and M. Straf (1982). Lexical Storage and Retrieval: A Developing Skill? In Cutler, A. (ed.), Slips of the Tongue. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Akhtar, N. and Tomasello, M. (1996). “Two-Year-Olds Learn Words for Absent Objects and Actions.” British Journal of Developmental Psychology 14(Pt. 1): 79–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Akhtar, N., Jipson, J. and Callahan, M. A. (2001). “Learning words through overhearing.” Child Development 72(2): 416–430.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Akmajian, A. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A., Farmers, A. K. and Harnish, R. M. (2001). Linguistics: an introduction to language and communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Allen, G. D. and S. Hawkins (1980). Phonological Rhythm: Definition and Development. In Yeni-Komshian, G., Kavanagh, J. F. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York: Academic Press. 1: 227–256.Google Scholar
Allen, S. E. M. (1994). “Acquisition of some Mechanisms of Transitivity Alternation in Arctic Quebec Inukititut.” Ph.D. dissertation. Montreal: McGill University
Allen, S. E. M. (1996). Aspects of Argument Structure Acquisition in Inuktitut. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Allen, S. E. M. and M. B. Crago (1993a). The Acquisition of Passives and Unaccusatives in Inuktitut. In J. Matthews and L. White (eds.), McGill Working Papers in Linguistics. 9: 1–29
Allen, S. E. M. and Crago, M. B. (1993b). “Early Acquisition of Passive Morphology in Inuktitut.” Twenty-Fourth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.Google Scholar
Anderson, S. R. (1985). Phonology in the Twentieth Century: Theories of Rules and Theories of Representations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Anderson, S. R. and Lightfoot, D. W. (2002). The Language Organ: Linguistics as Cognitive Physiology. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anglin, J. M. (1977). Word, Object and Conceptual Development. New York: Norton.Google Scholar
Anglin, J. M. (1993). “Vocabulary Development: A Morphological Analysis.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 58(10 (238)): 1–166.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Angluin, D. (1980). “Inductive Inference of Formal Languages for Positive Data.” Information and Control 45(2): 117–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aram, D., Ekleman, B. and Whitaker, H. (1986). “Spoken Syntax in Children with Acquired Unilateral Hemisphere Lesions.” Brain and Language 27: 75–100.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Archibald, J. (1995). Introduction: Phonological Competence. Phonological acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: xiii–ⅹⅺ.Google Scholar
Arlman-Rupp, A. J. L., Haan, D. V. N.Sandt-Koenderman, M. (1976). “Brown's Early Stages: Some Evidence from Dutch.” Journal of Child Language 3(2): 267–274.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Armitage, S., Baldwin, B. A. and Vince, M. A. (1980). “The Fetal Sound Environment of Sheep.” Science 208(4448): 1173–1174.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Armon-Lotem, S. (1998). Mommy Sock in a Minimalist Eye: On the Acquisition of DP in Hebrew. In Ditmer, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Armstrong, S.Gleitman, L. and Gleitman, H. (1983). “What Some Concepts Might Not Be.” Cognition 13(3): 263–308.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Asher, J. and Garcia, R. (1969). “The Optimal Age to Learn a Foreign Language.” Modern Language Journal 53: 334–341.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aslin, R. N. (1987). Visual and Auditory Development in Infancy. In J. Osofsky (ed.), Handbook of Infant Development. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.
Aslin, R. N. (1993). Segmentation of Fluent Speech into Words: Learning Models and the Role of Maternal Input. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 305–316.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aslin, R. N., P. W. Jusczyk and D. B. Pisoni (1998). Speech and Auditory Processing During Infancy: Constraints on Precursors to Language. In Damon, W. (ed.), Cognition, Perception and Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 2: 147–198.Google Scholar
Aslin, R. N., D. B. Pisoni and P. W. Jusczyk (1983). Auditory Development and Speech Perception in Infancy. In Haith, M. and Campos, J. (eds.), Carmichael's Handbook of Child Psychology: Infancy and Developmental Psychobiology. New York: Wiley. 2: 573–670.Google Scholar
Aslin, R. N., Pisoni,, D. B.Hennessy, B. L. and Perey, A. J. (1981). “Discrimination of Voice Onset Time by Human Infants: New Findings and Implications for the Effects of Early Experience.” Child Development 52(4): 1135–1145.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Astington, J. W. and Jenkins, J. M. (1999). “A Longitudinal Study of the Relation between Language and Theory-of-Mind Development.” Developmental Psychobiology 35(5): 1311–20.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Atkinson, M. (1992). Children's Syntax: An Introduction to Principles and Parameters Theory. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Au, T. K. F. (1983). “Chinese and English Counterfactuals: the Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis Revisited.” Cognition 15(1–3): 155–187.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Au, T. K. F. and Glusman, M. (1990). “The Principle of Mutual Exclusivity in Word Learning: To Honor or Not to Honor?”Child Development 61(5): 1474–1490.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Au, T. K. F., Knightly,, L. M.Jun, S. A. and Oh, J. S. (2002). “Overhearing a Language During Childhood.” Psychological Science 13(3): 238–243.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Austin, , J. (2001). Language Differentiation and the Development of Morphosyntax in Bilingual Children Acquiring Basque and Spanish. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1996). Current Challenges to the Parameter-Setting Paradigm: The Pro-Drop Parameter. In C. Koster and F. Wijnen (eds.), Proceedings of the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition, 1995. 87–97
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1997). The Acquisition of Spanish Null and Overt Pronouns: Pragmatic and Syntactic Factors. In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. 15: 160–177
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado and B. Lust (1998). Interactions Between Pragmatic and Syntactic Knowledge in the First Language Acquisition of Spanish Null and Overt Pronominals. In Lema, J. and Trevino, E. (eds.), Theoretical Analyses of Romance Languages. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins: 35–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1997). The Status of Pro-Drop in the Initial State: Results from New Analyses of Spanish. In Perez-Leroux, A. and Glass, W. (eds.), Contemporary Perspectives on the Acquisition of Spanish. Vol. I: Developing Grammars. Boston: Cascadilla Press. 1: 37–54.Google Scholar
Badecker, W. and Caramazza, A. (1989). “A Lexical Distinction Between Inflection and Derivation.” Linguistic Inquiry 20: 108–116.Google Scholar
Bahrick, L. E. and Pickens, J. N. (1988). “Classification of Bimodal English and Spanish Language Passages by Infants.” Infant Behavior and Development 11(3): 277–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1983, 1984). “Case Relations and Case Forms in Child Language.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics. Vols. 9, 10. Nirmala Memorial Volume. Hyderabad: Department of Linguistics. Osmania University. 73–101.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1989, 1984). “Dative in Dravidian-A Perspective from Child Language.” Psycho-Lingua XIV(2): 135–144.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1996–1997). “Inflection, Split or Not? Evidence from Tamil-Telugu Children.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 22–23: 29–43.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi and Nirmala, C. (1978). “Assimilatory Processes in Child Language.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 4: 9–22.Google Scholar
Baird, R. (1972). “On the Rule of Chance in Imitation-Comprehension-Production Test Results.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11(4): 474–477.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baker, C. L. (1979). “Syntactic Theory and the Projection Problem.” Linguistic Inquiry 10(4): 533–581.Google Scholar
Baker, M. C. (2001). The Atoms of Language. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Baker, M. C. (2003). Lexical Categories: Verbs, Nouns, and Adjectives. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baker, P., M. Post and H. van der Voort (1995). TMA Particles and Auxiliaries. In Arends, J., Muysken, P. and Smith, N. (eds.), Pidgins and Creoles. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 247–258.Google Scholar
Balaban, M. T. and Waxman, S. R. (1997). “Do Word Labels Facilitate Categorization in 9-month-old Infants?”Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 64: 3–26.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. (1991). “Infants' Contribution to the Achievement of Joint Reference.” Child Development 62(5): 875–890.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Baldwin, D. A. (1993a). “Early Referential Understanding: Young Children's Ability to Recognize Referential Acts for What They Are.” Developmental Psychology 29(5): 832–843.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. (1993b). “Infants' Ability to Consult the Speaker for Clues to Word Reference.” Journal of Child Language 20(2): 395–418.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. and Markman, E. M. (1989). “Establishing Word-Object Relations: A First Step.” Child Development 60(2): 381–398.Google ScholarPubMed
Baldwin, D. A., Markman,, E. M.Bill, B., Desjardins, R. N., Irwin, J. M. and Tidball, G. (1996). “Infants' Reliance on a Social Criterion for Establishing Word-Object Relations.” Child Development 67(6): 3135–3153.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Banich, M. (1997). Neuropsychology. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.Google Scholar
Banich, M. T. and Heller, W. (1998). “Evolving Perspectives on Lateralization of Function.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 7: 1–2.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baraniga, M. (1997). “New Imaging Methods Provide a Better View into the Brain.” Science 276: 1974–1976.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Barbier, I. (1995). Configuration and Movement: Studies of the First Language Acquisition of Dutch Word Order. Ph.D. Dissertation, Cornell University
Barbier, I. (1996). The Head-Direction of Dutch VPs: Evidence from L1 acquisition. Proceedings from the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition, Groningen
Barbosa, P., Fox, D., Hagstrom, P., McGinnis, M. and Pesetsky, D. (eds.) (1998). Is the Best Good Enough?Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Barrett, M. (ed.) (1999). The Development of Language. Hove, East Sussex:Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Barrett, M. D. (1978). “Lexical Development and Overextension in Child Language.” Journal of Child Language 5(2): 205–219.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bartlett, E. J. (1978). The Acquisition of the Meaning of Color Terms: A Study of Lexical Development. In Campbell, R. and Smith, P. T. (eds.), Recent Advances in the Psychology of Language. New York: Plenum Press. 1: 89–108.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bates, E. (1979). The Emergence of Symbols: Cognition and Communication in Infancy. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Bates, E. and Elman, J. (1996). “Learning Rediscovered.” Science 274: 1849–1850.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bates, E. A. and B. MacWhinney (1987). Competition, Variation and Language Learning. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), Mechanisms of Language Acquisition.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 157–194.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A. and B. MacWhinney (1989). Functionalism and the Competition Model. In MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. A. (eds.), The cross-linguistic study of sentence processing. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press. 3–73.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A., Bretherton, I. and Snyder, L. (1988). From First Words to Grammar: Individual Differences and Dissociable Mechanisms. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A., Snyder, L., Bretherton, I. and Volterra, V. (1979). “First Words in Language and Action: Similarities and Differences.”Stanford Child Language Research Forum, Stanford, CA.Google Scholar
Bates, E., D. Thal and J. Janowsky (1992). Early Language Development and its Neural Correlates. In Rapin, I., and Segalowitz, S. (eds.), Handbook of Neuropsychology. Amsterdam: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Bates, M., R. J. Bobrow and R. M. Weischedel (1993). Critical Challenges for Natural Language Processing
Baynes, K. and M. Gazzaniga (1988). Right Hemisphere Language: Insights into Normal Language Mechanisms. In Plum, F. (ed.), Language, Communication and the Brain. New York: Raven Press.Google Scholar
Baynes, K. and M. Gazzaniga (2000). Consciousness, Introspection, and the Split-Brain: The Two Minds/One Body Problem. In Gazzaniga. 1355–1363
Baynes, K., Eliassen,, J.Lutsep, H. and Gazzaniga, M. (1998). “Modular Organization of Cognitive Systems Masked by Interhemispheric Integration.” Science 280: 902–905.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Baynes, K., Wessinger,, C.Fendrich, R. and Gazzaniga, M. (1995). “The Emergence of the Capacity to Name Left Visual Field Stimuli in a Callosotomy Patient: Implications for Functional Plasticity.” Neuropsychologia 33(10): 1225–1242.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beardsley, M. C. (ed.) (1960). The European Philosophers from Descartes to Nietzsche. New York: Modern Library.Google Scholar
Beckwith, R., E. Tinker and L. Bloom (1989). The Acquisition of Nonbasic Sentences. 4th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Beeman, M. (1993). “Semantic Processing in the Right Hemisphere May Contribute to Drawing Inferences During Comprehension.” Brain and Language 44: 80–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beeman, M., and Chiarello, C. (1998). Right Hemisphere Language Comprehension: Perspectives from Cognitive Neuroscience. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Beeman, M., Bowden, E. and Gernsbacher, M. A. (2000). “Right and Left Hemisphere Cooperation for Drawing Predictive and Coherence Inferences during Normal Story Comprehension.” Brain and Language 71: 310–336.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Beers, M. (1995). The Phonology of Normally Developing and Language Disordered Children. Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.Google Scholar
Beilin, H. (ed.) (1975). Studies in the Cognitive Basis of Language Development. New York, Academic Press.Google Scholar
Bellugi, U. (1988). The Acquisition of a Spatial Language. In Brown, R. and Kessel, F. S. (eds.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ:Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 153–186.Google Scholar
Bellugi, U., A. Bihrle, H. Neville, S. Doherty and T. Jernigan (1992). Language, Cognition and Brain Organization in a Neurodevelopmental Disorder. In M. R. Gunnan and C. A. Nelson (eds.), Developmental Behavioral Neuroscience: The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology. 24: 201–231
Benedict, H. (1979). “Early Lexical Development: Comprehension and Production.” Journal of Child Language 6(2): 183–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Berk, S. (1996). What Does Why What Trigger? Ithaca, NY: Cornell University. Unpublished Honors Thesis.Google Scholar
Berk, S. (2002). Why “Why” is different. BUCLD Proceedings, Cascadilla Press.Google Scholar
Berk, Stephanie and B. Lust (1999). “Early Knowledge of Inversion in Yes/No Questions, New Evidence from Children's Natural Speech.” Paper presented at the Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA
Berko, J. (1958). “The Child's Learning of English Morphology.” Word 17(2–3): 150–177. Republished in Lust and Foley 2004.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleason, Berko J. and Ratner, N. (eds.) (1993a). Instructor's Manual to Accompany Psycholinguistics. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Gleason, Berko J. and Ratner, N. (1993b). Psycholinguistics. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Berlin, B. and Kay, P. (1969). Basic Color Terms: their Universality and Evolution. Berkeley; Los Angeles: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Berman, R. A. and Clark, E. (1989). “Learning to Use Compounds for Contrast: Data from Hebrew.” First Language 9(3(27)): 247–270.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Berthoud-Papandropoulou, I. (1978). An Experimental Study of Children's Ideas about Language. In Sinclair,, A.Jarvella, R. and Levelt, W. (eds.), The Child's Conception of Language. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. 2: 55–64.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bertoncini, J., Bijeljac-Babic,, R.Jusczyk, P., Kennedy, L. and Mehler, J. (1987). “Discrimination in Neonates of Very Short CVs.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 82(1): 31–37.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bertoncini, J., Bijeljac-Babic,, R.Jusczyk, P., Kennedy, L. and Mehler, J. (1988). “An Investigation of Young Infants' Perceptual Representations of Speech Sounds.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 117: 21–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bertoncini, J., Morais,, R.Bijeljac-Babic, R., MacAdams, S., Peeretz, I. and Mehler, J. (1989). “Dichotic Perception and Laterality in Neonates.” Brain Cognition 37: 591–605.Google ScholarPubMed
Berwick, R. C. (1985). The Acquisition of Syntactic Knowledge. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1988). The Emergence of Cerebral Asymmetries in Early Human Development: A Literature Review and a Neuroembryological Model. In Molfese, D. L. and Segalowitz, S. J. (eds.), Brain Lateralization in Children: Developmental Implications. New York: Guilford Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1993). Emergence of Language-Specific Constraints in Perception of Native and Non-Native Speech: A Window on Early Phonological Development. In Boysson-Bardies,, B.Schonen, S., Justczyk,, P.MacNeilage, P. and Morton, J. (eds.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Best, C. T. (1994). The Emergence of Native-Language Phonological Influences in Infants: A Perceptual Assimilation Model. Goodman, In J. C. and Nusbaum, H. C. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: the Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1995). Learning to Perceive the Sound Patterns of English. In Rovee-Collier, C. and Lipsett, L. (eds.), Advances in Infancy Research. Norwood, NJ:Ablex.Google Scholar
Best, C. T., McRoberts, G. and Sithole, N. (1988a). “Examination of Perceptual Reorganization for Nonnative Speech Contrasts: Zulu Click Discrimination by English-Speaking Adults and Infants.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 14: 345–360.Google Scholar
Best, C. T., McRoberts, G. and Sithole, N. (1988). “The Phonological Basis of Perceptual Loss for Nonnative Contrasts: Maintenance of Discrimination among Zulu Clicks by English-Speaking Adults and Infants.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 14 345–360.Google Scholar
Bever, T. (1975). Psychologically Real Grammar Emerges because of its Role in Language Acquisition. In Dato, D. (ed.), Developmental Psycholinguistics: Theory and Applications. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.Google Scholar
Bever, T. (1992). The Logical and Extrinsic Sources of Modularity. In Gunnar, M. and Maratsos, M. (eds.), Modularity and Constraints in Language and Cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 179–212.Google Scholar
Bever, T. G., Katz, J. J. and Langendoen, D. T. (eds.) (1976). An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability. The Language & Thought Series. New York: Crowell.Google Scholar
Bhatia, Tej and Ritchie, W. (2004). The Handbook of Bilingualism. London: Blackwell Publishing.Google Scholar
Bialystok, E. and Hakuta, K. (1994). In Other Words. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Biber, D., Conrad, S. and Reppen, R. (1998). Corpus Linguistics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bickerton, D. (1999). How to Acquire Language Without Positive Evidence: What Acquisitionists Can Learn from Creoles. In DeGraff, M. (ed.), Language Creation and Language Change; Creolization, Diachrony, and Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. ⅹ, 573.Google Scholar
Bijeljac-Babic, R., Bertoncini, J. and Mehler, J. F. (1993). “How Do Four Day Old Infants Categorize Multisyllabic Utterances?”Developmental Psychology 29(4): 711–724.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Binder, J. and C. Price (2001). Functional Neuroimaging of Language. In Cabeza, R. and Kingstone, A. (eds.), Handbook of Functional Neuroimaging of Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 186–251.Google Scholar
Bird, S. and Simons, G. (2003). “Seven Dimensions of Portability for Language Documentation and Description.” Language 79(3): 557–582.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Birdsong, D. (1992). “Ultimate Attainment in Second Language Acquisition.” Language 68: 706–755.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Birdsong, D. (1999). Second Language Acquisition and the Critical Period Hypothesis. Mahwah, NJ: L. Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Bishop, D. (1997). Uncommon Understanding: Development and Disorders of Comprehension in Children. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Bishop, D. V. M. (1988). Language Development in Children with Abnormal Structure or Function of the Speech Apparatus. In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. London: Livingston. 220–238.Google Scholar
Blake, J. (2000). Routes to Child Language: Evolutionary and Developmental Precursors. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blake, J. and Boysson-Bardies, B. (1992). “Patterns in Babbling: A Cross-Linguistic Study.” Journal of Child Language 19(1): 51–74.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blake, J. and Fink, R. (1987). “Sound–Meaning Correspondences in Babbling.” Journal of Child Language 14(2): 229–253.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blake, J. and Quartaro, G. (1990). Manual for Recording, Transcribing and Analyzing Speech Samples of Preschool Children. Toronto, Canada: York University.Google Scholar
Blake, J., Quartaro, G. and Onorati, S. (1993). “Evaluating Quantitative Measures of Grammatical Complexity in Spontaneous Speech Samples.” Journal of Child Language 20(1): 139–152.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blank, M., Gessner, M. and Esposito, A. (1979). “Language Without Communication: A Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 6(2): 329–352.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bleser, R. D., Faiss, J. and Schwartz, M. (1995). “Rapid Recovery of Aphasia and Deep Dyslexia after Cerebrovascular Left-Hemisphere Damage in Childhood.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 9(1): 22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L. (1970a). Language Development: Form and Function in Emerging Grammars. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1970b). The Reduction Transformation and Constraints on Sentence Length. In Bloom, L. (ed.), Language Development: Form and Function in Emerging Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 135–169.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1974). Talking, Understanding, and Thinking. In Schiefelbusch, R. L. and Lloyd, L. L. (eds.), Language Perspectives – Acquisition, Retardation, and Intervention. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 285–312.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1993). The Transition from Infancy to Language: Acquiring the Power of Expression. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L. and M. Lahey (1978). Deviant Language Development: A Definition of Language Disorders. In Bloom, L. and Lahey, M. (eds.), Language Development and Language Disorders. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 289–303.Google Scholar
Bloom, L., Hood, L. and Lightbown, P. (1974). “Imitation in Language Development. If, When and Why?”Cognitive Psychology 6(3): 380–420.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L., Lifter, K. and Hafitz, J. (1980). “The Semantics of Verbs and the Development of Verb Inflections in Child Language.” Language 56(2): 386–412.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L., Tinker, E. and Margulis, C. (1993). “The Words Children Learn: Evidence Against a Noun Bias in Early Vocabularies.” Cognitive Development 8(4): 431–450.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. (1990). “Subjectless Sentences in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 21(4): 491–504.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1994). “Possible Names: The Role of Syntax-Semantics Mapping in the Acquisition of Nominals.” Lingua 92: 297–329.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. (1994). Syntax-Semantics Mappings as an Explanation for Some Transitions in Language Development. In Levy, L. (ed.), Other Children, Other Languages: Theoretical Issues in Language Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1996). Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1999). The Role of Semantics in Solving the Bootstrapping Problem. In Jackendoff,, R.Bloom, P. and Wynn, K. (eds.), Language, Logic and Concepts: Essays in Memory of John Macnamara. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (2000). How Children Learn the Meanings of Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (2001). “Precis of How Children Learn the Meanings of Words.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 24(6): 1095–1134.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. and L. Gleitman (1999). Word Meaning, Acquisition of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 856–858.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. and Markson, L. (1998). “Capacities underlying word learning.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2(2(11)): 67–73.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bloom, R., Borod,, L.Obler, K., Santschi-Hayward, C. and Pick, L. (1996). “Right and Left Hemispheric Contributions to Discourse Coherence and Cohesion.” International Journal of Neuroscience 88: 125–140.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bloomfield, L. (1933). Language. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Blume, M. (2002). Discourse-Morphosyntax Interface in Spanish Non-Finite Verbs: A Comparison Between Adult and Child Grammars. Unpublished dissertation. Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Bohannon, J. and Stanowicz, L. (1988). “The Issue of Negative Evidence: Adult Responses to Children's Language Errors.” Developmental Psychology 24: 684–689.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bohannon, J. N., MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1990). “No Negative Evidence Revisited: Beyond Learnability or Who to Prove What to Whom.” Developmental Psychology 24: 221–226.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bonvillian, J. D., Garber, A. M. and Dell, S. B. (1997). “Language Origin Accounts: Was the Gesture in the Beginning?”First Language 17(3): 219–239.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Borden, G., Harris, K. and Raphael, L. (1994). Speech Science Primer. Baltimore, MD: Williams and Wilkins.Google Scholar
Borer, H. and B. Rohrbacher (1997). Features and Projections: Arguments for the Full Competence Hypothesis. In Hughes,, E.Hughes, M. and Greenhill, A. (eds.), Proceedings of the 21st Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press. 24–35.Google Scholar
Borer, H., and Rohrbacher, B. (2002). “Minding the Absent: Arguments for the Full Competence Hypothesis.” Language Acquisition 10(2): 123–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Borer, H. and K. Wexler (1987). The Maturation of Syntax. In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boring, E. G. (1950). A History of Experimental Psychology. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.Google Scholar
Bornstein, M. H. (1975). “Qualities of Color Vision in Infancy.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 19(3): 410–419.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bornstein, M., Haynes, O. M., Painter, K. and Genevro, J. (2000). “Child Language with Mothers and with Strangers at Home and in the Laboratory: a Methodological Study.” Journal of Child Language 27.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bornstein, M., Tal, J., Rahn, C., Galperin, C., Lamour, M., Oginop, M., Pecheux, M-G., Toda, S., Azuma, H. and Tamis-LeMonda, C. (1992a). “Functional Analysis of the Contents of Maternal Speech to Infants of 5 and 13 Months in Four Cultures: Argentina, France, Japan, and the United States.” Developmental Psychology 28 (4): 593–603.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bornstein, M., Tamis-LeMonda, C., Tal, J., Ludemann, P., Toda, S., Rahn, C., Pecheux, M.-G., Azuma, H. and Vardi, D. (1992b). “Maternal Responsiveness to Infants in Three Societies: The United States, France and Japan.” Child Development 63: 808–821.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boroditsky, L. (2001). “Does Language Shape Thought? Mandarin and English Speakers' Conceptions of Time.” Cognitive Psychology 43(1): 1–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bosch, L. and Sebastian-Galles, N. (1997). “Native-Language Recognition Abilities in 4-Month-Old Infants From Monolingual and Bilingual Environments.” Cognition 65(1): 33–69.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Boser, K. (1989). The First Language Acquisition of German Word Order. Honor's thesis. Ithaca: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1992). Early Knowledge of Verb Position in Children's Acquisition of German: An Argument for Continuity of Universal Grammar. Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1995). Verb Initial Utterances in Early Child German: A Study of the Interaction of Grammar and Pragmatics. Proceedings of the 27th Stanford Child Language Forum. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications
Boser, K. (1997a). The Acquisition of Word Order Knowledge in Early Child German: Interactions Between Syntax and Pragmatics. Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1997b) “A New Null Auxiliary Proposal for Strong Continuity in Early Child German: Converging Evidence from Crossectional and Longitudinal Data.” In Shamitha Somashekar, Kyoko Yamakoshi, Maria Blume and Claire Foley (eds.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Vol. 15. Papers on Language Acquisition. Ithaca: Cornell University. 178–199
Boser, K., B. Lust, L. Santelmann and J. Whitman (1991). The Theoretical Significance of Auxiliaries in Early Child German. Proceedings of the 16th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Boser, K., B. Lust, L. Santelmann and J. Whitman (1992). The syntax of CP and V-2 in Early German Child Grammar: The Strong Continuity Hypothesis. Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Association. Vol. 22. Amherst: University of Massachusetts. 51–66
Boser, K., L. Santelmann, I. Barbier and B. Lust (1995). Grammatical Mapping from UG to Language Specific Grammars: Deriving Variation in the Acquisition of German, Dutch and Swedish. Proceedings of the 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Bourgeois, J. P.,Goldman-Rakic, P. S. and Rakic, P. (1994). “Synaptogenesis in the Prefrontal Cortex of Rhesus Monkeys.” Cereb Cortex 4: 76.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bowerman, M. (1973). Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. London: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1978). The Acquisition of Word Meaning: An Investigation of Some Current Conflicts. In Waterson, N. and Snow, C. E. (eds.), The Development of Communication. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 263–287.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1982a). “Evaluating Competing Linguistic Models with Language Acquisition Data: Implications of Developmental Errors with Causative Verbs.” Quaderni di Semantica 3: 5–66.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1982b). Reorganizational Processes in Lexical and Syntactic Development. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1987). Commentary: Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), The Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 443–466.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1988). The “No Negative Evidence” Problem: How Do Children Avoid Construction an Overly General Grammar? In Hawkins, J. A. (ed.), Explaining Language Universals. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell. 73–104.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1989). Learning a Semantic System: What Role do Cognitive Predispositions Play? In Rice, M. and Schiefelbusch, R. L. (eds.), The Teachability of Language. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1990). “Mapping Thematic Roles Onto Syntactic Functions: Are Children Helped by Innate ‘Linking Rules’?”Linguistics 28: 1253–1289.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1996). The Origins of Children's Spatial Semantic Categories: Cognitive vs. Linguistic Determinants. In Gumpertz and Levinson (eds.)
Bowerman, M. and Levinson, S. (2001). Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B. (1999). How Language Comes to Children: From Birth to Two Years. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B., Vihman, B. and Vihman, M. M. (1991). “Adaptation to Language: Evidence from Babbling and First Words in Four Languages.” Language 67(2): 297–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B., Sagart, L. and Durand, C. (1984). “Discernible Differences in the Babbling of Infants According to Target Language.” Journal of Child Language 11(1): 1–15.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Boysson-Bardies, B., Sagart, L. and Durand, C. (1989). “A Crosslinguistic Investigation of Vowel Formants in Babbling.” Journal of Child Language 16(1): 1–17.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brainard, M. and Doupe, A. (2002). “What Songbirds Teach Us About Learning.” Nature 417: 351–358.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Braine, M. D. S. (1971). On Two Types of Models of the Internalization of Grammars. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Ontogenesis of Grammar: A Theoretical Symposium. New York: Academic Press. 153–186.Google Scholar
Braine, M. D. S. (1974). “On What Might Constitute Learnable Phonology.” Language 50(2): 27–299.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braine, M. D. S. (1976). “Review Article: Smith, 1973.” Language 52(2): 489–498.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brent, M. and Siskind, J. M. (2001). “The Role of Exposure to Isolated Words in Early Vocabulary Development.” Cognition 81(2): B33–B34.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brent, M., A. Gafos and T. Cartwright (1994). “Phonotactics and the Lexicon: Beyond Bootstrapping.” In E. Clark (ed.), Proceedings of the 1994 Stanford Child Language Research Forum. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press
Brill, E. and S. Kapur (1997). An Information-Theoretic Solution to Parameter Setting. In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. 15: 200–216
Brinkman, U., K. F. Drozd and I. Krämer (1996). Physical Individuation as a Prerequisite for Children's Symmetrical Interpretations. Paper presented at the Proceedings of the 20th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Bromberger, S. and M. Halle (2000). The Ontology of Phonology. In Burton-Clements, N., Carr, P. and Docherty, G. (eds.), Phonological Knowledge: Conceptual and Empirical Issues. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Brown, C. and Hagoort, P. (eds.) (1999). The Neurocognition of Language. Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Brown, E. and C. Hanlon (1970). Derivational Theory and Order of Acquisition in Child Speech. In Hayes, J. (ed.), Cognition and the Development in Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.Google Scholar
Brown, K. (1999). “Grammar's Secret Skeleton.” Science 283(5403): 774–775.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brown, R. (1957). “Linguistic Determinism and the Parts of Speech.” Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 55(1): 1–5.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, R. (1958). Words and Things. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.Google Scholar
Brown, R. (1970). The First Sentences of Child and Chimpanzee. Psycholinguistics: Selected Papers. New York: Free Press.Google Scholar
Brown, R. (1973a). Characterization of the Data and Telegraphic Speech. In Brown, R., A First Language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 74–90.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, R. (1973b). A First Language: The Early Stages. In R. Brown A First Language
Brown, R. (1973c). The Study of Adam, Eve and Sarah. In R. Brown. A First Language. 51–58
Brown, R. (1977). Introduction. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 1–30.Google Scholar
Brownell, H. and Stringfellow, A. (1999). “Making Requests: Illustrations of How Right-Hemisphere Brain Damage Can Affect Discourse Production.” Brain and Language. 68(3): 442–466.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brownell, H., Potter,, H.Bihrle, ., and Gardner, H. (1986). “Inference Deficits in Right Brain-Damaged Patients.” Brain and Language 27: 310–321.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bruce, D. (1964). “The Analysis of Word Sounds.” British Journal of Educational Psychology 34(2): 158–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bruce, D. (1994). “Lashley and the Problem of Serial Order.” American Psychologist 49(2): 93–103.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bruner, J. (1964). “The Course of Cognitive Growth.” American Psychologist 19(1): 1–15.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Butt, M., King, T. H. and Ranchard, G. (1994). Theoretical Perspectives in Word Order in South Asian Languages. Stanford: CSLI Publications.Google Scholar
Cairns, H. S., McDaniel, D. and Hsu, J. R. (1993). “A Reply to ‘Children are in Control.’”Cognition 48(2): 193–194.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cairns, H. S., McDaniel,, D.Hsu, J. R. and Rapp, M. (1994). “A Longitudinal Study of Principles of Control and Pronominal Reference in Child English.” Language 70(2): 260–288.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Calvin, W. and Ojemann, G. (1994). Conversations with Neil's Brain: The Neural Nature of Thought and Language. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.Google Scholar
Camaioni, L., Longobardi,, E.Venut, P. and Bornstein, M. H. (1998). “Maternal Speech to 1-Year-Old Children in Two Italian Cultural Contexts.” Early Development and Parenting 7(1): 9–17.3.0.CO;2-T>CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Campbell, R. and Grieve, R. (1982). “Royal Investigations of the Origin of Language.” Historiographia Linguistica 9(1–2): 43–74.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Caplan, D. (1992). Language: Structure, Processing and Disorders. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Caplan, D. (1995). “Issues Arising in Contemporary Studies of Disorders of Syntactic Processing in Sentence Comprehension in Agrammatic Patients.” Brain and Language 50: 325–338.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Caplan, P. and Kinsbourne, M. (1976). “Baby Drops the Rattle: Asymmetry of Duration of Grasp by Infants.” Child Development 47: 532–534.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Caramazza, A. (1997a). Brain and Language. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Caramazza, A. (1997b). “How Many Levels of Processing are There in Lexical Access?”Cognitive Neuropsychology 14(1): 177–208.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Caramazza, A., Papagno, C. and Ruml, W. (2000). “The Selective Impairment of Phonological Processing in Speech Production.” Brain and Language 75: 428–450.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carden, G. (1986). Blocked Forward Conference. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht: Riedel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carey, S. (1978). The Child as a Word Learner. In Halle, M., Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Carey, S. (1985). Conceptual Change in Childhood. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Carey, S. and Bartlett, E. J. (1978). “Acquiring a Single New Word.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 15: 17–29.Google Scholar
Carpenter, K. (1991). “Later Rather Than Sooner: Extralinguistic Categories in the Acquisition of Thai Classifiers.” Journal of Child Language 18(1): 93–113.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carpenter, M., Nagell, K. and Tomasello, M. (1998). “Social Cognition, Joint Attention, and Communicative Competence from 9 to 15 Months of Age.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 63(4): 225.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carroll, L. (1964). Through the Looking Glass. New York: Parents' Magazine Press.Google Scholar
Carroll, L. (1998). Alice's Adventures in Wonderland. New York: Dutton Children's Books.Google Scholar
Carston, R. (1997). “Enrichment and Loosening: Complementary Processes in Deriving the Proposition Expressed?Linguistische Berichte 8(Special Issue on Pragmatics): 103–127.Google Scholar
Carston, R. (2002). Thoughts and Utterances: The Pragmatics of Explicit Communication. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Casasola, M. and Cohen, L. (2000). “Infants' Association of Linguistic Labels with Causal Actions.” Developmental Psychology 36(2): 155–168.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Casasola, M. and Cohen, L. (2002). “Infant Categorization of Containment, Support, and Tight-Fit Spatial Relationships.” Developmental Science 5(2): 247–264.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Casasola, M., Cohen, L. and Chiarello, E. (2003). “Six-month-old infants' categorization of containment spatial relations.” Child Development 74(3): 679–693.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Casasola, M., M. Parramore and S. Yang (forthcoming). “Can English-learning toddlers acquire and generalize a novel spatial word?” First Language
Casey, B. J. (2002). “Windows into the Human Brain.” Science 296: 1408–1409.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cattell, N. R. (2000). Children's Language: Consensus and Controversy. London; New York: Cassell.Google Scholar
Cazden, C. (1968). “The Acquisition of Noun and Verb Inflections.” Child Development 39(2): 433–448.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cazden, C. (1972). Child Language and Education. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Chambers, K., Onishi, K. and Fischer, C. (2003). “Infants Learn Phonotactic Regularities from Brief Auditory Experience.” Cognition 87: 869–77.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chandler, D. (2002). Semiotics: The Basics. London; New York: Routledge.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chapman, R. S. and J. F. Miller (1973). Word Order in Early Two and Three Word Utterances: Does Production Precede Comprehension? Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Charmon, T. and Baron-Cohen, S. (1992). “Understanding Drawings and Beliefs: A Further Test of the Metarepresentation Theory of Autism.” Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines 33(6): 1105–1112.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chee, M., Hon, N., Lee, H. L. and Soon, C. S. (2001). “Relative Language Proficiency Modulates Bold Signal Change When Bilinguals Perform Semantic Judgments.” Neuroimaging 13: 1155–1163.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cheng, L. and , R. Sybesma (1998). “Yi-wan Tang, Yi-ge Tang: Classifiers and Massifiers.” The Tsing Hua Journal of Chinese Studies, New Series 28(3): 385–412.Google Scholar
Chi, J. G., E. Dooling and F. H. Gilles (1977). “Gyral Development of the Human Brain.” Annals of Neurology1(86)
Chien, Y.-C. (1994). Structural Determinants of Quantifier Scope: An Experimental Study of Chinese First Language Acquisition. In Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J., (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Persepectives. Vol II. Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 391–415.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Li, Y. H. A. (1998). The Subject-Orientation Requirement and Chinese Children's Acquisition of Reflexives and Pronouns. Studia Linguistica Serica. Hong Kong: City Polytechnic of Hong Kong. 209–224.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Lust, B. (1985). “The Concepts of Topic and Subject in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese.” Child Development 56(6): 1359–1375.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and B. Lust (forthcoming). Chinese Children's Acquisition of Binding Principles. In P. Li et al. (eds.), Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics
Chien, Y.-C. and K. Wexler (1987a). “A Comparison Between Chinese-Speaking and English-Speaking Children's Acquisition of Reflexives and Pronouns.” Paper Presented at the 12th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Chien, Y.-C. and Wexler, K. (1987b). Children's Acquisition of the Locality Condition for Reflexives and Pronouns. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 26: 30–39.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Wexler, K. (1990). “Children's Knowledge of Locality Conditions in Binding as Evidence for the Modularity of Syntax and Pragmatics.” Language Acquisition 1(3): 225–295.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., Lust, B. and Chiang, C.-P. (2003). “Chinese Children's Acquisition of Classifiers and Measure Words.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 12(2): 91–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., B. Lust and S. Flynn (1999). Testing Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition: A Study of Chinese ESL High School Students' Interpretation of English Pronouns. 1999 Biennial Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development, Albuquerque, NM
Chien, Y.-C., Wexler, K. and Chang, H.-W. (1993). “Children's Development of Long-Distance Binding in Chinese.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 2: 229–259.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., K. Wexler and H.-W. Chang (1995). Children's Acquisition of the Subject-Orientation Property of the Chinese Reflexive Ziji'. Sixth North American Conference on Chinese Linguistics. Los Angeles, CA: University of Southern California, Los Angeles
Chierchia, G. and McConnell-Ginet, S. (1990). Meaning and Grammar.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Choi, S. (2000). “Caregiver Input in English and Korean: Use of Nouns and Verbs in Book-Reading and Toy-Play Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 27(1): 69–96.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Choi, S. and A. Gopnik (1993). Nouns are Not Always Learned Before Verbs: An Early Verb Spurt in Korean. Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Child Language Research Forum
Choi, S. and Gopnik, A. (1995). “Early Acquisition of Verbs in Korean: A Cross-Linguistic Study.” Journal of Child Language 22(3): 497–529.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chomsky, C. (1969). The Acquisition of Syntax in Children from 5 to 10. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, C. (1986). “Analytic Study of the Tadoma Method: Language Abilities of Three Deaf-Blind Subjects.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 29(3): 332–347.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chomsky, N. (1959). “Review of B. F. Skinner's ‘Verbal Behavior’.” Language 35(1): 26–58.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1964). Formal Discussion. The Acquisition of Language. In U. Bellugi and R. Brown (eds.), Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, serial no. 92, vol. 29, no. 1: 35–42
Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of a Theory of Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and Mind. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1975a). Reflections on Language. New York: Pantheon Books.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1975b). The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory. New York: Plenum Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1980). Rules and Representations. New York: Columbia University Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1981a). Lectures on Government and Binding. Dordrecht, Holland: Foris.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1981b). “On the Representation of Form and Function.” The Linguistic Review 1(1): 3–40.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1984). Modular Approaches to the Study of the Mind.San Diego, CA: San Diego State University Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use. New York: Praeger.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1987). The Chomsky Reader. New York: Pantheon Books.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1988a). Language and Problems of Knowledge. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1988b). Language in a Psychological Setting. Japan: Sophia University.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1991a). Linguistics and Adjacent Fields: A Personal View. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomsky Turn. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 3–25.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1991b). Linguistics and Cognitive Science: Problems and Mysteries. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomsky Turn. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 26–55.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1992). The Minimalist Program for Linguistic Theory. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993a). From Orwell's Problem to Plato's Problem. In Reuland, E. and Abraham,, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language.Dordrecht/Boston: Kluwer Academic. 1.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993b). Language and Thought. Wakefield, RI; London: Moyer Bell.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993c). A minimalist program for linguistic theory. In Hale, K. and Keyser, S. J. (eds.), The View from Building 20: Essays in Linguistics in honor of Sylvain Bromberger. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1–52.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1996). The Minimalist Program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1999). On the Nature, Use, and Acquisition of Language. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 33–54.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (2000). New Horizons in the Study of Language and Mind. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (2002). On Nature and Language. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. and Halle, M. (1968). The Sound Pattern of English. New York: Harper and Row.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. and H. Lasnik (1996). The Theory of Principles and Parameters. In Chomsky, N. (ed.), The Minimalist Program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 13–128.Google Scholar
Christophe, A., Dupoux,, E.Bertonicini, J. and Mehler, J. F. (1994). “Do Infants Perceive Word Boundaries? An Empirical Study of the Bootstrapping of Lexical Acquisition.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 95(3): 1570–1580.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Christophe, A., M. Nespor, M. Guasti and B. V. Ooyen (1997). Reflections on Phonological Bootstrapping: its Role in Lexical and Syntactic Acquisition. In G. Altmann (ed.), Cognitive Models of Speech Processing. A Special issue of Language and Cognitive Processes
Chugani, H. T., Phelps, M. E. and Mazziotta, J. C. (1987). “Positron Emission Tomography Study of Human Brain Functional Development.” Annals of Neurology 22: 487–497.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cipollone, N., Keiser, S. Hartman and Vasishth, Shravan (1998). Language Files. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, Columbus, Dept of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Clahsen, , H. (1982). Spracherwerb in der Kindheit. Eine Untersuchung zur Entwicklung der Syntax bei Kleinkindern. Tübingen: Narr.Google Scholar
Clahsen, , H. (1999). “Lexical Entries and Rules of Language: A Multidisciplinary Study of German Inflection.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22(6): 991–1062.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (1973a). “Nonlinguistic Strategies and the Acquisition of Word Meanings.” Cognition 2(2): 161–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1973b). What's in a Word? On the Child's Acquisition of Semantics in His First Language. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press. 65–110.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1977). Universal Categories: On the Semantics of Classifiers and Children's Early Word Meanings. In Juilland, A. (ed.), Linguistic Studies Offered to Joseph Greenberg. Saratoga, CA: Amma Libri.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1978). “Strategies for Communicating.” Child Development 49(4): 953–959. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 423–431.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1982). The Young Word Maker: A Case Study of Innovation in the Child's Lexicon. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 390–425. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 396–422.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1983). Meanings and Concepts. In Flavell, J. and Markman, E. M. (eds.), Handbook of Child Psychology: formerly Carmichael's Manual of Child Psychology. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 3: 787–840.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1985). The Acquisition of Romance with Special Reference to French. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawerence Erlbaum Associates. 1: 687–782.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1988). “On the Logic of Contrast.” Journal of Child Language 15: 317–335.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (1993). The Lexicon in Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1997). “Conceptual Perspective and Lexical Choice in Acquisition.” Cognition 64(1): 1–37.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (2003). First Language Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Clark, E. and Andersen, E. S. (1979). “Spontaneous Repairs: Awareness in the Process of Acquiring Language.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 16.Google Scholar
Clark, E., Gelman, S. A. and Lane, N. (1985). “Compound Nouns and Category Structure in Young children.” Child Development 56(1): 81–91.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. and Grossman, J. (1998). “Pragmatic Directions and Children's Word Learning.” Journal of Child Language 25(1): 1–18.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. and Svaib, T. (1997). “Speaker Perspective and Reference in Young Children.” First Language 17(1(49)): 57–74.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, H. (1999). Psycholinguistics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 688–690.Google Scholar
Clark, H. and Clark, E. (1977). Psychology and Language.New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Clark, R. (1994). Finitude, Boundedness and Complexity: Learnability and the Study of First Language. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 473–490.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. (1999a). The Geometry of Phonological Features (1985). In Goldsmith, J. A. (ed.), Phonological Theory. The Essential Readings. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. (1999b). Phonology. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 639–641.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. and Keyser, S. J. (1983). CV Phonology: A Generative Theory of the Syllable. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Clifford, T. (1984). Acquisition of Pronouns in the First Language Acquisition of English: A Study of Natural Speech. Unpublished Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Cohen Sherman, J. (1983). The Acquisition of Control in Complement Sentences. The Role of Structural and Lexical Factors. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Cohen Sherman, J. and B. Lust (1986). Syntactic and Lexical Constraints on the Acquisition of Control in Complement Sentences. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. I: 279–310.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sherman, Cohen J. and Lust, B. (1993a). “Children are in Control.” Cognition 46: 1–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sherman, Cohen J. and Lust, B. (1993b). “A Note on Continuity of Universal Grammar: Response to Cairns, McDaniel and Hsu.” Cognition 48(2): 195–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cole, R. A. and J. Jakinik (1980). A Model of Speech Perception. In Cole, R. (ed.), Perception and Production of Fluent Speech. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 133–163.Google Scholar
Cole, P., G. Hermon and C.-T. J. Huang (2001). Introduction. Long-Distance Reflexives: the State of the Art. In Cole, P., Hermon, G. and Huang, C.-T. J. (eds.), Syntax and Semantics. Vol. XXXIII. Long-Distance Reflexives. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Cole, P., Hermon, G. and Sung, L.-M. (1990). “Principles and Parameters of Long-Distance Reflexives.” Linguistic Enquiry 21: 22.Google Scholar
Colombo, J. and Bundy, R. (1983). “Infant Response to Auditory Familiarity and Novelty.” Infant Behavior and Development 6(3): 305–311.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Comrie, B. (1981). Language Universals and Linguistic Typology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Comrie, B. (ed.) (1987). The World's Major Languages. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Comrie, B., Matthews, S. and Polinsky, M. (eds.) (1996). The Atlas of Languages. New York: Facts on File, Inc.Google Scholar
Conant, S. (1987). “The Relationship Between Age and MLU in Young Children: A Second Look at Klee and Fitzgerald's Data.” Journal of Child Language 14(1): 169–173.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Connelly, M. (1984). Basotho Children's Acquisition of Noun Morphology.Colchester: University of Essex.Google Scholar
Cook, V. (1988). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. An Introduction.Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cook, V. (1994). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cook, V. and Newson, M. (1996). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. London: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cooper, F. S., Delattre,, P. C.Liberman, A. M., Borst, J. M. and Gerstman, L. J., (1952). “Some Experiments on the Perception of Synthetic Speech Sounds.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 24(6): 597–606.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, R. P., Abraham,, J.Berman, J. and Staska, M. (1997). “The Development of Infants' Preference for Motherese.” Infant Behavior and Development 20(4): 477–488.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, R. P. and Aslin, R. N. (1990). “Preference for Infant Directed Speech in the First Month After Birth.” Child Development 61(5): 1584–1595.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cooper, W. and Paccia-Cooper, J. (1980). Syntax and Speech. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, W. and Walker, E. (1979). Sentence Processing: Psycholinguistic Studies. Presented to Merrill Garrett. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Corbalis, M. (1991). The Lopsided Ape: Evolution of the Generative Mind. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Corrigan, R. (1978). “Language Development as Related to Stage 6 Object Permanence.” Journal of Child Language 5: 173–189.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Couper-Kuhlen, E. (1993). English Speech Rhythm: Form and Function in Everyday Verbal Interaction. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cowan, N. (ed.) (1997). The Development of Memory in Childhood. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Crain, S. (1991). “Language Acquisition in the Absence of Experience.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 14(4): 597–650.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. (1999). Semantics, Acquisition of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 742–743.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and J. D. Fodor (1985). How Can Grammars Help Parsers? In Dowty,, D. R.Karttunen, L. and Zwicky, Z. (eds.), Natural Language Parsing: Psychological, Computational and Theoretical Perspectives. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. and Lillo-Martin, D. (1999). An Introduction to Linguistic Theory and Language Acquisition. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and C. McKee (1985). Acquisition of Structural Restrictions on Anaphors. Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistics Society (NELS). Montreal: McGill University. 94–110
Crain, S. and Nakayama, M. J. J. (1987). “Structure Dependence in Grammar Formation.” Language 63: 522–543.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. and Pietroski, P. (2002). “Why Language Acquisition is a Snap.” Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 163–184.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and Thornton, R. (1998). Investigations in Universal Grammar: A Guide to Experiments on the Acquisition of Syntax and Semantics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Crain, W. and K. Wexler (1999). Methodology in the Study of Language Acquisition: A Modular Approach. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 387–426.Google Scholar
Crain, S., L. Conway and R. Thornton (1994). D-Quantification in Child Language. Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Department of Linguistics
Crain, S., Shankweiler, D., Marcuso, P. and Bar-Shalom, E. (1990). Working Memory and Comprehension of Spoken Sentences: Investigations of Children with Reading Disorders. Neurophysical Disorders of Short-Term Memory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Crain, S., Thornton, R., Boster, C., Conway, L., Lillo-Martin, D. and Woodams, E. (1996). “Quantification without Qualification.” Language Acquisition 5: 83–153.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crelin, E. S. (1969). Anatomy of the Newborn: An Atlas. Philadelphia: Lea and Febiger.Google Scholar
Cromer, R. (1987). “Language Growth with Experience without Feedback.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 16(3). Reprinted in Bloom (1994). 411–420.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cromer, R. (1988). The Cognition Hypothesis Revisited. In Kessel, F. S. (ed.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 223–248.Google Scholar
Cromer, R. (1994). A Case Study of Dissociations Between Language and Cognition. In Tager-Flusberg, H. (ed.), Constraints on Language Acquisition: Studies of Atypical Children. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 141–153.Google Scholar
Cruttendon, A. (1974). “An Experiment Involving Comprehension of Intonation in Children from 7 to 10.” Journal of Child Language 1(2): 221–31.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1979). Prosodic Development. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Language Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 33–48.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1986). Prosodic Development. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Language Acquisition. 2nd edn.Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 174–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crystal, D. (1992). Encyclopedic Dictionary of Language and Languages. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997a). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997b). Language and Thought. Cambridge Encyclopedia of Linguistics. Cambridge University Press. 14–16.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997c). A Dictionary of Linguistics and Phonetics. 4th edition. London: Blackwell Publishers.Google Scholar
Crystal, D., Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (1976). The Grammatical Analysis of Language Disability: a Procedure for Assessment and Remediation. New York: Elsevi.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. (1977). Genie: A Psycholinguistic Study of a Modern Day “Wild Child”. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. (1988). Abnormal Language Acquisition and the Modularity of Language. In Newmyer, F. (ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey. Vol. II. Linguistic Theory: Extensions and Implications.Cambridge:Cambridge University Press. 96–116.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. and J. Schaeffer (1997). Syntactic Development in Children with Hemispherectomy: The Infl-System. Proceedings of Boston University Child Language Development21
Curtiss, S. and P. Tallal (1991). On the Nature of the Impairment in Language-Impaired Children. In Miller, J. F. (ed.), Research on Child Language Disorders: A Decade of Progress.Austin, TX: Pro-Ed.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S., Bode, S. and Mathern, G. (2001). “Spoken Language Outcomes After Hemispherectomy: Factoring in Etiology.” Brain and Language 79(3): 379–396.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Curtiss, S., Fromkin, V., Krashen, S., Rigler, D. and Rigler, M. (1974). “The Linguistic Development of Genie.” Language 50(3): 528–554.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A. (1994). “The Perception of Rhythm in Language.” Cognition 50: 79–81.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cutler, A. and Carter, D. (1987). “The Predominance of Strong Initial Syllables in the English Vocabulary.” Computer Speech and Language 2(3–4): 133–142.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A. and D. Swinney (1980). Development of the Comprehension of Semantic Focus in Young Children. Presented at the Fifth Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1983). “A Language Specific Comprehension Strategy.” Nature 304: 159–160.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1986). “The Syllable's Differeng Role in the Segmentation of French and English.” Journal of Memory and Language 25(4): 385–400.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1992). “The Monolingual Nature of Speech Segmentation by Bilinguals.” Cognitive Psychology 24(3): 381–410.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dale, P. S. (1976). Language Development: Structure and Function. New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Dale, P. S. and Crain-Thornson, C. (1993). “Pronoun Reversals: Who, When and Why?”Journal of Child Language 20(3): 573–589.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Damasio, A. and H. Damasio (1993). Brain and Language. In A. Goldman (ed.), Readings in Philosophy and Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 585–595.
Damasio, A. R. and D. Tranel (1993). “Nouns and verbs are retrieved with differently distributed neural systems.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 90, 4957–4960CrossRef
Damasio, A., Bellugi, U., Damasio, H., Poizner, H. and Gilder, J. V. (1986). “Sign Language Aphasia During Left-Hemisphere Amytal Injection.” Nature 322: 363–365.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Danesi, M. (1994). “The Neuroscientific Perspective in Second Language Acquisition Research: A Critical Synopsis.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 32(3): 201–228.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davidoff, J., Davies, I. and Robertson, D. (1999). “Colour Categories in a Stone Age Tribe.” Nature 398: 203–204.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davis, D. and Wimbish, J. (1994). The Linguist's SHOEBOX. Waxhaw, NC: Summer Institute of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Davis, K. (1995). “Phonetic and Phonological Contrasts in the Acquisition of Voicing: Voice Onset Time Production in Hindi and English.” Journal of Child Language 22(2): 275–305.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Davison, A. (2004). “Structural Case, Lexical Case and the Verbal Projection Problem.” In Dayal, V. and Mahajan, A. (eds.), Clause Structure in South Asian Languages. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 199–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bleser, R., Faiss, J. and Schwartz, M. (1995). “Rapid Recovery of Aphasia and Deep Dyslexia after Cerebrovascular Left-Hemisphere Damage in Childhood.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 9(1): 9–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeCasper, A. and Fifer, W. P. (1980). “Of Human Bonding: Newborns Prefer their Mothers' Voices.” Science 208(4448): 1174–1176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
DeCasper, A. and Spence, M. (1986). “Prenatal Maternal Speech Influences Newborns' Perception of Speech Sounds.” Infant Behavior and Development 9(2): 133–150.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeGraff, M. (ed.) (1999). Language Creation and Language Change. Learning, Development, and Conceptual Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dehaene-Lambertz, G. (2000). “Cerebral Specialization for Speech and Non-Speech Stimuli in Infants.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 12(3): 449–460.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dehaene-Lambertz, G. and Dehaene, S. (1994). “Speed and Cerebral Correlatives of Syllable Discrimination in Infants.” Nature 370: 292.CrossRef
Dehaene-Lambertz, G., Dehaene, S. and L. Hertz-Pannier (2002). “Functional Neuroimaging of Speech Perception in Infants.” Science 298(5600): 2013–2015.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M. and Cooper, F. S. (1955). “Acoustic Loci and Transitional Cues for Consonants.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 27(4): 769–773.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeLoache, J. (1995). Early Symbol Understanding and Use. In Medin, D. (ed.), The Psychology of Learning and Motivation: Advances in Research and Theory. Orlando, FL: Academic Press. 33: 65–114.Google Scholar
Demetras, M. J., Post, K. N. and Snow, C. F. (1986). “Feedback to First Language Learners: The Role of Repetitions and Clarification Questions.” Journal of Child Language 13: 275–292.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Demorny, L. and Mckenzie, E. (1999). “Rhythm in Early Infancy.” Nature 266: 718–719.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1987). Acquisition of Impersonal Passives: A Matter of Case. Proceedings of the Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Boston University
Demuth, K. (1988). Noun Classes and Agreement in Sesotho Acquisition. In Barlow, M. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions. Stanford, CA: Center for the Study of Language and Information.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1990). Relative Clauses, Cleft Constructions and Functional Categories in Sesotho Acquisition. Paper Presented at the 5th Child Language Congress, Budapest
Demuth, K. (1992). Interactions at the Morpho-Syntax Interface. In Meisel, J. (ed.), The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Development. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 83–107.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Demuth, K. (1994). On the Underspecification of Functional Categories in Early Grammars. In B. Lust, M. Suñer and J. Whitman (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Vol 1. Heads, Projections and Learnability. 119–134
Demuth, K. (1995). Problems in the Acquisition of Tonal Systems. In Archibald, J. (ed.), Phonological Acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1996a). Collecting Spontaneous Production Data. In McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H., (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 3–22.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1996b). Alignment, Stress and Parsing in Early Phonological Words. Proceedings of the UBC International Conference on Phonological Acquisition. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Demuth, K. (1996c). The Prosodic Structure of Early Words. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1997). Multiple Optimal Outputs in Acquisition. University Of Maryland Working Papers in Linguistics 5: 53–71.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (2001). Prosodic Constraints on Morphological Development. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. and Suzman, S. (1997). “Language Impairment in Zulu.” BUCLD 21: 1224–1235.Google Scholar
Dennett, D. C. (1978). Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Cambrige, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dennett, D. C. (1996). Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Dennis, M. (1980). “Capacity and Strategy for Syntactic Comprehension after Left or Right Hemidecortication.” Brain and Language 10: 287–317.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. (1983). Syntax in Brain-Injured Children. In Studdert-Kennedy, M. (ed.), Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 195–202.Google Scholar
Dennis, M. and Kohn, B. (1975). “Comprehension of Syntax in Infantile Hemiplegics after Cerebral Hemidecortication: Left-Hemisphere Superiority.” Brain and Language 2: 472–482.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. and Whitaker, H. (1976). “Language Acquisition Following Hemidecortication: Linguistic Superiority of the Left over the Right Hemisphere.” Brain and Language 3: 404–433.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. and H. Whitaker (1977). Hemispheric Equipotentiality and Language Acquisition. In Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press. 93–106.Google Scholar
Dennis, M., Lovett, M. and Wiegel-Crump, C. A. (1981). “Written Language Acquisition after Left or Right Hemidecortication in Infancy.” Brain and Language 12: 54–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M., Sugar, J. and Whitaker, H. A. (1982). “The Acquisition of Tag Questions.” Child Development 53(5): 1254–1257.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deprez, V. and Pierce, Amy (1993). “Negation and Functional Projections in Early Grammar.” Linguistic Inquiry 24: 25–67.Google Scholar
Saussure, Ferdinand (1959). Course in General Linguistics. New York: Philosophical Library.Google Scholar
Deutsch, W., Koster, C. and J. Koster (1986). “What Can We Learn from Children's Errors of Understanding Anaphora?”Linguistics 24: 203–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deutscher, G. (2002). “On the Misuse of the Notion of ‘Abduction’ in Linguistics.” Journal of Linguistics 38(3): 469–485.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeVilliers, J., (1995a). Empty Categories and Complex Sentences: The Case of Wh-Questions. In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), Handbook of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J. (1995b). “Introduction to the Special Issue on the Acquisition of Wh-Questions.” Language Acquisition 4(1&2): 1–4.Google Scholar
, J. and DeVilliers, P. (1978). From Sound to Meaning. In Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 6–30.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J. and P. DeVilliers (2000). Linguistic Determinism and the Understanding of False Beliefs. In Mitchell, M. and Riggs, K. (eds.), Children's Reasoning and the Mind. Hove: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J., T. Roeper and A. Vainikka (1990). The Acquisition of Long-Distance Rules. In Frazier, L. and Villiers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht: Kluwer. 257–298.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Devitt, M. (1999). Reference, Theories of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 714–715.Google Scholar
Di Sciullo, A. M. and Williams, E. (1987). On the Definition of Word. Linguistic Inquiry Monograph Fourteen. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.) (1998). Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Essays in Honor of Jurgen Weissenborn. Bern: PeterLang.Google Scholar
Dockrell, J. and R. Campbell (1986). Lexical Acquisition Strategies in the Preschool Child. In Kuczaj, S. A. and Barrett, M. D. (eds.), The Development of Word Meaning: Progress in Cognitive Development Research. New York: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Donahue, M. (1984). “Learning Disabled Children's Comprehension and Production of Syntactic Devices for Marking Given vs. New Information.” Applied Psycholinguistics 5: 101–116.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Drachman, G. and A. Malkouti-Drachman (1973). Studies in the Acquisition of Greek as a Native Language: 1. Some Preliminary Findings on Phonology. Ohio State University Working Papers on Linguistics. 99–114
Dresher, B. E. (1999). “Charting the Learning Path: Cues to Parameter Setting.” Linguistic Inquiry 30(1): 26–67.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dresher, B. E. and Kaye, J. D. (1990). “A Computational Learning Model for Metrical Phonology.” Cognition 34(2): 137–195.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dromi, E. (1987). Early Lexical Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dromi, E. and Berman, R. (1982). “A Morphemic Measure of Early Language Development: Data from Modern Hebrew.” Journal of Child Language 9: 403–424.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dromi, E., Leonard, L. B., Adam, G. and Erlich, S. Zadoneisky (1999). “Verb Agreement Morphology in Hebrew-Speaking Children with Specific Language Impairment.” Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research 42 (6): 1414–1431.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dronkers, N. (1996). “A New Brain Region for Coordinating Speech Articulation.” Nature 384: 159–161.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dronkers, N., S. Pinker and A. Damasio (2000). Language, Thought, Mood and Learning and Memory. In Kandel, Schwartz and Jessell. 1169–1187
Drozd, K. (2004). “Learnability and Linguistic Performance. A Review of Crain, S. and Thornton, R. 1998. Investigations in Universal Grammar. Cambridge, MIT.” Journal of Child Language 31(2): 431–458.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dye, C. 2004. Optional Infinitives or Silent auxes? New Evidence from Romance Languages and Linguistic Theory 2002. In Bok-Bennema, R., Hollebrandse, B., Kampers-Manhe, B. and Sleeman, P. (eds.), Selected Papers from “Going Romance” 2002. Groningen 28–30 November. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Dye, C. (2005a). Identifying Auxiliaries in First Language Acquisition: Evidence from a New Child French Corpus. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Cornell University. Ithaca
Dye, C. (2005b). The Status of Ostensibly Nonfinite Matrix Verbs in Child French: Results from a New Corpus. In A. Brugos, M. R. Clark-Cotton and S. Ha. (eds.), Proceedings of the 29th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Cascadilla Press
Dye, C. (2004). The Acquisition of Verb Morphosyntax: Evidence for the Grammatical Mapping Paradigm. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Boston, MA
Dye, C., C. Foley and B. Lust (2002). Dissociating Finiteness from Morphology: New Evidence from the Acquisition of Verbal Inflection in French. Paper Presented at the 32nd Linguistic Symposium on Romance Language, Toronto, April 19–21
Dye, C., C. Foley and B. Lust (in preparation). On the Universal Dissociation of Finiteness and Morphology. Evidence from the Acquisition of Verbal Inflection in French. Cornell University.
Dye, C., Foley, C., Blume, M. and Lust, B. (2004). Mismatches between Morphology and Syntax in First Language Acquisition Suggest a “Syntax First” Model. In Online Proceedings of the 28th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Cascadilla Press.Google Scholar
Eblen, R. (1982). “A Study of the Acquisition of Fricatives by Three-Year-Old Children Learning Mexican Spanish.” Language and Speech 25(3): 201–220.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Echols, C. (1993). “A Perceptually-Based Model of Children's Earliest Productions.” Cognition 46: 245–296.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Echols, C. H. and Newport, E. L. (1992). “The Role of Stress and Position in Determining First Words.” Language Acquisition 2(3): 189–220.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eckert, M., Lobardino, L. and Leonard, C. (2001). “Planar Asymmetry Tips the Phonological Playground and Environment Raises the Bar.” Child Development 72(4): 988–1002.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Edwards, J. (1992a). Transcription of discourse. In Bright., W. (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press: 367–370.Google Scholar
Edwards, J. (1992b). “Computer Methods in Child Language Research: Four Principles for the Use of Archived Data.” Journal of Child Language 19: 435–458.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Edwards, J. and Lampert, M. (eds.) (1993). Talking Data: Transcription and Coding in Discourse Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Egido, C., (1983). “The Functional Role of the Closed Class Vocabulary in Children's Language Processing.” Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Eimas, P. D. and Miller, J. L. (1992). “Organization in the Perception of Speech by Young Infants.” Psychological Science 3: 340–345.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eimas, P., J. Miller and P. Jusczyk (1987). On Infant Speech Perception and the Acquisition of Language. In Harnad, S. (ed.), Categorical Perception: the Groundwork of Cognition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 161–195.Google Scholar
Eimas, P., Siqueland, E., Jusczyk, P. and Vigorito, J. (1971). “Speech Perception in Infants.” Science 171: 303–306.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Eisele, J. (1988). Meaning and Form in Children's Judgments about Language: A Study of the Truth-Value Judgment Test. Unpublished Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Eisele, J. and Aram, D. (1993a). “Differential Effects of Early Hemisphere Damage on Lexical Comprehension and Production.” Aphasiology.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J. and Aram, D. (1993b). “Comprehension and Imitation of Syntax Following Early Hemisphere Damage.” Brain and Language 46: 212–231.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J. and D. Aram (1995). “Lexical and Grammatical Development in Children with Early Hemisphere Damage: A Cross-Sectional View from Birth to Adolescence.” In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), The Handbook of Child Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell: 664–689.Google Scholar
Eisele, J. and Lust, B. (1996). “Knowledge about Pronouns: A Developmental Study Using a Truth-Value Judgment Task.” Child Development 67(6): 3086–3100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J., Lust, B. and Aram, D. (1998). “Presupposition and Implication of Truth: Linguistic Deficits Following Early Brain Lesions.” Brain and Language 61: 376–394.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Eisenberg, R. B. (1976). Auditory Competence in Early Life. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Elman, J. L. and Bates, E. A. (1997). “Response to ‘Little Statisticians’.” Science 276(5315): 1161–1300.Google Scholar
Elman, J. L., Bates, E. A., Johnson, M., Karmiloff-Smith, A., Parisi, D. and Plunkett, K. (1996). Rethinking Innateness: A Connectionist Perspective on Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Entus, A. (1977). Hemispheric Asymmetry in Processing of Dichotically Presented Speech and Nonspeech Stimuli by Infants. In Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press. 64–74.Google Scholar
Epstein, S., H. Thráinsson and C. Jan-Wonther Zwart (1996). Introduction. In Abraham, W., Epstein, S., Thráinsson, H. and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouther (eds.), Minimal Ideas: Syntactic Studies in the Minimalist Framework. Amsterdam; Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Epstein, S., Flynn, S. and Martohardjono, G. (1996). “Second Language Acquisition: Theoretical and Experimental Issues in Contemporary Research.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 19: 677–758.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Epstein, W. (1961). “The Influence of Syntactic Structure on Learning.” American Journal of Psychology 74: 80–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Erbaugh, M. S. (1986). Taking Stock: The Development of Chinese Noun Classifiers Historically and in Young Children. In Craig, C. (ed.), Noun Classes and Categorization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 399–436.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Erreich, A. (1984). “Learning How to Ask: Patterns of Inversion in Yes–No and Wh-Questions.” Journal of Child Language 2: 579–602.Google Scholar
Ervin-Tripp, S. (1964). Imitation and Structural Change in Children's Language. In Lenneberg, E. H. (ed.), New Directions in the Study of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 163–189. Reprinted in C. Ferguson and D. Slobin (eds.) Studies of Child Language Development. NewYork: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. (1973).Google Scholar
Evers, A. and J. van Kampen (1995). Do-Insertion and LF in Child Language. In Don,, J.Schoten, B. and Zonneveld, W. (eds), O.T.S. Yearbook 1994. Research Institute for Language and Speech (OTS) of the Utrecht University.Google Scholar
Fabbro, F. (1999). Neurolinguistics of Bilingualism: An Introduction. Hove:Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Fabbro, F. and M. Paradis (1995). Acquired Aphasia in a Bilingual Child. In Paradis, M. (ed.), Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Tarrytown, NY: Pergamon. 67–84.Google Scholar
Fee, J. (1995). Segments and Syllables in Early Acquisition. In Archibald, J. (ed.), Phonological Acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Fee, J. and Ingram, D. (1980). “Reduplication as a Strategy of Phonological Development.” Journal of Child Language 9: 41–54.Google Scholar
Feldman, H., S. Goldin-Meadow and L. Gleitman (1978). “Beyond Herodotus: The Creation of Language by Linguistically Deprived Deaf Children.” In Lock, A. (ed.), Action, Gesture, and Symbol: The Emergence of Language. London: Academic Press. 351–414.Google Scholar
Fenson, L., Dale, P. S., Reznik, J. S., Bates, E. A., Thal, D. J. and Pethick, S. J. (1994). “Variability in Early Communicative Development.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 59(5(242)): 1–173.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ferguson, C. A. (1977). Baby Talk as a Simplified Register. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. (1978). Talking to Children: A Search for Universals. In Greenberg,, J.Ferguson, C. A. and Moravcsik, E. (eds.), Universals of Human Language. Vol. 1. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 176–189.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. (1986). Discovering Sound Units and Constructing Sound Systems: It's Child's Play. In Perkell,, J. S.Klatt, D. H. and Stevens, K. N. (eds.), Invariance and Variability in Speech Processes. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 36–57.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. and Farwell, (1975). “Words and sounds in early language acquisition.” Language 51: 419–39.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferguson, C. A., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (1992). Phonological Development Models, Research, Implications. Timomium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Fernald, A. (1985). “Four-Month-Old Infants Prefer to Listen to Motherese.” Infant Behavior and Development 8(2): 181–195.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fernald, C. (1972). “Control of grammar in imitation, comprehension and production.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11: 606–613.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fernald, A. and Morikawa, H. (1993). “Common Themes and Cultural Variations in Japanese and America Mothers' Speech to Infants.” Child Development 64(3): 637–656.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ferreiro, E. (1971). Les Relations temporelles dans le langage de l'enfant. Geneva; Paris: Librairie Droz.Google Scholar
Ferreiro, E. (1978). “What is Written in a Written Sentence? A Developmental Answer.” Journal of Education 4: 25–39.Google Scholar
Ferreiro, E. and Sinclair, H. (1971). “Temporal Relationships in Language.” International Journal of Psychology 6(1): 39–47.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferreiro, E., Othenin-Girard, C., Chipman, H. and Sinclair, H. (1976). “How Do Children Handle Relative Clauses? A Study in Comparative Developmental Psycholinguistics.” Archives of Psychology 172: 229.Google Scholar
Fey, M. and Gandour, J. (1982). “Rule Discovery in Phonological Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 9(1): 71–82.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fifer, W. P. and C. Moon (1989). Auditory Experience in the Fetus. In Smotherman, W. P. and Robinson, S. R. (eds.), Behavior of the Fetus. Caldwell, NJ: Telford Press. 175–188.Google Scholar
Fikkert, P. (1994). On the Acquisition of Prosodic Structure. The Hague:University of Leiden.Google Scholar
Fikkert, P. (1998). The Acquisition of Dutch Phonology. In Gillis, S. and Houwer, A. (eds.), The Acquisition of Dutch. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 163–223.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fikkert, P. (2000). Acquisition of Phonology. In Cheng, L. and Sybesma, R. (eds.), The First GLOT International State-of-the-Article Book. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischbach, G. (1992). “Mind and Brain.” Scientific American 267(3): 48–57. Reprinted as Fischbach (1993).CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fischbach, G. (1993). Mind and Brain. In Mind and Brain: Readings from Scientific American. New York: W. H. Freeman. 1–14.
Fisher, C. (2002). “The Role of Abstract Syntactic Knowledge in Language Acquisition: A Reply to Tomasello (2000).” Cognition 82(3): 259–278.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fisher, C., D. G. Hall, S. Rakowitz and L. Gleitman (1994). When is it Better to Receive than to Give: Syntactic and Conceptual Constraints on Vocabulary Growth. In Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.), The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 333–375.Google Scholar
Fisher, S., Vargha-Khadem, F., Watkins, K., Monaca, A. and Pembrey, M. (1998). “Localisation of a Gene Implicated in a Severe Speech and Language Disorder.” Nature Genetics 18(2): 168–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flege, J. E. (1995). Second Language Speech Learning: Theory, Findings, and Problems. In Strange, W. (ed.), Speech Perception and Linguistic Experience: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. Timonium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Flynn, S. (1987). A Parameter Setting Model of L2 Acquisition. Dordrecht: Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. (1996). A Parameter-Setting Approach to Second Language Acquisition. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 121–158.Google Scholar
Flynn, S. and B. Lust (2002). A Minimalist Approach to L2 Solves a Dilemma of UG. In Cook, V. (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon:Multilingual Matters. 93–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. and S. Manuel (1991). Age Dependent Effects in Language Acquisition: An Evaluation of “Critical Period” Hypotheses. In Eubank, L. (ed.), Point Counterpoint – UG in the Second Language. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. and G. Martohardjono (1994). Mapping from the Initial State to the Final State: The Separation of Universal Principles and Language Specific Principles. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Flynn, S., C. Foley and B. Lust (2000). “Evidence for Grammatical Mapping from Second Language Acquisition.” Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Chicago, IL
Flynn, S. and Lust, B. (2002). A Minimalist Approach to 12 Solves a Dilemma of UG in Acquisition. Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 93–120.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1975). The Language of Thought. New York: Crowell.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1983). The Modularity of Mind: An Essay on Faculty Psychology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1994). How to Obey the Subset Principle: Binding and Locality. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 429–452.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1998). Concepts. Oxford: Clarendon Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J., Bever, T. and Garrett, M. (1974). The Psychology of Language: An Introduction To Psycholinguistics and Generative Grammar. New York: McGraw Hill.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. and Pylyshyn, Z. (1988). “Connectionism and Cognitive Architecture: A Critical Analysis.” Cognition 28(1–2): 3–71.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fodor, J. A. and Z. W. Pylyshyn (1988). Connectionism and Cognitive Architecture: A Critical Analysis. In Pinker, S. and Mehler, J. F. (eds.), Connections and symbols. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press: 255.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998a). “Unambiguous Triggers.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(1): 1–36.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998b). “Learning to Parse.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 27: 285–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998c). “Parsing to Learn.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 27: 339–375.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foley, C. (1996). Knowledge of the Syntax of Operators in the Initial State. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca: Cornell University
Foley, C., Pactovis, J. and Lust, B. (submitted). “The Significance of Verb Inflection in First Language Acquisition of VP Ellipsis: Linking LF and PF.”Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Foley, C., Z. Nuñez del Prado, I. Barbier and B. Lust (1997). Operator Variable Binding in the Initial State: An Argument from VP Ellipsis. In Somashekar, S. (ed.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University. 15: 1–19.Google Scholar
Foley, C., Nuñez del Prado, Z., Barbier, I. and Lust, B. (2003). “Knowledge of Variable Binding in VP Ellipsis: Language Acquisition Research and Theory Converge.” Syntax 6(1): 52–83.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foley, C., B. Lust, D. Battin, A. Koehne and K. White (2000). On the Acquisition of an Indefinite Determiner: Evidence for Unselective Binding. In C. Howell, S. Fish and T. Keith-Lucas (eds.), Proceedings of 24th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Fortescue, M. (1984/5). “Learning to Speak Greenlandic: A Case Study of a Two-Year-Old's Morphology in a Polysynthetic Language.” First Language 5: 101–114.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fortescue, M. and L. L. Olsen (1992). The Acquisition of West Greenlandic. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Crosslinguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3: 111–219.Google Scholar
Foss, D. and D. Hakes (1978). Linguistic Diversity and Cognitive Categories. In Foss, D. (ed.), Psycholinguistics. An Introduction to the Psychology of Language. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. 381–397.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1990). The Communicative Competence of Young Children: A Modular Approach. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1994). “Exploring the Boundary Between Syntax and Pragmatics: Relevance and the Binding of Pronouns.” Journal of Child Language 21: 237–55.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Foster-Cohen, S. (1996). “Modularity and Principles and Parameters: Avoiding the ‘Cognitively Ugly.’”First Language 16(1(46)): 1–19.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1999). An Introduction to Child Language Development. New York: Longman.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (2000a). “Relevance Theory and Language Acquisition: A Productive Paradigm Shift?”Child Language Bulletin 20(1): 5–19.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (2000b). “Review article of Sperber, D. and Wilson, D. (second edition: 1995) Relevance: Communication and Cognition.” Second Language Research 16: 77–92.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fowler, C. A. (1977). Timing Control in Speech Production. Indianapolis: Indiana University Linguistics Club.Google Scholar
Frank, R. (1991). Formal Grammar and the Acquisition of Complex Sentences. Eighth Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, Baltimore, University of Maryland
Frank, R. and Kapur, S. (1996). “On the Use of Triggers in Parameter Setting.” Linguistic Inquiry 27(4): 623–660.Google Scholar
Fraser, C., Bellugi, U. and Brown, R. (1963). “Control of Grammar in Imitation, Comprehension, and Production.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 2: 121–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frazier, L. (1999). Modularity and Language. In Wilson and Keil. 557–558
Frazier, L. and K. Rayner (1988). Parameterizing the Language Processing System: Left- Versus Right-Branching Within and Across Languages. In Hawkins, J. A. (ed.), Explaining Language Universals. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell. 247–279.Google Scholar
Freedle, R., Keeney, T. and Smith, N. (1970). “Effects of Mean Depth and Grammaticality on Children's Imitations of Sentences.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9: 149–154.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fremgen, A. and Fay, D. (1980). “Overextensions in Production and Comprehension: A Methodological Clarification.” Journal of Child Language 7(1): 205–211.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. D. (1995). “The Time Course of Syntactic Activation during Language Processing: A Model Based on Neuropsychological and Neurophysiological Data.” Brain and Language 50: 259–281.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. (2002). “Towards a Neural Basis of Auditory Sentence Processing.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(2): 78–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. and A. Hahne (2001). Development Patterns of Brain Activity Reflecting Semantic and Syntactic Processes. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Friederici, A. and Wessels, J. (1993). “Phonotactic Knowledge and its Use in Infant Speech Perception.” Perception and Psychophysics 54: 287–295.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fromkin, V. (2000). Linguistics: An Introduction to Linguistic Theory. Malden, MA; Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Fromkin, V. and Rodman, R. (1998). An Introduction to Language. New York: Holt and Rinehart.Google Scholar
Gair, J. (1998). Studies in South Asian Linguistics (Selected and edited by B. Lust). Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Gair, J., B. Lust, K. V. Subbarao and K. Wali (2000). Introduction to Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in some South Asian Languages. In B. Lust, K. Wali, J. Gair & K. V. Subbarao (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in some South Asian Languages. Mouton. 1–46
Gair, J. B. Lust, L. Sumangala and M. Rodrigo (1989). Acquisition of Null Subjects and Control in some Sinhala Adverbial Clauses. In Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Los Angeles, CA: Stanford University. 28: 97–106
Gair, J. B. Lust, L. Sumangala and M. Rodrigo (1998). Acquisition of Null Subjects and Control in some Sinhala Adverbial Clauses. In Gair, J. (ed.), Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and Other South Asian Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 271–285.Google Scholar
Gair, J., B. Lust, T. Bhatia, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1998). A Parameter-setting Paradox: Children's Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora in “Jab” Clauses. Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and Other South Asian Languages. Gair, J.. Oxford: Oxford University Press: 286–304.Google Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1988). Kinds of Markedness. In Flynn, S. and O'Neill, W. (eds.), Linguistic Theory in Second Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 225–251.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1998). Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian Languages. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1998). Subjects, Case and INFL in Sinhala (1991). In Studies in South Asian Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Galaburda, A. (1995). Anatomic Basis of Cerebral Dominance. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (ed.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 51–74.Google Scholar
Galaburda, A., G., Sherman and N. Geschwind (1985). Cerebral Lateralization: Historical Note on Animal Studies. In Glick, S. (ed.), Cerebral Lateralization in Nonhuman Species. Orlando FL: Academic Press. 1–11.Google Scholar
Gallistel, C. R. (1990). The Organization of Learning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gallistel, C. R. (1997). Neurons and Memory. Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. In Gazzaniga., M.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 71–90.Google Scholar
Gannon, P., Holloway, R., Broadfield, D. and Braun, A. (1998). “Asymmetry of Chimpanzee Planum Temporale: Humanlike Pattern of Wernicke's Brain Language Area Homolog.” Science 279: 220–222.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gardner, H. (1985). The Mind's New Science: A History of the Cognitive Revolution. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Garfield, J., Peterson, C. C. and Perry, T. (2001). “Social Cognition, Language Acquisition and the Development of the Theory of Mind.” Mind and Language 16(5): 494–541.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garman, M. (1974). “On the Acquisition of Two Complex Syntactic Constructions in Tamil.” Journal of Child Language 19(1–2): 163–184.Google Scholar
Garman, M. (1990). Psycholinguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garnica, O. (1973). The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press: 215–222.Google Scholar
Garnica, O. (1975). Some Prosodic Characteristics of Speech to Young Children. Stanford, CA: Stanford University.
Garrett, M. (1990). Sentence Processing. In D. Osherson and H. Lasknik (eds.), An Invitation to Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1.
Gathercole, S. (1999). “Cognitive Approaches to the Development of Short-Term Memory.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 3(11): 410–419.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gathercole, S. and Baddeley, A. (1989). “Evaluation of the Role of Phonological STM in the Development of Vocabulary in Children: A Longitudinal Study.” Journal of Memory and Language 28: 200–213.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gathercole, V. C. (1986). “The Acquisition of the Present Perfect: Explaining Differences in the Speech of Scottish and American Children.” Journal of Child Language 13(3): 537–560.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gathercole, V. C., Mueller, C. and Min, H. (1997). “Word Meaning Biases or Language-Specific Effects? Evidence from English, Spanish and Korean.” First Language 17: 31–56.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gathercole, V. C., Sebastian, E. and Soto, P. (1999). “The Early Acquisition of Spanish Verbal Morphology: Across-the-Board or Piecemeal Knowledge?”International Journal of Bilingualism 3(2–3): 133–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gazdar, G., Klein, E. and Pullum, G. (1983). Order, Case and Constituency. Dordrecht: Foris Publications.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1977). Consistency and Diversity in Brain Organization. New York: New York Academy of Sciences.Google ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1983). “Right Hemisphere Language Following Brain Bisection. A 20-year perspective.” American Psychologist 38(5): 525–536.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1988). The Dynamics of Cerebral Specialization and Modular Interactions. In Weiskrantz, L. (ed.), Thought without Language. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 430–450.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1989). “Organization of the Human Brain.” Science 245: 947–952.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1995b). Consciousness and the Cerebral Hemispheres. In The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1391–1400.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1997). Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1998). “The Split Brain Revisited.” Scientific American 279(1): 50–55.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (ed.) (1995a). The Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: A Bradford Book.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (2000). The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gelman, R. and R. Baillargeon (1983). A Review of Some Piagetian Concepts. In Mussen, P. H. (ed.), Handbook of Child Psychology: formerly Carmichael's Manual of Child Psychology. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 3: 167–230.Google Scholar
Gelman, S. and G. Gottfried (1993). The Child's Theory of Living Things. Proceedings of the Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, New Orleans
Gelman, S., Wilcox, S. and Clark, E. (1989). “Conceptual and Lexical Hierarchies in Young Children.” Cognitive Development 4: 309–326.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelman, S. A. and Coley, J. D. (1990). “The importance of knowing a Dodo is a bird: categories and inferences in 2-year-old children.” Developmental Psychology 26(5): 796–804.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelman, S. A. and Markman, E. M. (1987). “Young Children's Inductions from Natural Kinds: The Role of Categories and Appearances.” Child Development 58(6): 1532–1541.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gelman, S. A. and Taylor, M. (1984). “How Two-Year-Old Children Interpret Proper and Common Names for Unfamiliar Objects.” Child Development 55(4): 1535–1540.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gelman, S. A., Croft, W., Fu, P., Clausner, T. and Gottfried, G. (1998). “Why is a Pomegranate an Apple? The Role of Shape, Taxonomic Relatedness, and Prior Lexical Knowledge in Children's Overextensions of ‘Apple’ and ‘Dog.’”Journal of Child Language 25(2): 267–291.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Genesee, F. (2002). Portrait of the Bilingual Child. In Cook, V. (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd. 167–196.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Genesee, P. A. (1997). “On Continuity and the Emergence of Functional Categories in Bilingual First-Language Acquisition.” Language Acquisition 6: 91–124.Google Scholar
Gennari, S. and K. Demuth (1997). Syllable Omission in the Acquisition of Spanish. Proceedings of the 21st Boston University Conference in Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Gentner, D. (1982). Why Nouns are Learned Before Verbs: Linguistic Relativity Versus Natural Partitioning. In Kuczaj, S. A. (ed.), Language Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 301–334.Google Scholar
Gerken, L. (1994a). Child Phonology: Past Research, Present Questions, Future Directions. A. Gernsbacher (ed.), Handbook of Psycholinguistics. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 781–820.
Gerken, L. (1994b). “A Metrical Template Account of Children's Weak Syllable Omissions from Multisyllabic Words.” Journal of Child Language 21: 565–584.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. (1996a). Phonological and Distributional Information in Syntax Acquisition. In J. L. Morgan and K. Demuth (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. 411–425
Gerken, L. (1996b). “Prosodic Structure in Young Children's Language Production.” Language 72(4): 683–712.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. (1996c). “Prosody's Role in Language Acquisition and Adult Parsing.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 25(2): 345–356.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A. and McIntosh, B. J. (1993). “The Interplay of Function Morphemes and Prosody in Early Language.” Developmental Psychology 29: 448–457.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A., Landau, B. and Remez, R. (1990). “Function Morphemes in Young Children's Speech Perception and Production.” Developmental Psychology 26: 204–216.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A., Jusczyk, P. and Mandel, D. (1994). “When Prosody fails to Cue Syntactic Structure: Nine-Months-Olds' Sensitivity to Phonological vs. Syntactic Phrases.” Cognition 51: 237–265.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gernsbacher, M. A. (1994). Handbook of Psycholinguistics. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Gershkoff-Stowe, L. and Smith, L. B. (1997). “A Curvilinear Trend in Naming Errors as a Function of Early Vocabulary Growth.” Cognitive Psychology 34(1): 37–71.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Geschwind, N. (1972). “Language and the Brain.” Scientific American 226(4): 76–83.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Geschwind, N. and Galaburda, A. (1987). Cerebral Lateralization: Biological Mechanisms, Associations and Pathology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gevins, A., Cutillo, B. and Smith, M. E. (1995). “Regional Modulation of High Resolution Evoked Potentials during Verbal and Non-Verbal Matching Tasks.” Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuroscience 94: 129–147.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gibbons, A. (1995) “Languages' Last Words.” Science (March)
Gibson, E. and Wexler, K. (1994). “Triggers.” Linguistic Inquiry 25(3): 407–454.Google Scholar
Gillette, J., Gleitman, H., Gleitman, L. and Lederer, A. (1999). “Human Simulations of Vocabulary Learning.” Cognition 73(2): 135–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gleitman, L. (1990). “The Structural Sources of Verb Meanings.” Language Acquisition 1(1): 3–55.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleitman, L. (1994). “The Structural Sources of Verb Meanings.” In Bloom, P. (ed.), Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 174–221.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and J. Gillette (1999). The Role of Syntax in Verb Learning. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press. 280–298.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Gleitman, H. (1991). Language. Psychology. H. Gleitman. New York: Norton. 333–390.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and H. Gleitman (1994). A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words, But That's the Problem: The Role of Syntax in Vocabulary Acquisition. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J., (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 1: Heads, Projections and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 291–300.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and M. Liberman (1995). Language. In Osherson, D. (ed.), An Invitation to Cognitive Science (second edition). Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books. 1.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Wanner, E. (1982). Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L., Gleitman, H. and Shipley, E. (1972). The Emergence of the Child as Grammarian. Journal of Child Language 1: 137–164.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L., Newport, E. L. and Gleitman, H. (1984). “The Current Status of the Motherese Hypothesis.” Journal of Child Language 11(1): 43–79.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gleitman, L., Shipley, E. and Smith, E. (1978). “Old and New Ways Not to Study Comprehension: Comments on Petric and Tweney's 1977 Experimental Review of Shipley, Smith and Gleitman.” Journal of Child Language 5: 501–520.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleitman, L., H. Gleitman, B. Landau and E. Wanner (1988). Where Learning Begins: Initial Representations for Language Learning. In Newmyer, F. (ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3: 150–193.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.) (1995). The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gold, E. M. (1967). “Language Identification in the Limit.” Information and Control 10: 447–474.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldfield, B. (2000). Are Verbs Hard to Understand? Continuity vs. Discontinuity in Early Lexical Development. Proceedings of 24th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Goldfield, B. and Reznick, S. (1990). “Early Lexical Acquisition: Rate, Content, and the Vocabulary Spart.” Journal of Child Language 17 (1): 171–184.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. (1982). The Resilience of Recursion: A Study of a Communication System Developed Without a Conventional Language Model. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. (1987). Underlying Redundancy and its Reduction in a Language Developed Without a Language Model: Constraint Imposed by Conventional Linguistic Input. In B. Lust (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht; Boston. 2: 135–170CrossRef
Goldin-Meadow, S. (2003). The Resilience of Language: What Gesture Creation in Deaf Children Can Tell Us About How All Children Learn Language. New York: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S., Butcher, C., Mylander, C. and Dodge, M. (1994). “Nouns and Verbs in a Self-Styled Gesture System: What's in a Name?”Cognitive Psychology 27(3): 259–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Feldman, H. (1977). “The Development of Language Like Communication Without a Language Model.” Science 197(4301): 401–403.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1983). “Gestural Communication in Deaf Children: Noneffect of Parental Input on Language Development.” Science 221(4608): 372–374.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1990a). “Beyond the Input Given: The Child's Role in the Acquisition of Language.” Language 66(2): 323–355.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1990b). “The Role of Parental Input in the Development of a Morphological System.” Journal of Child Language 17(3): 527–563.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1998). “Spontaneous Sign Systems Created by Deaf Children in Two Cultures.” Nature 91: 279–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S., Mylander, C. and C. Butcher (1995). “The Resilience of Combinatorial Structure at the Word Level: Morphology in Self-Styled Gesture Systems.” Cognition 56(3): 195–262.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S., E. Yalabik and L. Gershkoff-Stowe (2000). The Resilience of Ergative Structure in Language Created by Children and by Adults. Proceedings of 24th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press. 343–353
Goldsmith, J. (1990). Autosegmental and Metrical Phonology. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, J. (1995). Handbook of Phonological Theory. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, J. (1999). Phonological Theory: The Essential Readings. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Golinkoff, R., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Cauley, K. and Gordon, L. (1987). “The Eyes Have It: Lexical and Syntactic Comprehension in a New Paradigm.” Journal of Child Language 14(1): 23–45.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Golinkoff, R. M., Jacquet, R. C., K. Hirsh-Pasek and R. Nandakumar (1996). “Lexical Principles May Underlie the Learning of Verbs.” Child Development 67(6): 3101–3119.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Golinkoff, R., K. Hirsh-Pasek, C. Mervis and W. Frawley (1995). Lexical Principles can be Extended to the Acquisition of Verbs. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 185–221.Google Scholar
Golinkoff, R. M., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Bloom, L., Smith, L. B., Woodward, A. L. and Akhtar, N. (2000). Becoming a Word Learner. Oxford; New York:Oxford University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gomez, R. L. and Gerken, L. (1999). “Artificial Grammar Learning by 1-Year-Olds Leads to Specific and Abstract Knowledge.” Cognition 70(2): 109–135.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gomez, R. L. and Gerken, L. (2000). “Infant Artificial Language Learning and Language Acquisition.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4(5(38)): 178–186.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodglass, H. (1993). Understanding Aphasia. San Diego: Academic Press.Google ScholarPubMed
Goodluck, H. (1991). Language Acquisition: A Linguistic Introduction. Oxford, UK; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goodluck, H. (1996). The Act Out Task. In McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 147–162.Google Scholar
Goodluck, H. and Tavakolian, S. (1982). “Competence and Processing in Children's Grammar of Relative Clauses.” Cognition 11: 1–27.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodsitt, J., Morgan, J. and Kuhl, P. (1993). “Perceptual Strategies in Prelingual Speech Segmentation.” Journal of Child Language 20: 229–252.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodsitt, J., Morse, P., Hoove, J. V. and Cowan, N. (1984). “Infants' Speech Perception in Multisyllabic Contexts.” Child Development 55: 903–910.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gopnik, A. and Choi, S. (1990). “Do Linguistic Differences Lead to Cognitive Differences? A Cross-Linguistic Study of Semantic and Cognitive Development.” First Language 10: 199–215.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gopnik, A. and S. Choi (1995). Names, Relational Words, and Cognitive Development in English and Korean Speakers: Nouns are Not Always Learned Before Verbs. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Gopnik, M. (1994). “Impairments of Tense in a Familial Language Disorder.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 8(2): 109–133.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gopnik, M. and Crago, M. (1991). “Familial Aggregation of a Developmental Language Disorder.” Cognition 39(1): 1–50.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gordon, P. (1985). “Evaluating the Semantic Categories Hypothesis: The Case of the Mass/Count Distinction.” Cognition 20: 209–242.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, P. (1986). “Level-Ordering in Lexical Development.” Cognition 21(2): 73–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, P. (1996). The Truth-Value Judgment Task. In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 211–232.Google Scholar
Goswami, U. and Bryant, P. (1990). Phonological Skills and Learning to Read. Hove: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Gould, J. L. and Marler, P. (1987). “Learning by Instinct.” Scientific American 255(1): 74–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gould, S. J., (2001). “Humbled by the Genome's Mysteries.” New York Times. New York: A-21
Grimes, B. (1992) Ethnologue: Languages of the World. Dallas, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics
Grimshaw, G., Adelstein, A., Bryden, M. and MacKinnon, G. (1998). “First-Language Acquisition in Adolescence: Evidence for a Critical Period of Verbal Language Development.” Brain and Language 63: 237–255.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Grimshaw, J. (1981). Form, Function and the Language Acquisition Device. In Baker, C. L. and McCarthy, J. (eds.), The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 163–182.Google Scholar
Grimshaw, J. (1994). Minimal Projection and Clause Structure. In Lust, Suñer and Whitman. 75–84
Grimshaw, J. and Rosen, S. T. (1990). “Knowledge and Obedience: The Developmental Status of the Binding Theory.” Linguistic Inquiry 21: 187–222.Google Scholar
Grodzinsky, Y. (1990). Theoretical Perspectives on Language Deficits. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gruber, H. and Vonèche, J. J. (1977). The Essential Piaget. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Gruber, J. (1969). “Topicalization in Child Language.” In Reibel, D. and Schane, S. (eds.), Modern Studies in English. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 422–447.Google Scholar
Grubin, D. (2002). The Secret Life of the Brain. PBS, Home Video. WWW.pbs.org
Guasti, M. (2002). Language Acquisition: The Growth of Grammar.Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Guasti, M. T. and Chierchia, G. (1999/2000). “Backward Versus Forward Anaphora: Reconstruction in Child Grammar.” Language Acquisition 8(2): 129–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Guasti, M. and L. Rizzi (1996). Null Aux and the Acquisition of Residual V2. In A. Stringfellow, D. Cahana-Amitay, E. Hughes and A. Zukowsly (eds.), Proceedings of the 20th Boston University Conference on Language Development, Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Guasti, M., M. Nespor, A. Christophe and B. Van Ooyen (2001). Pre-Lexical Setting of the Head-Complement Parameter through Prosody. In Höhle, B. and Weissenborn, J. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Guilfoyle, E., Hung, H. and Travis, L. (1989). “Spec of IP, Spec of VP, and the Notion of ‘Subject’.” West Coast Conference on formal Linguistics 8: 110–123.Google Scholar
Gumpertz, J. and Levinson, S. (1996). Rethinking Linguistic Relativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Guo, F., Foley, C., Chien, Y.-C., Lust, B. and Chiang, C. P. (1996). “Operator-Variable Binding in the Initial State: A Cross-Linguistic Study of VP Ellipsis Structures in Chinese and English.” Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale 25(1): 3–34.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Guo, F., C. Foley, Y.-C. Chien, C.-P. Chiang and B. Lust (1997). A Cross Linguistic Study of Chinese and English Children's First Language Acquisition of VP Ellipsis Structures. In Somashekar, S.et al. (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Linguistics. 15: 20–38.Google Scholar
Haegeman, L. (1991). Government and Binding Theory. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Hahne, A. and A. Friederici (1999). Rule-Application During Language Comprehension in the Adult and the Child. In Friederici, A. and Menzel, R. (eds.), Learning: Rule Extraction and Representation. Berlin; New York: Walter de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hale, K. (1994). “On Endangered Languages and the Safeguarding of Diversity.” Language68(1): 1–3.Google Scholar
Hale, M. and Reiss, C. (1998). “Formal and Empirical Arguments Concerning Phonological Acquisition.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(4): 656–683.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hall, D., Geoffrey, S., Waxman, S., Bredart, S. and Nicolay, A.-C. (2003). “Preschoolers' Use of Form Class Cues to Learn Descriptive Proper Names.” Child Development 74(5): 1547–1560.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hall, W., Nagy, W. and Lin, R. (1984). Spoken Words: Effects of Situation and Social Group on Oral Word Usage and Frequency. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Halle, M. (1978). Knowledge Unlearned and Untaught: What Speakers Know about the Sounds of their Language. In Halle,, M.Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 294.Google Scholar
Halle, M. (1997). “Some Consequences of the Representation of Words in Memory.” Lingua 100: 91–100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Halle, M. and N. Clements (1983). Problem Book in Phonology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Halle, P. A. and Boysson-Bardies, B. (1994). “Emergence of an Early Receptive Lexicon: Infants' Recognition of Words.” Infant Behavior and Development 17(2): 119–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hamburger, H. (1980). “A Deletion Ahead of Its Time.” Cognition 8: 389–416.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hamburger, H. and S. Crain (1982). Relative Acquisition. In Kuczaj, S. A. (ed.), Language Development: Syntax and Semantics. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Hampton, J. (1999). Concepts. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 176–179.Google Scholar
Hanlon, C. (1988). The Emergence of Set-Relational Quantifiers in Early Childhood. In Kessel. 65–78
Harlow, H. F. and M. K. Harlow (1965). The Affectional Systems. In Harlow, H. F., Schrier, E. M. and Stollnitz, F. (eds.), Behavior of Nonhuman Primates. New York: Academic. 1: 287–334.Google Scholar
Harnad, S. (ed.) (1987). Categorical Perception. The Groundwork of Cognition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Harris, P. L. (1982). “Cognitive Prerequisites to Language?”British Journal of Psychology 73(2): 187–195.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, Z. S. (1955). “From Phoneme to Morpheme.” Language 31(2): 190–222.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hatano, G. R., Siegler, K., Imagake, R. and Wax, N. (1993). “The Development of Biological Knowledge. A Multi-National Study.” Cognitive Development 8: 47–62.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hatford, G., Maybery, M., Hare, A. O. and Grant, P. (1994). “The Development of Memory and Processing Capacity.” Child Development 65: 1338–1356.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hauser, M., Chomsky, N. and Fitch, W. (2002). “The Faculty of Language: What is it, Who has it, and How did it Evolve.” Science 298: 1569–1579.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hauser, M. D. (1997). The Evolution of Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Hawn, P. R. and L. J. Harris (1979 published 1983). Hand Asymmetries in Grasp Duration and Reaching in Two and Five-Month-Old Infants. The Biennial meeting of the SRCD, San Francisco
Hecaen, H. (1983). “Acquired Aphasia in Children: Revisited.” Neuropsychologia 21(6): 581–587.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Heibeck, T. H. and Markman, E. M. (1987). “Word Learning in Children: An Examination of Fast Mapping.” Child Development 58(4): 1021–1034.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Heine, B. (1992). African Languages. In Bright, W. (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. New York: Oxford University Press. 1: 31–35.Google Scholar
Hendelman, W. J. (2000). Atlas of Functional Neuroanatomy. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Henzi, V. (1975). “Acquisition of Grammatical Gender in Czech.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 9: 188–198.Google Scholar
Hermann, D. (1998). Helen KellerNew York: A. Knopf.Google Scholar
Hernandez, A., Martinez, A. and Kohnert, K. (2000). “In Search of the Language Switch: An FMRI Study of Picture Naming in Spanish–English Bilinguals.” Brain and Language 73: 421–431.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hernandez, A., Dapretto, J., Mazziotta, J. and Brookheimer, S., (2001). “Language Switching and Language Representation in Spanish–English Bilinguals: An FMRI study.” Neuroimage 14: 510–520.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hesketh, S., Christophe, A. and Dehaene-Lambert, G. (1997). “Non-Nutritive Sucking and Sentence Processing.” Infant Behavior and Development 20(2): 263–269.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, T. (1991). “Mean Length of Utterance and the Acquisition of Irish.” Journal of Child Language 18: 553–569.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hickok, G., Bellugi, U. and Klima, E. (1996). “The Neurobiology of Sign Language and its Implications for the Neural Basis of Language.” Nature 381: 699–702.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hickok, G., Bellugi, U. and Klima, E. (2001). “Sign Language in the Brain.” Scientific American 284(6): 58–65.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickok, G., Wilson, M., Clark, K., Klima, E., Kritchevsky, M. and Bellugim, U. (1999). “Discourse Deficits Following Right Hemisphere Damage in Deaf Signers.” Brain and Language 66: 233–248.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hillis, A. and Caramazza, A. (1991). “Category-Specific Naming and Comprehension Impairment: A Double Dissociation.” Brain 114: 2081–2094.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hinofotis, F. B. (1976). An Initial Stage in a Child's Acquisition of Greek as his Native Language. In Workpapers in Teaching English as a Second Language. Los Angeles: University of California. 11: 85–96.
Hinton, G. E. (1992). “How Neural Networks Learn from Experience.” Scientific American 267(3): 145–151.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hirsch, J., Rodriguez-Moreno, D. and Kim, K. (2001). “Interconnected Large-Scale Systems for Three Fundamental Cognitive Tasks Revealed by Functional MRI.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 13(3): 389–405.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hirsch, J., Ruge, M., Kim, K., Correa, D., Victor, J. and Relkin, N. (2000). “An Integrated Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Procedure for Preoperative Mapping of Cortical Areas Associated with Tactile, Motor, Language and Visual Functions.” Neurosurgery 47(3): 711–722.Google ScholarPubMed
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1993). Skeletal Supports for Grammatical Learning: What the Infant Brings to the Language Learning Task. In Rovee-Collier, C. K. and Lipsitt, L. P. (eds.), Advances In Infancy Research. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. 8.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1996). The Intermodal Preferential Looking Paradigm: A Window onto Emerging Language Comprehension. In McDaniel, D. and McKee, C. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax: Language, Speech, and Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 105–124.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and Golinkoff, R. M. (1996a). The Origins of Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1996b). Two Varieties of Language Acquisition Theories: Sketches of a Field. In The Origins of Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 16–41.
Hirsh-Pasek, K., L. Gleitman and H. Gleitman (1978). What did the Brain Say to the Mind? A Study of the Detection and Report of Ambiguity of Young Children. In Sinclair,, A.Jarvella, R. and Levelt, W. J. (eds.), The Child's Conception of Language. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., Kemler-Nelson, D., Jusczyk, P., Wright-Cassidy, K., Druss, B. and Kennedy, L. (1987). “Clauses are Perceptual Units for Young Children.” Cognition 26: 269–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., Treiman, R. and Schneiderman, M. (1984). “Brown and Hanlon Revisited: Mothers' Sensitivity to Ungrammatical Forms.” Journal of Child Language 11: 81–88.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., M. Tucker and R. Golinkoff (1996). Dynamic Systems Theory: Reinterpreting “Prosodic Bootstrapping” and its Role in Language Acquisition. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax.Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Hiscock, M. and M. Kinsbourne (1995). Phylogeny and Ontogeny of Cerebral Lateralization. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 535–578.Google Scholar
Hock, H. (1991). Principles of Historical Linguistics. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1955). A Manual of Phonology: International Journal of American Linguistics. Chicago IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Hockett, C. (1958). A Course in Modern Linguistics. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Hockett, C. (1960). “The Origin of Speech.” Scientific American 203(3): 89–96.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1961). “Linguistic Elements and Their Relations.” Language 37: 29–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1977). The View from Language: Selected Essays 1948–74. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press.Google Scholar
Hoek, D., Ingram, D. and Gibson, D. (1986). “Some Possible Causes of Children's Early Word Overextensions.” Journal of Child Language 13(3): 477–494.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hoekstra, T. (2000). The Function of Functional Categories. In Cheng, L. and Sybesma, R. (eds.), The First Glot International State of the Article Book. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter. (Studies in Generative Grammar48. Harry van der Hulst, Jan Koster and Henk van Riemsdijk (eds.).)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hohne, E. A., M. Jusczyk and N. J. Redanz, (1994). Do Infants Remember Words from Stories? Paper presented at a Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Cambridge, MA
Holden, C. (1998) “No Last Word on Language Origins.” Science 282 (5393): 1455–1458.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hollebrandse, B. and T. Roeper (1996). The Concept of DO-insertion and the Theory of Infl in Acquisition. In Koster, C. and Wijnen, F. (eds.). Proceedings of the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition. Netherlands, Center Language and Cognition Groningen. 261–271.Google Scholar
Holowka, S. and Pettito, L. (2002). “Left hemisphere cerebral specialization for babies while babbling.” Science 297: 1515.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Holyoak, K. (1999). Introduction: Psychology. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), MITECS. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. ⅹⅹⅹⅷ–ⅹⅼⅸ.Google Scholar
Hornstein, N. and Lightfoot, D. W. (eds.) (1981). Explanation in Linguistics: The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition. Longman Linguistics Library no. 25. London; New York: Longman.Google Scholar
Hsu, J. R., Cairns, H. S. and Fiengo, R. W. (1985). “The Development of Grammars Underlying Children's Interpretation of Complex Sentences.” Cognition 20(1): 25–48.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hu, Q. (1993). The Acquisition of Chinese Classifiers by Young Mandarin-Speaking Children. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Boston, MA: Boston University
Huang, James. (1984). “On the Distribution and Resemblance of Empty Pronouns.” Linguistic Inquiry 15(4): 531–574.Google Scholar
Hubel, D. (1979). “The Brain.” Scientific American 241(3): 44–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J. (1974). The Origin of Language Comprehension. In Solo, R. L. (ed.), Theories in Cognitive Psychology: the Loyola Symposium. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Huttenlocher, J. and Strauss, S. (1968). “Comprehension and a Statement's Relation to the Situation it Describes.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7(2): 300–304.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J., Vasilyeva, M., Cymerman, E. and Levine, S. (2002). “Language Input and Child Syntax.” Cognitive Psychology 45(3): 337–374.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Huttenlocher, J. and Weiner, S. (1971). “Comprehension of Instructions in Varying Contexts.” Cognitive Psychology 2: 369–385.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J., Eisenberg, K. and Strauss, S. (1968). “Comprehension: Relation Between Perceived Actor and Logical Subject.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7: 527–530.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, P. (1990). “Morphometric Study of Human Cerebral Cortex Development.” Neuropsychologia 28(6): 517–527.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Huttenlocher, P. (1993). Morphometric Study of Human Cerebral Cortex Development. In M. Johnson. 112–124
Huttenlocher, P. (1997). Syntaptogenesis, Synapse Elimination, and Neural Plasticity in Human Cerebral Cortex. In Nelson, C. A. (ed.), Threats to Optimal Development. Integrating Biological, Psychological and Social Risk Factors. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 27: 35–54.Google Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1984). “Semantically Based Child Grammars: Some Empirical Inadequacies.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 23: 58–65.Google Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1986). Language Acquisition and the Theory of Parameters. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1987). The Theory of Parameters and Syntactic Development. In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. 1–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1992). The Genesis of Clausal Structure. In Meisel, J. (ed.), The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1994). Commentary: Null Subjects in Child Language and the Implications of Cross-Linguistic Variation. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt (eds.). 287–300
Hyams, N. M. and Wexler, K. (1993). “On the Grammatical Basis of Null Subjects in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 24(3): 421–459.Google Scholar
Iaccino, J. (1993). Left Brain-Right Brain Differences. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Ihns, M. and Leonard, L. (1988). “Syntactic Categories in Early Child Language: Some Additional Data.” Journal of Child Language 15(3): 673–678.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Imai, M. and Gentner, D. (1997). “A Crosslinguistic Study on Constraints on Early Word Meaning: Linguistic Input vs. Universal Ontology.” Cognition 62: 169–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ingram, D. (1976). Phonological Disability in Children. London: Arnold.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1981/2). “The Emerging Phonological System of an Italian–English Bilingual Child.” Journal of Italian Linguistics 2: 95–113.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1988). “The Acquisition of Word Initial.” Language and Speech 31(1): 77–85.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ingram, D. (1989). First Language Acquisition: Method, Description, and Explanation. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1991). “An Historical Observation on ‘Why “Mama” and “Papa”?’”Journal of Child Language 18(3): 711–713.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ingram, D. (1992). Early Phonological Acquisition: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective. In Ferguson, C., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, Implications. Timonium, MD: York Press. 423–435.
Ingram, D. (1995). “The Cultural Basis of Prosodic Modifications to Infants and Children: A Response to Fernald's Universalist Theory.” Journal of Child Language 22(1): 223–233.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ingram, D. and Thompson, W. (1996). “Early Syntactic Acquisition in German: Evidence for the Modal Hypothesis.” Language 72(1): 97–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Inhelder, B. and Piaget, J. (1964). The Early Growth of Logic in the Child. New York; London: W. W. Norton & Co.Google Scholar
Inkelas, S. and Zec, D. (eds.) (1990). The Phonology–Syntax Connection. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Isagaki, K. and Hatano, G. (1993). “Young Children's Understanding of the Mind-Body Distinction.” Child Development.Google Scholar
Isagaki, K. and G. Hatano (2003). Conceptual and Linguistic Factors in Inductive Projection. How do Young Children Recognize Commonalities between Animals and Plants? In Gentner, D. and Goldin-Meadow, S. (eds.), Language in Mind. A Bradford Book. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 313–334.Google Scholar
Ito, T. (1988). Sentence Production: From Before to After the Period of Syntactic Structure. In Otsu, Y. (ed.), MITA Working Papers in Psycholinguistics. Tokyo: Keio University. 1: 51–56.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (1994). Patterns in the Mind: Language and Human Nature. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (1997). The Architecture of the Language Faculty. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (2002). Foundations of Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1941/1968). Child Language, Aphasia and Phonological Universals. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1971/2004). The Sound Laws of Child Language and their Place in General Phonology. In Studies on Child Language and Aphasia. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004.) The Hague: Mouton. 285–293
Jakobson, R. (1980). Brain and Language. (With the assistance of Kathy Santilli.)Colombus, OH: Slavica Publishers Inc.Google Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1960/1990). Why “Mama” and “Papa?” Reprinted in L. Waugh, R. and Monville-Burston, M. (eds.), On Language: Roman Jakobson. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press: 305–311.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1984). “On Markedness and Binding Principles.” North Eastern Linguistic Society. Proceedings of NELS 14.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1993). Linguistic Theory and Language Acquisition Facts: Reformulation, Maturation or Invariance of Binding Principles. In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 1: 157–184.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1994b). Reflexives in French and Danish: Morphology, Syntax, and Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt. 115–144
Jezzard, P., Matthews, P. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2001). Functional MRI: An Introduction to Methods. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Joanette, Y., Goulet, P. and Hannequin, D. (1990). Right Hemisphere and Verbal Communication. New York: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, C. and Maratsos, M. (1977). “Early Comprehension of Mental Verbs: Think and Know.” Child Development 48(4): 1743–1747.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, C. and Wellman, H. M. (1982). “Children's Developing Conceptions of the Mind and Brain.” Child Development 53(1): 222–234.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Johnson, E. and Jusczyk, P. W. (2001). “Word Segmentation by 8-Month-Olds: When Speech Cues Count More Than Statistics.” Journal of Memory and Language 44(4): 548–567.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, J. S., Lewis, L. B. and Hogan, J. C. (1997). “A Production Limitation in Syllable Number: A Longitudinal Study of One Child's Early Vocabulary.” Journal of Child Language 24: 327–49.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Johnson, M. (1993). Brain Development and Cognition. A Reader. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Joshi, A. (1994). Commentary: Some Remarks on the Subset Principle. In B. Lust, G. Hermon and J. Kornfilt (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 509–514.
Jusczyk, P. (1997a). The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1997b). Categorical Perception. In The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 45–56.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1997c). Learning about the Prosodic Organization of the Native Language. In The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 90–93.
Jusczyk, P. (1997d). “Finding and Remembering Words: Some Beginnings by English-Learning Infants.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 6(6): 170–174.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1999a). “How Infants Begin to Extract Words from Speech.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 3(9): 323–328.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1999b). “Narrowing the Distance to Language: One Step at a Time.” Journal of Communication Disorders 32: 207–222.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. and L. Gerken (1996). Syntactic Units, Prosody, Psychological Reality During Infancy. In Morgan and Demuth. 389–410
Jusczyk, P. and Krumhansl, C. (1993). “Pitch and Rhythmic Patterns and Infants' Sensitivity to Musical Phrase Structure.” Journal of Human Perception and Performance 19: 611–640Google ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Hohne, E. and Bauman, A. (1999). “Infants' Sensitivity to Allophonic Cues for Word Segmentation.” Perception and Psychophysics 61: 1465–1476.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Houston, D. and Newsome, M. (1999). “The Beginnings of Word Segmentation in English-Learning Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 39: 159–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Friederici, A., Wessels, J., Svenkerud, V. and Jusczyk, A. (1993). “Infants' Sensitivity to the Sound Patterns of Native Language Words.” Journal of Memory and Language 32: 402–420.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P., R. Mazuka, D. Mandel, S. Kiritani and A. Hayashi (1993). A Cross-Linguistic Study of American and Japanese Infants' Perception of Acoustic Correlates to Clausal Units. Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development. New Orleans, LA
Jusczyk, P., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Nelson, D. G. K., Kennedy, L., Woodward, A. and Piwoz, J. (1992). “Perception of Acoustic Correlates of Major Phrasal Units to Young Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 24: 252–293.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. (1989). Perception of Cues to Clausal Units in Native and Non-Native Languages. Society for Research in Child Development, Kansas City.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W. (1993). Sometimes it Pays to Look Back Before You Look Ahead. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic. 227–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W. and Aslin, R. N. (1995). “Infants' Detection of Sound Patterns of Words in Fluent Speech.” Cognitive Psychology 29(1): 1–23.Google ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Bertoncini, J. (1988). “Viewing the Development of Speech Perception as an Innately Guided Learning Process.” Language and Speech 31(3): 217–238.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Hohne, E. A. (1997). “Infants' Memory for Spoken Words.” Science 277(5334): 1984–1986.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Houston, D. (1999). “The Beginnings of Word Segmentation in English-Learning Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 39(3–4): 159–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W., Cutler, A. and Redanz, N. (1993). “Preference for the Predominant Stress Patterns of English Words.” Child Development 64: 675–687.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W., Gerken, L. A. and Nelson, D. K. (2002). The Beginning of Cross-Sentence Structural Comparison by 9-Month-Olds. Minneapolis, MN: ICIS.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W., Luce, P. A. and Charles Luce (1994). “Infants' Sensitivity to Phonotactic Patterns in the Native Language.” Journal of Memory and Language 33(5): 630–645.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kail, R. (1997). “Phonological Skill and Articulation Time Independently Contribute to the Development of Memory Span.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 67: 57–68.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kandel, E. and Squire, L. (2000). “Neuroscience: Breaking Down Scientific Barriers to the Study of Brain and Mind.” Science 290: 1113–1120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kandel, E., Schwartz, J. and Jessell, T. (2000). Principles of Neural Science. New York: McGraw Hill.Google Scholar
Kang, H.-K. (2001). “Quantifier Spreading: Linguistic and Pragmatic Considerations.” Lingua 111(8): 591–627.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kappa, I. (2001). “Alignment and Consonant Harmony: Evidence from Greek.” Proceedings of the BUCLD 25. Somerville: Cascadilla Press
Kapur, S. (1994). Some Applications of Formal Learning Theory Results to Natural Language Acquisition. In Lust,, B.Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 491–508.Google Scholar
Kapur, S. and Bilardi, G. (1992a). Language Learning Without Overgeneralization. Ninth Symposium on Theoretical Aspects of Computer Science. New York: Springer-Verlag. 245–256.Google Scholar
Kapur, S. and G. Bilardi (1992b). Language Learning from Stochastic Input. Fifth Conference on Computational Learning Theory. San Mateo, CA: Morgan-Kaufman
Kapur, S., B. Lust and G. Martohardjono (in preparation) On the Language Faculty and Learnability Theory. Intensional and Extensional Principles in the Representation and Acquisition of Binding Domains
Kapur, S., B. Lust, W. Harbert and G. Martohardjono (1992). “Universal Grammar and Learnability Theory: The Case of Binding Domains and the Subset Principle.” In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht; Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic. 3: 185–216.Google Scholar
Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1979). A Functional Approach to Child Language: A Study of Determiners and Reference. Cambridge Studies in Linguistics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1992). Beyond Modularity. Cambridge: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Katz, N., Baker, E. and Macnamara, J. (1974). “What's in a Name? A Study of How Children Learn Common and Proper Names.” Child Development 45(2): 469–473.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kaufman, D. (1994). Grammatical or Pragmatic: Will the Real Principle B Please Stand Up? In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 2. Binding, Dependencies, and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 177–200.Google Scholar
Kay, D. A. and Anglin, J. M. (1982). “Overextension and Underextension in the Child's Expressive and Receptive Speech.” Journal of Child Language 9(1): 83–98.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kayne, R. (1994a). The Antisymmetry of Syntax. Cambridge MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Kedar, Y., M. Casasola and B. Lust (2004). 18 and 24 Month Olds Rely on Syntactic Knowledge of Functional Categories for Determining Meaning and Reference. Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Kedar, Y., and J. Schaeffer (in preparation). “The Acquisition Of Argumenthood: Missing Articles In Early Hebrew.” New York: Cornell University; Haifa: Ben-Gurion University
Kegl, J. (1994). “The Nicaraguan Sign Language Project: An Overview.” Signpost 7(1): 24–31.Google Scholar
Kegl, J., A. Senghas and M. Coppola (1999). Creation Through Contact: Sign Language Emergence and Sign Language Change in Nicaragua. In DeGraff, M. (ed.), Language Creation and Language Change: Creolization, Diachrony, and Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Kehoe, M. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (1997). “The Acquisition of Prosodic Structure: An Investigation of Current Accounts of Children's Prosodic Development.” Language 73(1): 113–144.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1979). Semantic and Conceptual Development: An Ontological Perspective. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1986). The Acquisition of Natural Kind and Artifact Terms. In Demopoulos, W. and Marras, A. (eds.), Language Learning and Concept Acquisition: Foundational Issues. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1989). Concepts, Kinds and Cognitive Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1992). The Origins of an Autonomous Biology. In Gunnar, M. M. R. (ed.), Modularity and Constraints in Language and Cognition. The Minnesota Symposium on Child Psychology.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 25: 103–137.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1994). Explanation, Association, and the Acquisition of Word Meaning. In Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.), The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 169–196.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1999). Conceptual change. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 179–182.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. and Batterman, N. (1984). “A Characteristic-to-Defining Shift in the Development of Word Meaning.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 23(2): 221–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. and Carroll, J. J. (1980). “The Child's Acquisition of ‘Tall’: Implications for an Alternative View of Semantic Development.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 19: 21–28.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C., Smith, W. C., Simons, D. and Levin, D. (1998). “Two Dogmas of Conceptual Empiricism: Implications for Hybrid Models of the Structure of Knowledge.” Cognition 65(2–3): 103–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keller, H. (1999) The Day Language Came into my Life. In Hirschberg, S. and Hirschberg, T. (eds.), Reflections on Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Nelson, Kemler D., Jusczyk, P., Mandel, D. R., Myers, J., Turk, A. and Gerken, L. A. (1995). “The Head-Turn Preference Procedure for Testing Auditory Perception.” Infant Behavior and Development 18: 111–116.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kempermann, G. and Gage, F. (1999). “New Nerve Cells for the Adult Brain.” Scientific American (May): 48–53.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kempson, R. (ed.) (1988). Mental Representations. The Interface Between Language and Reality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kenstowicz, M. (1994). Phonology in Generative Grammar. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Kent, R. D. (1981). Articulatory-Acoustic Perspectives on Speech Development. In Stark, R. (ed.), Language Behavior in Infancy and Early Childhood. New York; Amsterdam: Elsevier: 105–126.Google Scholar
Kessel, F. S. (ed.) (1988). The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Keurs, M. T., Brown, C. M., Hagoort, P. and Stegeman, D. F. (1999). “Electrophysiological Manifestations of Open- and Closed-Class Words in Patients with Broca's Aphasia with Agrammatic Comprehension: An Event-Related Brain Potential Study.” Brain 122: 839–854.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kim, J. J., Marcus, G. F., Pinker, S., Hollander, M. and Coppola, M. (1994). “Sensitivity of Children's Inflection to Grammatical Structure.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 173–209.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kim, K. H., Relkin, N. R., Lee, K.-M. and Hirsch, J. (1997). “Distinct Cortical Areas Associated with Native and Second Languages.” Nature 388(6638): 171–174.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kimura, D. (1992). “Sex Differences in the Brain.” Scientific American: 119–125CrossRef
Kiparsky, P. and L. Menn (1977). On the Acquisition of Phonology. In Macnamara, J. (ed.), Language, Learning and Thought. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Kisilevsky, B. S., Hains, S., Lee, K., Xie, X., Huang, H. and Ye, H. H. (2003). “Effects of Experience on Fetal Voice Recognition.” Psychological Review 14(3): 220–224.Google ScholarPubMed
Klatt, D. H. (1989). Review of Selected Models of Speech Perception. In Marslen-Wilson, W. (ed.), Lexical Representation and Process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Klee, T. and Fitzgerald, M. (1985). “The Relation Between Grammatical Development and Mean Length of Utterance in Morphemes.” Journal of Child Language 12: 251–269.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Klee, T. M. and R. Paul (1981). A Comparison of Six Structural Analysis Procedures: A Case Study. In Miller, J. F. (ed.), Assessing Language Production in Children: Experimental Procedures. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Klein, D., R. Zattore, B. Milner, E. Meyer and A. C. Evans (1997). The Neural Substrates of Bilingual Language Processing: Evidence from Position Emission Tomography. In Paradis, M. (ed.), Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Pergamon Press.Google Scholar
Klein, W. (1998). Assertion and Finiteness. In Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang. 225–245.Google Scholar
Klima, E. S. and U. Bellugi (1966). Syntactic Regularities in the Speech of Children. In Lyons, J. and Wales, R. (eds.), Psycholinguistic Papers. Edinburgh:Edinburgh University Press. 183–219.Google Scholar
Kobayashi, H. (1998). “How 2-year-old children learn novel part names of unfamiliar objects.” Cognition 68(2): B41–B51.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Koerner, K. and Tajima, M. (1986). Noam Chomsky: A Personal Bibliography, 1951–1986. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kolata, G. (1987). “Association or Rules in Learning Language?”Science 237(4811): 133–134.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kolk, H. (2000). “Multiple Route Plasticity.” Brain and Language. 71: 129–131.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Koopmans Van Beinum, F. J. and J. M. Van der Stelt (1979). Early Stages in the Development of Speech Movements. In Lindblom, B. and Zetterstrom, R. (eds.), Precursors of Early Speech.New York: Stockton.Google Scholar
Koopmans Van Beinum, F. J. and J. M. Van der Stelt (1998). Early Speech Development in Children Acquiring Dutch: Mastering General Basic Elements. In Gillis, S. and Houwer, A. (eds.), The Acquisition of Dutch. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 101–162.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kornfilt, J. (1994). Some Remarks on the Interaction of Case and Word Order in Turkish: Implications for Acquisition. In Lust,, B.Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 1.: Heads, Projections and Learnability. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Koster, C. (1993). Errors in Anaphora Acquisition. Faculteit Letteren Universiteit Utrecht. Onderzoeksinstituut voor Taal en Spraak. Utrecht: University of Utrecht.Google Scholar
Koster, C. (1994). Problems with Pronoun Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt. 201–226
Krumhausl, C. and Jusczyk, P. (1990). “Infants' Perception of Phrase Structure in Music.” Psychological Science 1: 70–73.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. (1976). Speech Perception in Early Infancy: The Acquisition of Speech-Sound Categories. In Hirsh,, S. K.Eldridge, D. H., Hirsh, I. J. and Silverman, S. R. (eds.), Hearing and Davis: Essays Honoring Hallowell Davis. St. Louis: Washington University Press.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. (1987). Perception of Speech and Sound in Early Infancy. In Salapatek, P. and Cohen, L. (eds.), Handbook of Infant Perception. New York: Academic. 11: 274–382.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. and A. Meltzoff (1982). “Discrimination of Auditory Target Dimensions in the Presence or Absence of Variation in a Second Dimension by Infants.” Perception and Psychophysics 31(3): 279–292.CrossRef
Kuhl, P. and Meltzoff, A. (1984). “The Intermodal Representation of Speech in Infants”Infant Behaviour and Development 7: 361–381.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K. (1985). Methods in the Study of Infant Speech Perception. In Gottlieb, G. and Krasnegor, N. (eds.), Measurement of Audition and Vision in the First Year of Postnatal Life: A Methodological Overview. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. K. (1993). Innate Predispositions and the Effects of Experience in Speech Perception: The Native Language Magnet Theory. In Boysson-Bardies (ed.),, B.Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K., Williams, K. A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K. N. and bolm, B. Lind (1992). “Linguistic Experiences Alter Phonetic Perception in Infants by 6 Months of Age.” Science (255): 606–608.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K., Andruski, J. E., Chistovich, I., Chistovich, L., Kozhevnikova, E. and Ryskina, V. (1997). “Cross-Language Analysis of Phonetic Units in Language Addressed to Infants.” Science 277(5326): 684–686.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kulikowski, S. (1981). “Possible Worlds Semantics for Early Syntax.” Journal of Child Language 8(3): 633–639.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kunnari, S. (2002). “Word Length in Syllables: Evidence from Early Word Production in Finnish.” First Language 22: 119–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuno, S., Ken-ichi, T. and Wu, Y. (1999). “Quantifier Scope in English, Chinese and Japanese.” Language 75 (1): 63–111.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kushnir, C. and Blake, J. (1996). “The Nature of the Cognitive Deficit in Specific Language Impairment.” First Language 16: 21–40.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Labov, W. and Labov, T. (1978). “The Phonetics of ‘Cat’ and ‘Mama’.” Language 54(4): 816–852.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lachter, J. and Bever, T. G. (1989). “The Relation Between Linguistic Structure and Associative Theories of Language Learning: A Constructive Critique of Some Connectionist Learning Models.” Cognition 28(1–2): 195–247.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1993). A Course in Phonetics. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1996). Elements of acoustic phonetics. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1997) Paper presented to Annual Meeting of AAAS, Anaheim, CA
Ladefoged, P. (2001). Vowels and Consonants. Malden, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Laenzlinger, C. (1998). Comparative Studies in Word Order Variation: Adverbs, Pronouns, and Clause Structure in Romance and Germanic. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lai, C., Fisher, S., Hurst, J., Vargha-Khadem, F. and Monaco, A. (2001). “A Forkhead-Domain Gene is Mutated in a Severe Speech and Language Disorder.” Nature 413: 519–523.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (1994). Universal Grammar in Child Second Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (1995). “Child Second Language Acquisition of Syntax.” Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17(3): 301–329.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (2000a). Clause Structure in Child Second Language Grammars. Proceedings of Generative Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh
Lakshmanan, U. (2000b). “Root Infinitives in Child First Language Acquisition and Child Second Language Acquisition.” Paper Presented at Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
Lakshmi, V. S. and Rani, A. U. (1993). “Retroflexion in Plural Formation: An Experimental Study with Telugu Children.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 19: 43–58.Google Scholar
Landau, B. and Gleitman, L. (1985). Language and Experience: Evidence from the Blind Child. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Landau, B., Smith, L. B. and Jones, S. (1988). “The Importance of Shape in Early Lexical Learning.” Cognitive Development 3(3): 299–321.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Larson, R. and Segal, G. (1995). Knowledge of Meaning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Larson, R., Warren, D., Silva, J. F. and Sagonis, L. (1995). Syntactica. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lashley, K. (1960 [1948/1951]). The Problem of Serial Order in Behavior. In Beach,, F.Hebb,, D.Morgan, C. and Nissen, H. (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Lashley. Selected Papers of K. S. Lashley. New York: McGraw Hill. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004).Google Scholar
Lasky, R. E., Syrdal-Lasky, A. and Klein, R. E. (1975). “VOT Discrimination by Four to Six and a Half Month Infants from Spanish Environments.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 20: 215–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lasnik, H. (1990). On Certain Substitutes for Negative Data. In Lasnik, H. (ed.), Essays on Restrictiveness and Learnability. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 184–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lasnik, H. (2002). “The Minimalist Program in Syntax.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(10): 432–437.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lasnik, H., Depiante, M. and Steparoy, A. (eds.) (2000). Syntactic Structures Revisited: Contemporary Lectures on Classic Transformational Theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lebeaux, D. (1990). The Grammatical Nature of the Acquisition Sequences: Adjoin-Alpha and the Formation of Relative Clauses. In Frazier, L. and DeVilliers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition.Dordrecht: Kluwer. 13–82.Google Scholar
Lecanuet, J. P. and C. Granier-Deferre (1993). Speech Stimuli in the Fetal Environment. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 237–248.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lee, Kwee-Ock (1991). On the First Language Acquisition of Relative Clauses in Korean: The Universal Structure of COMP. South Korea: Hanshin Publishing Co. Also Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Lee, Kwee-Ock (1997). The Acquisition of Korean Numeral Classifiers. Workshop on First Language Acquisition of East Asian Languages. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Lee, K.-O., B. Lust and J. Whitman (1990). On Functional Categories in Korean: A Study of the First Language Acquisition of Korean Relative Clauses. In E.-J. Baek (ed.), Papers from the Seventh International Conference on Korean Linguistics. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. 312–333
Legendre, G. and P. Smolensky (forthcoming). Towards a Calculus of the Mind/Brain: Neural Network Theory. In Optimality and Universal Grammar
Lenneberg, E. (1964a). A Biological Perspective of Language. In New Directions in the Study of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 65–88.
Lenneberg, E. (1964b). The Capacity for Language Acquisition. In Fodor, J. and Katz, J. (eds.), The Structure of Language. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall Inc.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1966). The Natural History of Language. In Smith, F. and Miller, E. (eds.), The Genesis of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 219–252.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1967). Biological Foundations of Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1975). In Search of a Dynamic Theory of Aphasia. In , E. L. and Lenneberg, E. (eds.), Foundations of Language Development. A Multidisciplinary Approach. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 2: 1–20.Google Scholar
Leonard, L. (1998). Children with Specific Language Impairment. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google ScholarPubMed
Leonard, L. and Dromi, E. (1994). “The Use of Hebrew Verb Morphology by Children with Specific Language Impairment and Children Developing Language Normally.” First Language 42: 283–305.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Leonard, L. and McGregor, K. (1991). “Unusual Phonological Patterns and Their Underlying Representations: A Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 18: 261–271.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Leonard, L., Schwartz, R., Folger, J. K., Newhoff, M. and Wilcox, M. (1979). “Children's Imitation of Lexical Items.” Child Development 50: 19–27.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Leopold, W. F. (1949). Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. New York: AMS Press. Reprinted in Leopold 1970.Google Scholar
Leopold, W. F. (1970). Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Evanston, IL: AMS.Google Scholar
Lepore, E. and Pylyshyn, Z. (eds.) (1999). What is Cognitive Science?Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Levelt, W. J. M. (1974). Formal Grammars in Linguistics and Psycholinguistics. The Hague: Mouton.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levelt, W. J. M. (ed.) (1991). Lexical Access in Speech Production. A Cognition Special Issue. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Levitt, A. (1993). The Acquisition of Prosody: Evidence from French- and English-Learning Infants. In Boysson-Bardies, B., Schonen, S. D., Jusczyk, P., McNeilage, P. and Morton, J. (eds.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic. 185–398.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levitt, A. and Utman, J. Aydelott (1992). “From Babbling Towards the Sound Systems of English and French: A Longitudinal Two-Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 19: 19–49.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Levy, Y. (1983a). “The Acquisition of Hebrew Plurals: The Case of Missing Gender Category.” Journal of Child Language 10(1): 107–121.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levy, Y. (1983b). “It's Frogs All the Way Down.” Cognition 15(1–3): 75–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levy, Y. (1996). “Modularity of Language Reconsidered.” Brain and Language 55: 240–263.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Levy, Y. (1997). “Autonomous Linguistic Systems in the Language of Young Children.” Journal of Child Language 24(3): 651–672.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Li, P. and Gleitman, L. (2002). “Turning the Table: Language and Spatial Reasoning.” Cognition 83(3): 265–294.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Li, P. and Shirai, Y. (2000). The Acquisition of Lexical and Grammatical Aspect. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Li, P., Tan,, L. H.Bates, E. and Zeng, T. (eds.) (forthcoming). Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics: Chinese. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Liberman, A. M. (1970). “The Grammars of Speech and Language.” Cognitive Psychology 1.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Liberman, A. M. (1996). Speech: A Special Code. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Liberman, I., D. Shankweiler, A. Liberman, C. Fowler and F. Fischer (1977). Phonetic Segmentation and Recoding in the Beginning Reader: The Proceedings of the CUNY Conference. In A. Reber and D. Scarborough (eds.), Toward a Psychology of Reading. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Distributed by the Halsted Press
Lieberman, P. (1963). “Some Effects of Semantic and Grammatical Context on the Production of Speech.” Language and Speech 6: 172–179.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1968). Intonation, Perception, and Language. Research Monograph no. 38. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1973). “On the Evolution of Human Language: a Unified View.” Cognition 2.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1975). On the Origins of Language: An Introduction to the Evolution of Human Speech. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1992) “Could an Autonomous Syntax Model have Evolved?”Brain and Language 43: 768, 774.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1996). Some Biological Constraints on the Analysis of Prosody. In Morgan and Demuth. 55–66
Lightfoot, D. W. (1989). “The Child's Trigger Experience: Degree-0 Learnability.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 12(2): 321–334.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, D. W. (1991). How to Set Parameters: Arguments from Language Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lightfoot, D. W. (1994). Degree-0 Learnability. In Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 453–473.Google Scholar
Lillo-Martin, D. (1999). Modality Effects and Modularity in Language Acquisition: The Acquisition of American Sign Language. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CAv: Academic Press: 531–568.Google Scholar
Limber, J. (1973). The Genesis of Complex Sentences. In Moore, T. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. San Diego; CA: Academic Press: 171–185.Google Scholar
Linebarger, M. (1995). “Agrammatism as Evidence about Grammar.” Brain and Language 50: 52–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lisker, L. and Abramson, A. (1970). The Voicing Dimension: Some Experiments in Comparative Phonetics. Sixth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Prague: Academia.Google Scholar
Locke, J. (1968). An Essay Concerning Human Understanding. Cleveland, OH: World Publishing.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. (1983). Phonological Acquisition and Change. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. (1993). The Child's Path to Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. and Pearson, D. (1990). “Linguistic Significance of Babbling: Evidence from a Tracheostomized Infant.” Journal of Child Language 17(1): 1–16.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Loke, K. K. (1991). A Semantic Analysis of Young Children's Use of Mandarin Shape Classifiers. In Kwan-Terry, A. (ed.), Child Language Development in Singapore and Malaysia. Singapore: Singapore University Press: 98–116.Google Scholar
Lorsbach, T. C., Katz, G. A. and Cupak, A. J. (1998). “Development Differences in the Ability to Inhibit the Initial Misinterpretation of Garden Path Sentences.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 71: 275–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Loveland, K. A. (1984). “Learning About Points of View: Spatial Perspective and the Acquisition of ‘I/You’.” Journal of Child Language 11(3): 535–556.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lucy, J. A. (1992a). Grammatical Categories and Cognition: a Case Study of the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis. Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lucy, J. A. (1992b). Language Diversity and Thought: A Reformulation of the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lum, C., Cox, R., Kilgour, J., Morris, J. and Tobin, R. (1999). “Patsy: A Multimedia Distributed Web-Base Resource for Aphasiologists in Research and Education.” Aphasiology 13 (7): 573–579.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1977). “Conjunction Reduction in Child Language.” Journal of Child Language 4(2): 257–297.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1981) Constraint on Anaphora in English Language. A Prediction for a Universal. In Tavakolin, S. (ed.), Linguistic Theory and First Language Acquisition. Boston, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B. (1986b). Introduction. In Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht: Reidel Press. I: 3–106.
Lust, B. (1986c). Remarks on the Psychological Reality of the Subset Principle: Its Relation to Universal Grammar as a Model of the Initial State. In C. Clifton (ed.), Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 420–431
Lust, B. (1986d). Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Volume 1. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht:Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1999). Universal Grammar: The Strong Continuity Hypothesis in First Language Acquisition. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press. 111–156.Google Scholar
Lust, B. (in preparation). Universal Grammar and the Initial State: Cross-Linguistic Studies of Directionality. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books/MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and Chien, Y. (1984). “The Structure of Coordination in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese.” Cognition 17: 49–83.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lust, B. and T. Clifford (1986). The 3-D Study: Effects of Depth Distance and Directionality on Children's Acquisition of Anaphora: Comparison of Prepositional Phrase and Subordinate Clause Embedding. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies of Acquisition of Anaphora: Defining the Constraints. Dordecht: Reidel Press. I: 203–244.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. and L. Mangione (1983). The Principle Branching Direction Parameter Constraint in First Language Acquisition of Anaphora. In P. Sells, and C. Jones (eds.), Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts. 145–160
Lust, B. and Mazuka, R. (1989). “Cross-Linguistic Studies of Directionality in First Language Acquisition: The Japanese Data (Response to O'Grady, Suzuki-Wei and Cho 1986).” Journal of Child Language 16: 665–684.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. and Mervis, C. A. (1980). “Coordination in the Natural Speech of Young Children.” Journal of Child Language 7(2): 279–304.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lust, B. and T. K. Wakayama (1979). “The Structure of Coordination in Young Children's Acquisition of Japanese.” In Eckman, F. R. and Hastings, A. J. (eds.), Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition. Rawley, MA: Newbury House Publishers. 134–152.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and T. K. Wakayama (1981). “Word Order in Japanese First Language Acquisition.” In Dale, P. and Ingram, D. (eds.), Child Language: An International Perspective. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 73–90.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Blume, M. and Ogden, T. (in preparation). Cornell University Virtual Linguistics Lab (VLL) Research Methods Manual: Scientific Methods for Study of Language Acquisition. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.
Lust, B., Gair, J. Bhatia and T. Sharma (1986a). Children's Hypotheses on Empty Categories: Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora. South Asia Linguistics Association. Urbana, IL
Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (1994). Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 2: Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Lust, B., Y.-C. Chien and S. Flynn (1987). What Children Know: Comparison of Experimental Methods for the Study of First Language Acquisition. In B. Lust (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora Vol. 2. Applying the Constraints. 2: 271–356CrossRef
Lust, B., Eisele, J. and Mazuka, R. (1992c). “The Binding Theory Module: Evidence from First Language Acquisition for Principle C.” Language 68(2): 333–358.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., S. Flynn and C. Foley (1996). What Children know about What They Say – Elicited Imitation as a Research Method. In McDaniel, C., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Loveland, K. A. and Karret, R. (1980). “The Development of Anaphora in First Language: Syntactic and Pragmatic Constraints.” Linguistic Analysis 6(2): 217–249.Google Scholar
Lust, B., L. Mangione and Y.-C. Chien (1984). The Determination of Empty Categories in First Language Acquisition of Chinese. In W. Harbert (ed.), Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, New York. 6: 151–165
Lust, B., Chien, Y.-C., Chiang, C.-P. and Eisele, J. (1996). “Chinese Pronominals in Universal Grammar: A Study of Linear Precedence and Command in Chinese and English Children's First Language Acquisition.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 5(1): 1–47.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., R. Mazuka, G. Martohardjono, and J.-M. Yoon (1989). On Parameter Setting in first Language Acquisition: The Case of the Binding Theory. Paper presented at GLOW conference, Utrecht
Lust, B., L. Solan, S. Flynn, C. Cross and E. Schultz (1986). A Comparison of Null and Pronoun Anaphora in First Language Acquisition. In Lust, B., (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht: Reidel Press. 1: 245–278.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., T. Bhatia, J. Gair, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1995). Children's Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora: A Parameter-setting Paradox. In Ghambir, Vijay., (ed.), Teaching and Acquisition of South Asian Languages. Penn Press. 172–189.Google Scholar
Lust, B., T. Wakayama, W. Snyder, Shin Oshima and K. Otani (1985). Configurational Factors in Japanese Anaphora: Evidence from Acquisition. Paper Presented at LSA Winter 1985 Meeting
Lust, B., J. Kornfilt, J. Hermon, C. Foley, Z. Nuñez del Prado and S. Kapur (1994). Introduction: Constraining Binding, Dependencies and Learnability: Principles or Parameters. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. II: Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 1–37.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and Foley, C. (eds.), (2004). First Language Acquisition. The Essential Readings. Blackwell Publishing.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Wali, Kashi, Gair, J. and Subbarao, K. (eds.) (1999). Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian Languages: A Principled Typology. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Macaulay, R. (1977). “The Myth of Female Superiority in Language.” Journal of Child Language 5: 353–363.Google Scholar
MacKain, K. S. (1982). “Assessing the Role of Experience on Infants' Speech Discrimination.” Journal of Child Language 9: 527–542.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
MacKain, K. S., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Spieker, S., and Stern, D. (1983). “Infant Intermodal Speech Perception is a Left Hemisphere Function.” Science 219: 1347–1349.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Macken, J. A. and Barton, D. (1980). “The Acquisition of the Voicing Contrast in Spanish: A Phonetic and Phonological Study of Word-Initial Stop Consonants.” Journal of Child Language 7: 433–458.Google ScholarPubMed
Macken, M. (1980). Aspects of the Acquisition of Stop Systems: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective. In Yeni-Komshian,, G.Kavanagh, J. and Ferguson, C. (eds.), Child Phonology. Vol 1. Production. New York: Academic Press. 143–168.Google Scholar
Macken, M. (1986). Phonological Development: A Crosslinguistic Perspective. In P. Fletcher, and M. Garman, (eds.), Language Acquisition: Studies in First Language Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 251–268.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. (1995). Phonological Acquisition. In Goldsmith, J. (ed.), The Handbook of Phonological Theory. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. 671–696.Google Scholar
Macken, M. A. (1979). “Developmental Reorganization of Phonology: A Hierarchy of Basic Units of Acquisition.” Lingua 49(1): 11–49.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. A. (1992). Where's Phonology? In Ferguson,, C. A.Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, and Implications. Timonium, MD: New York Press.Google Scholar
Macken, M. and Ferguson, C. (1981). “Phonological Universals in Language Acquisition.” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 379: 110–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. and C. Ferguson (1983). Cognitive Aspects of Phonological Development: Models, Evidence and Issues. In K. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language. 4: 256–282
MacNamara, J. (1972). “Cognitive Basis of Language Learning in Infants.” Psychological Review 79(1): 1–13.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
MacNamara, J. (1982). Names for Things: A Study of Human Learning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. (1989) Competition and connectionism. In MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. (eds.), Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. (1991). The CHILDES Project: Tools for Analyzing Talk. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. (1989). The Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1985). “The Child Language Data Exchange System.” Journal of Child Language 12: 271–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1990). “The Child Language Data Exchange System: An Update.” Journal of Child Language 17: 457–472.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1992). “The Wheat and the Chaff: Or Four Confusions Regarding CHILDES.” Journal of Child Language 19: 459–471.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mandel, D. R., Jusczyk, P. W. and Pisoni, D. (1995). “Infants' Recognition of the Sound Patterns of their own Names.” Psychological Science 6: 315–318.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mandel, D. R., Jusczyk, P. W. and Kemler-Nelson, D. G. (1994). “Does Sentential Prosody Help Infants to Organize and Remember Speech Information?”Cognition 53(2): 155–180.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mandel, D. R., Kemler-Nelson, D. G. and Jusczyk, P. W. (1996). “Infants Remember the Order of Words in a Spoken Sentence.” Cognitive Development 11(2): 181–196.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mangione, L., Y.-C. Chien and B. Lust (in preparation). The Representation of Sententical Complements in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese: A Study of Natural Speech
Manzini, R. M. and Wexler, K. (1987). “Parameters, Binding Theory and Learnability.” Linguistic Inquiry 18(3): 413–444.Google Scholar
Marantz, , A. (1982). “On the Acquisition of Grammatical Relations.” Linguistische Berichte 80/82: 32–69.Google Scholar
Maratsos, M. (1982). The Child's Construction of Grammatical Categories. In Gleitman, L. and Wanner, E. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press: 240–266.Google Scholar
Maratsos, M. and M. A. Chalkley (1981). The Internal Language of Children's Syntax: The Ontogenesis and Representation of Syntactic Categories. In Nelson, K. (ed.), Children's Language. New York: Gardner Press. 2.Google Scholar
Marchman, V. A., Plunkett, K. and Goodman, J. C. (1997). “Overregularization in English Plural and Past Tense Inflectional Morphology: A Response to Marcus (1995).” Journal of Child Language 24(3): 767–779.Google Scholar
Marcus, G. (2004). The Birth of the Mind. Basic Books.Google Scholar
Marcus, G. F. (1995). “Children's Overregularization of English Plurals: A Quantitative Analysis.” Journal of Child Language 22(2): 447–459.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marcus, G. F. (1998). “Can Connectionism Save Constructivism?”Cognition 66(2): 153–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marcus, G. F., Brinkmann, U., Clahsen, H., Wiese, R. and Pinker, S. (1995). “German Inflection: The Exception that Proves the Rule.” Cognitive Psychology 29(3): 189–256.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marcus, G. F., Pinker, S., Ullman, M., Hollander, M., Rosen, T. J. and Xu, F. (1992). “Overregularization in Language Acquisition.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 57(4(228)): 1–182.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marcus, G. F., Vijayan, S., Rao, S. B. and Vishton, P. M. (1999). “Rule Learning by Seven-Month-Old Infants.” Science 283(5398): 77–80.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Markman, E. (1987). How Children Constrain the Possible Meanings of Words. In Neisser, U. (ed.), Concepts and Conceptual Development: Ecological and Intellectual Factors in Categorization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. (1989). Categorization and Naming in Children: Problems of Induction. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. (1994). Constraints Children Place on Word Meanings. In Bloom, P. (ed.), Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 14: 154–173.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. and Hutchinson, J. E. (1984). “Children's Sensitivity to Constraints on Word Meaning: Taxonomic vs. Thematic Relations.” Cognitive Psychology 16(1): 1–27.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Markman, E. M. and Wachtel, G. F. (1998). “Children's Use of Mutual Exclusivity to Constrain the Meaning of Words.” Cognitive Psychology 20: 121–157.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Markson, L. and Bloom, P. (1997). “Evidence Against a Dedicated System for Word Learning in Children.” Nature Publishing Group 385(6619): 813–815.Google ScholarPubMed
Marler, P. (1987). Sensitive Periods and the Roles of Specific and General Sensory Stimulation in Birdsong Learning. In Rauschecker, J. and Marler, P. (eds.), Imprinting and Cortical Plasticity. New York: J. Wiley & Sons. 100–135.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1991a). Differences in Behavioural Development in Closely Related Species: Birdsong. In Bateson, P. (ed.), The Development and Integration of Behaviour. Essays in Honour of Robert Hinde. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 41–70.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1991b). The Instinct to Learn. In Carey, S. and Gelman, R. (eds.), The Epigenesis of Mind: Essays on Biology and Cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1997). “Three Models of Song Learning: Evidence from Behavior.” Journal of Neurobiology 33(5): 501–516.3.0.CO;2-8>CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marler, P. (1998). Animal Communication and Human Language. In Jablonski, N. and Aiello, L. (eds.), The Origin and Diversification of Language. San Francisco, CA: Academy of Sciences. 1–19.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1999a). Nature, Nurture and the Instinct to Learn. In N. Adams and R. Slotow (eds.), Proceedings of the XⅫ International Ornithological Congress. 2353–2355
Marler, P. (1999b). “Review of Apes, Language, and the Human Mind by S. Savage Rumbaugh, G. Shanker, and T. Taylor.” American Anthropologist. 101: 432–436.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Martohardjono, G. (1993). Wh-Movement in the Aquisition of a Second Language: A Cross-Linguistic Study of Three Languages with and without Movement. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Massaro, D. and Stork, D. (1998). “Speech Recognition and Sensory Integration.” American Scientist 86(3): 236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Matsumoto, Y. (1985). Acquisition of Some Japanese Numeral Classifiers: The Search for Convention. In Papers and Reports in Child Language Development. 24: 79–86.Google Scholar
Matsumoto, Y. (1987). Order of Acquisition in the Lexicon: Implication from Japanese Numeral Classifiers. In Nelson, K. E. and Kleeck, A. (eds.), Children's Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 7: 229–260.Google Scholar
Matthei, E. and Roeper, T. (1983). Understanding and Producing Speech. Bungay: The Chaucer Press.Google Scholar
Matthews, P. (1997). The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Linguistics. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Matthews, R. (1991). Psychological Reality of Grammars. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomskyan Turn. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 182–199.Google Scholar
Mattys, S. L. and Jusczyk, P. W. (2001). “Phonotactic Cues for Segmentation of Fluent Speech by Infants.” Cognition 78(2): 91–121.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mauner, F. (1995). “Examining the Empirical and Linguistic Bases of Current Theories of Agrammatism.” Brain and Language 50: 339–368.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
May, R. (1999). Logical Form in Linguistics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 486–488.Google Scholar
Mayberry, R. (1993). “First-Language Acquisition after Childhood Differs from Second-Language Acquisition: The Case of American Sign Language.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 36: 1258–1270.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mayberry, R., Lock, E. and Kazmi, H. (2002). “Linguistic Ability and Early Language Exposure.” Nature 417.Google ScholarPubMed
Maye, J. and L. A. Gerken (2001). Learning Phonemes: How Far Can the Input Take Us? Proceedings of the 25th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press. 480–490
Mayeux, R. and E. Kandel (2000). Natural Language, Disorders of Language and Other Localizable Disorders of Cognitive Functioning. In E. Kandel, J. Schwartz and T. Jessell (eds.), Principles of Neuroscience. 688–703
Mazuka, R. (1990). Japanese and English Children's Processing of Complex Sentences: An Experimental Comparison. Doctoral dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. (1996). Can a Grammatical Parameter be Set Before the First Word? Prosodic Contributions to Early Setting of a Grammatical Parameter. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 313–330.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. (1998). The Development of Language Processing Strategies: A Cross-Linguistic Study Between Japanese and English. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. and Friedman, R. (2000). “Linguistic Relativity in Japanese and English: Is Language the Primary Determinant in Object Classification?”Journal of East Asian Linguistics 9: 353–377.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mazuka, R. and B. Lust (1990). On Parameter Setting and Parsing: Predictions for Cross-Linguistic Differences in Adult and Child Processing. In Frazier, L. and Villiers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 163–207.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mazuka, R. and B. Lust (1994). When is an Anaphor Not an Anaphor? A Study of Japanese “Zibun.” In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawerence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 145–175.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R., B. Lust, W. Snyder and T. Wakayama (1995). “Null Subject Grammar” and Phrase Structure in Early Syntax Acquisition: A Cross Linguistic Study of Japanese and English. In Jakubowicz, C. (ed.), Recherches Linguistiques de Vincennes. Vincennes: Presses Universitaires de Vincennes. 24: 55–81.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R., B. Lust, T. Wakayama and W. Snyder (1986). Distinguishing Effects of Parameters in Early Syntax Acquisition: A Cross-Linguistic Study of Japanese and English. In Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Stanford, CA: Stanford University. 25: 73–82
McCauley, R. (1997). “Three Models of Song Learning: Evidence from Behavior.” Journal of Neurobiology 33(5): 501–516.Google Scholar
McCauley, R. (1999). Reductionism. In Wilson and Keil (eds.), 712–714
McClelland, J. (2000). Cognitive Modeling, Connectionist. In Keil, F. C. and Wilson, R. A. (eds.), Explanation and Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 137–141.Google Scholar
McDaniel, D. (1986). Conditions on Wh-chains. Ph.D. Dissertation, City University of New York
McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.) (1996). Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
McGilvray, J. A. (1999). Chomsky: Language, Mind, and Politics. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
McGurk, and MacDonald, (1976). Hearing Lips and Seeing Voices. Nature 264: 746–748.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
McKee, C. (1994). What You See Isn't Always What You Get. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Heads, Projections, and Learnability. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 201–212.Google Scholar
McShane, J. (1979). “The Development of Naming.” Linguistics 17(9–10): 879–905.Google Scholar
Meara, P. and A. Ellis (1982). The Psychological Reality of Deep and Surface Phonological Representations: Evidence from Speech Errors in Welsh. In Cutler, A. (ed.), Slips of the Tongue and Language Production. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter. 797–804.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mehler, J. and DuPoux, E. (1994). What Infants Know: The New Cognitive Science of Early Development. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Mehler, J. F., Bertoncini, J., Barriere, M. and Jassik-Gerschenfeld, D. (1978). “Infant Recognition of Mother's Voice.” Perception 7(5): 491–497.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mehler, J. F., E. Dupoux, T. Nazzi and G. Dehaene-Lambertz (1996). Coping with Linguistic Diversity: The Infant's Viewpoint. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 101–116.Google Scholar
Mehler, J. F., Jusczyk, P., Lambertz, G., Halsted, N., Bertoncini, J. and Amiel-Tison, C. (1988). “A Precursor of Language Acquisition in Young Infants.” Cognition 29(2): 143–178.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Meier, R. P. (1991). “Language Acquisition by Deaf Children.” American Scientist 79(1): 60–70.Google Scholar
Meier, R. P. and Newport, E. (1990). Out of the Hands of Babes: On a Possible Sign Advantage. Language 66(1): 1–23.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meisel, J. M. (ed.) (1992). The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Development. Dordrecht: Kluwer.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meltzoff, A. N. and Moore, M. K. (1977). “Imitation of Facial and Manual Gestures by Human Neonates.” Science 198: 75–78.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Meltzoff, A. N. and Moore, M. K. (1983). “Newborn Infants Imitate Adult Facial Gestures.” Child Development 54: 702–709.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Menn, L. (1975). “Counter Example to ‘Fronting’ as a Universal of Child Psychology.” Journal of Child Language 2(2): 293–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Menn, L. (1976). “Evidence for an Interactionist-Discovery Theory of Child Phonology.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Stanford, CA: Stanford University. 12: 169–177
Menn, L. (1980). “Phonological Theory and Child Phonology.” In Yeni-Komshian,, G.Kavanagh, J. F. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York: Academic Press. 1: 23–41.Google Scholar
Menn, L. and E. Matthei (1992). The “Two-Lexicon” Account of Child Phonology: Looking Back and Looking Ahead. In Ferguson, C. A., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, Implications. Timonium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Menn, L. and Ratner, N. B. (eds.) (2000). Methods for Studying Language Production. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Menyuk, P. and L. Menn (1979). Early Strategies for the Perception and Production of Words and Sounds. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Studies in Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Merriman, W. and Bowman, L. (1989). “The Mutual Exclusivity Bias in Children's Word Learning.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 54(3–4(220)): 1–123.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mervis, C. B. (1987). Child-Basic Object Categories and Early Lexical Development. In Neisser, U. (ed.), Concepts and Conceptual Development: Ecological and Intellectual Factors in Categorization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 201–203.Google Scholar
Mervis, C. B. and Canada, K. (1983). “On the Existence of Competence Errors in Early Comprehension: A Reply to Fremgen and Fay and Chapman and Thomson.” Journal of Child Language 10(2): 431–440.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mervis, C. B., Golinkoff, R. M. and Bertrand, J. (1994). “Two-year-olds Readily Learn Multiple Labels for the Same Basic-Level Category.” Child Development 65(4): 1163–1177.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mikes, M. (1967). “Acquisition des catégories grammaticales dans le langage de l'enfant.” Enfance 20: 289–298.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, G. (1978). Semantic Relations Among Words. In Halle,, M.Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 60–118.Google Scholar
Miller, G. (1981). Language and Speech. San Francisco, CA: W. H. Freeman.Google Scholar
Miller, G. (1996). The Science of Words. New York: W. H. Freeman.Google Scholar
Miller, G. and Johnson-Laird, P. (1976). Language and Perception. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, J. (1981). Assessing Language Production in Children.Experimental Procedures. Baltimore MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Miller, J. and Chapman, R. (1981). “The Relation Between Age and Mean Length of Utterance in Morphemes.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 24: 154–161.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Miller, J. and Chapman, R. (1983). SALT: Systemic Analysis of Language Transcripts, User's Manual. Madison: WI: University of Wisconsin Press.Google Scholar
Mills, A. (1985). The Acquisition of German. In Slobin
Mills, D., Coffey-Corina, S., et al. (1997). “Language Acquisition and Cerebral Specialization in 20-month-old Infants.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 5(3): 317–334.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milner, B. (1958). Psychological Defects Produced by Temporal Lobe Excisions. Proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease36: 244–257
Mitchell, P. (1996). Acquiring a Conception of Mind. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Mithun, M. (1989). “The Acquisition of Polysynthesis.” Journal of Child Language 16: 285–312.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Miyahara, K. (1974). “The Acquisition of Japanese Particles.” Journal of Child Language 1(2): 283–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miyata, H. (1993). The Performance of the Japanese Case Particles in Children's Speech: With Special Reference to “Ga” and “O.” In Otsu, Y. (ed.), MITA Psycholinguistics Circle. Tokyo:Keio University.Google Scholar
Moerk, E. L. (1980). “Relationships Between Parental Input Frequencies and Children's Language Acquisition: A Reanalysis of Brown's Data.” Journal of Child Language 7: 105–118.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Moffitt, A. R. (1971). “Consonant Cue Perception by Twenty- to Twenty-Four-Week-Old Infants.” Child Development 42:717–731.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mogford-Bevan, K. (1988). Oral Language Acquisition in the Prelinguistically Deaf. In D. V. M. Bishop and K. Mogford-Bevan (eds.). 110–131
Mogford-Bevan, K. and D. V. M. Bishop (1988). “Language Development in Unexceptional Circumstances.” In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. Edinburgh; New York, Churchill Livingstone: 10–28.Google Scholar
Mohanty, P. (nd). The Acquisition of Oriya Phonology: A Case Study. Hyderabad:Center for ALTS. Hyderabad 5001324: University of Hyderabad.
Molfese, D. L., Freeman, R. B. Jr. and D. S. Palermo (1975). “The Ontogeny of Brain Lateralization for Speech and Nonspeech Sounds.” Brain and Language. 2: 356–368.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Molfese, D., D. Narter, A. Van Matre, M. Elletson and M. Madglin (2001). Language Development during Infancy and Early Childhood: Electrophysiological Correlates. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 181–230.Google Scholar
Moon, C., Bever, T. G. and W. P. Fifer (1992). “Canonical and Non-Canonical Syllable Discrimination by Two-Day-Old Infants.” Journal of Child Language 19(1): 1–17.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Moon, C., Cooper, R. P. and Fifer, W. P. (1993). “Two Day Olds Prefer Their Native Language.” Infant Behavior and Development 16(4): 495–500.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morford, J. and Goldin-Meadow, S. (1997). “From Here and Now to There and Then: The Development of Displaced Reference in Homesign and English.” Child Development 68(3): 420–435.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morford, J., J. Singleton and S. Goldin-Meadow (1995). From Homesign to ASL: Identifying the Influences of a Self-Generated Childhood Gesture System Upon Language Proficiency in Adulthood. Proceedings of Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Morgan, J. (1994). “Converging Measures of Speech Segmentation in Preverbal Infants.” Infant Behavior and Development 17: 389–403.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morgan, J. (1996). “A Rhythmic Bias in Preverbal Speech Segementation.” Journal of Memory and Language 35: 666–688.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. and Demuth, K. (eds.) (1996). Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. and J. Saffran, (1995). “Emerging Integration of Sequential and Suprasegmental Information in Preverbal Speech Segementation.” Child Development 66: 911–936.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morgan, J. and Travis, L. (1989). “Limits on Negative Information in Language Input.” Journal of Child Language 16(3): 531–552.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morgan, J., D. Swingley and K. Miritai (1993). Infants Listen Longer to Speech with Extraneous Noises Inserted at Clause Boundaries. Paper Presented at the Biennial Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development, New Orleans, LA
Morgan, J. L. (1986). From Simple Input to Complex Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. L., Meier, R. P. and Newport, E. L. (1987). “Structural Packaging in the Input to Language Learning: Contributions of Prosodic and Morphological Marking of Phrases to the Acquisition of Language.” Cognitive Psychology 19: 498–550.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morse, P. A. (1972). “The Discrimination of Speech and Nonspeech Stimuli in Early Infancy.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 14(3): 477–492.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Muir, D. and Field, J. (1979). “Newborn Infants Orient to Sounds.” Child Development 50(2): 431–436.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mulford, R. (1985). “Comprehension of Icelandic Pronoun Gender: Semantic versus Formal Factors.” Journal of Child Language 12(2): 443–454.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Muller, R. A., Rothermel, R. D., Behan, M. E., Muznik, O., Mangner, T. J. and Chakraborty, P. K. (1998). “Brain Organization of Language after Early Unilateral Lesion: A PET Study.” Brain and Language 62: 422–451.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Naigles, L. (1998). “Children Use Syntax to Learn Verb Meaning.” Journal of Child Language 17: 357–374.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Naigles, L. and Gelman, S. A. (1995). “Overextensions in Comprehension and Production Revisited: Preferential-Looking in a Study of Dog, Cat and Cow.” Journal of Child Language 22(1): 19–46.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Naigles, L., H. Gleitman and L. Gleitman (1993). Children Acquire Word Meaning Components from Syntactic Evidence. In Dromi, E. (ed.), Language and Development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Naigles, L. and Kako, E. (1993). “First Contact in Verb Acquisition: Defining a Role for Syntax.” Child Development 64: 1665–1687.Google ScholarPubMed
Naigles, L. R. (1998). Developmental Changes in the Use of Structure in Verb Learning: Evidence from Preferential Looking. In Rovee-Collier,, C.Lipsett, L. P. and Hayne, H. (eds.), Advances in Infancy Research Vol. 12. Stamford, CT: Ablex. 298–318.Google Scholar
Nair, S. (1991). “Monosyllabic English or Disyllabic Hindi? Language Acquisition in a Bilingual Child.” Indian Linguistics: Indian Institute of Technology 52 (1–4): 51–90.Google Scholar
Nakayama, J., Mazuka,, R.Shirai, Y. and Li, P. (eds.) (forthcoming). Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics: Japanese. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Nazzi, T., Bertoncini, J., et al. (1998). “Language Discrimination by Newborns: Toward an Understanding of the Role of Rhythm.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 24(3): 756–766.Google ScholarPubMed
Neeleman, A. and Weerman, F. (1997). “L1 and L2 Word Order Acquisition.” Language Acquisition: 125–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, K. (1974). “Concept, Word and Sentence: Interrelations in Acquisition and Development.” Psychological Review 81(4): 267–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, K., Hampson, J. and Shaw, J. (1993). “Nouns in early lexicons: evidence, explanations and implications.” Journal of Child Language 20(1): 61–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Nelson, K. E. and Bonvillian, J. D. (1973). “Concepts and Words in the 18-month-old: Acquiring Concept Names under Controlled Conditions.” Cognition 2(4): 435–450.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, C. and Luciana, M. (eds.) (2001). Handbook of Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press.Google Scholar
Nespor, M. and Vogel, I. (1986). Prosodic Phonology. Dordrecht: Floris.Google Scholar
Neville, H. and D. Bavelier (2000). Specificity and Plasticity in Neurocognitive Development in Humans. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience: A Reader. Malden, MA: Blackwell. 83–98.Google Scholar
Neville, H. and Mills, D. (1997). “Epigenesis of Language.” Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews 3(4): 282–292.3.0.CO;2-Q>CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Neville, H., Nicol, J., Barss, A., Forster, K. I. and Garrett, M. (1991). “Syntactically Based Sentence Processing Classes: Evidence from Event-Related Brain Potentials.” Journal of Cognitive Neuropsychology: 155–170.Google ScholarPubMed
Newport, E. (1990). “Maturational Constraints on Language Learning.” Cognitive Science 14: 11–28.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Newport, E. L., H. Gleitman and L. Gleitman (1977). “Mother, I'd Rather Do It Myself”: Some Effects and Non-Effects of Maternal Speech Style. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press. 109–150.Google Scholar
Nicol, J. (ed.) (2001). One Mind, Two Languages: Bilingual Language Processing. Explaining Linguistics. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Ninio, A. and C. Snow (1999). The Development of Pragmatics: Learning to Use Language Appropriately. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press. 347–383.Google Scholar
Nirmala, C. (1981). “Medial Consonant Cluster Acquisition by Telugu children.” Journal of Child Language 8(1): 63–73.Google Scholar
Nirmala, C. (1982). First Language (Telugu) Development in Children. A Short Descriptive Study. Hyderabad:Osmania University.Google Scholar
Nuñez del Prado, Z., C. Foley and B. Lust (1993). The Significance of CP to the Pro-Drop Parameter: An Experimental Study of Spanish–English Comparison. In E. Clark (ed.), The Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Child Language Research Forum. Stanford University: CSLI. 146–157
O'Grady, W. (1997). Syntactic Development. Chicago IL:University of Chicago Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
O'Grady, W., Suzuki-Wei, Y., and Cho, S. (1986). “Directionality Preferences in the Interpretation of Anaphora: Data from Korean and Japanese.” Journal of Child Language 13: 409–420.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
O'Grady, W., M. Dobrovolsky, and Aronoff, H. (1997). Contemporary Linguistics: An Introduction. New York: St. Martin's Press.Google Scholar
Obler, L. and Gjerlow, K. (1999). Language and the Brain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Obler, L. and S. Hannigan (1996). Neurolinguistics of Second Language Acquisition and Use. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 509–526.Google Scholar
Ochs, E. (1979). Transcription as Theory. In Ochs, E. and Schieffelin, B. (eds.), Developmental Pragmatics. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ochs, E. (1982). “Ergativity and Word Order in Samoan Child Language.” Language 58(3): 646–671.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ojemann, G. (1983). “Brain Organization for Language from the Perspective of Electrical Stimulation Mapping.” Behavioral and Brain Science 2: 189–203.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ojemann, G. (1991). “Cortical Organization of Language.” Journal of Neuroscience 11(8): 2281–2287.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ojemann, G., Ojemann, J., Lettich, E. and Berger, M. (1989). “Cortical Language Localization in Left Dominant Hemisphere.” Journal of Neurosurgery 71: 316–326.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Oller, D. (1980). The Emergence of Speech Sounds in Infancy. In Yeni-Komshian, G. H., Kavanagh, J. and Ferguson, C. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York:Academic Press.
Oller, D. (1981). Infant Vocalizations. Exploration and Reflexivity. In Stark, R. E. (ed.), Language Behaviour in Infancy and Early Childhood. Amsterdam:Elsevier. 85–104.Google Scholar
Oller, D. and Eilers, R. (1988). “The Role of Audition in Infant Babbling.” Child Development 59(2): 441–449.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Oller, D., Wieman, L.Doyle, W. and Ross, C. (1976). “Infant Babbling and Speech.” Journal of Child Language 3: 1–12.Google Scholar
Opper, S. (1977). Concept Development in Thai Urban and Rural Children. In Wosen, P. R. (ed.), Piagetian Psychology: Cross-Cultural Contributions.New York: Gardner Press.Google Scholar
Osherson, D. (ed.) (1995). An Invitation to Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Oshima, S. and B. Lust (1997). “Remarks on Anaphora in Japanese Adverbial Clauses.” In Somashekar,, S.Yamakoshi,, K.Blume, M. and Foley, C. (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Linguistics. 15:88–100.Google Scholar
Otsu, Y. (1994). Case Marking Particles and Phrase Structure in Early Japanese Acquisition. In B. Lust, M. Suñer and J. Whitman (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Lust,, B.Suner, M. and Whitman., J.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 1: 159–170.Google Scholar
Ouhalla, J. (1991). Functional Categories and Parametric Variation. London; New York: Routledge.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Oviatt, S. L. (1980). “The Emerging Ability to Comprehend Language: An Experimental Approach.” Child Development 51(1): 97–106.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Oviatt, S. L. (1982). “Inferring what Words Mean: Early Development in Infants' Comprehension of Common Object Names.” Child Development 53(1): 274–277.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Padilla, J. (1990). On the Definition of Binding Domains in Spanish: Evidence from Child Language. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papafragou, A. (1998). “The Acquisition of Modality: Implications for Theories of Semantic Representation.” Mind and Language 13(3): 370–399.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papafragou, A. (2002). “Mind Reading and Verbal Communication.” Mind and Language 17(1–2): 55–67.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papandropoulou, I. and Sinclair, H. (1974). “What is a Word? An Experimental Study of Children's Ideas on Grammar.” Human Development 17: 241–258.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Paradis, M. (1990). “Language Lateralization in Bilinguals: Enough Already!”Brain and Language. 39: 576–586.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Paradis, M. (1995). Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Oxford; Tarrytown, NY: Elsevier Science.Google Scholar
Paradis, M. (2003). Differential Use of Cerebral Mechanisms in Bilinguals. In Banich, M. and Mack, M. (eds.), Mind, Brain and Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 351–370.Google Scholar
Paradis, J. and Genesee, F. (1997). “On continuity and the emergence of functional categories in bilingual first language acquisition.” Language Acquisition 6: 911–924.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Parkinson, D. J. (1997). The Acquisition of Phonology in an Optimality Theoretic Framework. In S. Somashekar (ed.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics (eds.), 15: 282–308
Parkinson, D. J. (1999). “The Interaction of Syntax and Morphology in the Acquisition of Noun Incorporation in Inuktitut (Northwest Territories).” Ph.D. Dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
Partee, B. (1999). Semantics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 739–742.Google Scholar
Peiper, A. (1963). Cerebral Function in Infancy and Childhood. New York: Consultants Bureau.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peirce, C. S. (1955). Philosophical Writings of Peirce. New York: Dover.Google Scholar
Penfield, W. and Roberts, L. (1959). Speech and Brain Mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.Google Scholar
Penner, A. and J. Weissenborn (1996). Strong Continuity, Parameter Setting and the Trigger Hierarchy: On the Acquisition of the DP in Bernese Swiss German and High German. In Clahsen, H. (ed.), Generative Perspectives on Language Acquisition. Empirical Findings, Theoretical Considerations, Crosslinguistic Comparison. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Penner, S. (1987). “Parental Responses to Grammatical and Ungrammatical Child Utterances.” Child Development 58: 376–384.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Penner, Z. and J. Weissenborn (1995). Strong Continuity, Parameter Setting, and the Trigger Hierarchy. In Clahsen, H. (ed.), Generative Perspectives in Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Pennisi, E. (1999). “Are our Primate Cousins ‘Conscious?’”Science 284(June 25): 2073–2076.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Perani, D., Dehaene, S., Grassi, F., Cohen, L., Cappa, S. and Dupoux, E. (1996). “Brain Processing of Native and Foreign Languages.” NeuroReport 7: 2439–2444.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Perani, D., Paulesu, E., Galles, N. S., Dupoux, E., Dahaene, S. and Bettinardi, V. (1998). “The Bilingual Brain: Proficiency and Age of Acquisition of the Second Language.” Brain 121: 1841–1852.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Peters, A. (1976). “Language Learning Strategies: Does the Whole Equal the Sum of the Parts?”Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 12: 178–188.Google Scholar
Peters, A. and Menn, L. (1993). “False Starts and Filler Syllables: Ways to Learn Grammatical Morphemes.” Language 69(4): 742–777.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peters, A. and S. Stromquist (1996). The Role of Prosody in the Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes. In Morgan and Demuth. 215–232
Peters, M. (1995). Handedness and its Relation to Other Indices of Cerebral Lateralization. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 183–214.Google Scholar
Peters, S. (1972). The Projection Problem: How is a Grammar to be Selected? In Peters, S. (ed.), Goals of Linguistic Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.Google Scholar
Peterson, C. C. (2002). “Drawing Insight from Pictures: The Development of Concepts of False Drawing and False Belief in Children with Deafness, Normal Hearing, and Autism.” Child Development 73(5): 1442–1459.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L. A. (1987). “On the Autonomy of Language and Gesture: Evidence from the Acquisition of Personal Pronouns in American Sign Language.” Cognition 27(1): 1–52.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L. A. (1988). “Language” in the Prelinguistic Child. In Brown, R. and Kessel, F. (eds.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 187–222.Google Scholar
Petitto, L. and Marentette, P. (1991). “Babbling in the Manual Mode: Evidence for the Ontogeny of Language.” Science 251: 1493–1496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L., Katerelos, M., Levy, B., Gauna, K., Tretault, K. and Ferraro, V. (2001). “Bilingual Signed and Spoken Language Acquisition from Birth: Implications for the Mechanisms Underlying Early Bilingual Language Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 28: 453–496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Philip, W. (1995). Event Quantification in the Acquisition of Universal Quantification. Ph.D. Dissertation. Amherst: University of Massachusetts
Philip, W. and M. Takahashi (1991). Quantifier Spreading in the Acquisition of “Every.” In Maxfield, T. and Plunkett, B. (eds.), Papers in the Acquisition of WH. Amherst, MA: GLSA: 283–301.Google Scholar
Phillips, C. (1995). Syntax at Age Two: Cross-Linguistic Differences. In MIT Working Papers in Linguistics.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 26.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1959). The Language and Thought of the Child. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1962(1945/1951)). Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood. New York: Norton.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1980). Opening the Debate. In Piattelli-Palmarini, M. (ed.), Language and Learning: The Debate Between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 23–34, 163–167. Reprinted in part in Lust and Foley (2004).Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1983). Piaget on Piaget. In Mussen, P. H. (ed.), Cognitive Development. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 3.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. (1969). The Psychology of the Child. New York: Basic Books. (First Published in French, 1966 La Psychologie de l'enfant. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.)Google Scholar
Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. (1973). Memory and Intelligence. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Piattelli-Palmarini, M. (ed.) (1980). Language and Learning: The Debate Between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Pienemann, M. (1991). “COALA: A Computational System for Interlanguage Analysis.” LARC Occasional Papers 1(September 1991): 1–26.Google Scholar
Pierce, A. (1992). Language Acquisition and Syntactic Theory. Dordrecht: Kluwer.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pilon, R. (1981). “Segmentation of Speech in a Foreign Language.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 10: 113–121.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pine, J. and Lieven, E. (1997). “Slot and Frame Patterns in the Development of The Determiner Category.” Applied Psycholinguistics 18(2): 123–138.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1981). “On the Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes.” Journal of Child Language 8: 477–484.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (1984). Language Learnability and Language Development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1987). The Bootstrapping Problem in Language Acquisition. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 399–442.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1989a). Learnability and Cognition. The Acquisition of Argument Structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1989b). Markedness and Language Development. In Matthews, R. and Demopoulos, W. (eds.), Learnability and Linguistic Theory.Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 107–127.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1991). “Rules of Language.” Science 253(5019): 530–535.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (1994). The Language Instinct. New York: W. W. Morrow and Co.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1994b). Words, Words, Words. In Pinker (1994)New York:W. W. Morrow and Co. 126–153.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1999). “Out of the Minds of Babes.” Science 283(5398): 40–41.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (2001). “Talk of Genetics and Vice Versa.” Nature 413: 465–466.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (2002). The Blank Slate: the Modern Denial of Human Nature. New York: Viking Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. and Prince, A. (1988a). “On Language and Connectionism: Analysis of a Parallel Distributed Processing Model of Language Acquisition.” Cognition 23: 73.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. and Prince, A. (1988b). On Language and Connectionism: Analysis of a Parallel Distributed Processing Model of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Pisoni, D. B., S. E. Lively and J. S. Logar (1994). Perceptual Learning of Nonnative Speech Contrasts: Implications for Theories of Speech Perception. In Goodman, J. C. and Nusbaum, H. C. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: The Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA; MIT Press: 121–166.Google Scholar
Pizzuto, E. and Caselli, M. C. (1992). “The Acquisition of Italian Morphology: Implications for Models of Language Development.” Journal of Child Language 19(3): 491–557.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Plunkett, K. (1996). Connectionist Approaches to Language Acquisition. In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), The Handbook of Child Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. 36–72.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Poeppel, D. and Wexler, K. (1993). “The Full Competence Hypothesis of Clause Structure in Early German.” Language 69(1): 1–33.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Polka, L. and Werker, J. (1994). “Developmental Changes in Perception of Nonnative Vowel Contrasts.” Journal of Experimental Psychology 20(2): 421–435.Google ScholarPubMed
Pollack, I. and Pickett, J. M. (1964). “The Intelligibility of Excerpts from Conversation.” Language and Speech 6: 161–171.Google Scholar
Posner, M. (1995). “Modulation by Instruction.” Nature 373: 198–199.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Posner, M. (1997). “Neuroimaging of Cognitive Processes.” Cognitive Psychology 33: 2–4.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Posner, M. and Raichle, M. (1994/1997). Images of Mind. New York: Scientific American Library.Google Scholar
Posner, M., Petersen, S., Fox, P. and Raichle, M. (1988). “Localization of Cognitive Operations in the Human Brain.” Science 240: 1627–1631.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Posner, M., Rothbart, M., Farah, M. and Bruer, J. (2001). “Special Issue: The Developing Human Brain.” Developmental Science 4(3).Google Scholar
Potts, M., Carlson, P. and Cocking, R. (1979). Structure and Development in Child Language: The Preschool Years. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Powers, S. (1995). The Acquisition of Case in Dutch. Dutch–German Colloquium on Language Acquisition, Publikatie nummer 66, Universiteit van Amsterdam. Instituut voor Algemene Taalwetenschap
Powers, S. and D. Lebeaux (1998). More Data on DP Acquisition. In Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Price, C. (2000). “The Anatomy of Language: Contributions from Functional Neuroimaging.” Journal of Anatomy 197(3): 335–339.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Prince, A. and Pinker, S. (1988). “Rules and Connections in Human Language.” Trends in Neurosciences 11(5): 195–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Prince, A. and Smolensky, P. (1997). “Optimality: From Neural Networks to Universal Grammar.” Science 275: 1604–1610.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pullum, G. and Ladusaw, W. (1986). Phonetic Symbol Guide. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Pullum, G. K. and Scholz, B. C. (2002). “Empirical Assessment of Stimulus Poverty Arguments.” Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 9–50.Google Scholar
Putnam, H. (1975). The Meaning of Meaning. In Putnam, H. (ed.), Mind, Language and Reality. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 215–271.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1980). The Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes in Quiché Mayan. Ph.D. Dissertation. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh
Pye, C. (1983). “Mayan Telegraphese.” Language 59(3): 583–604.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1986). “Quiché Mayan Speech to Children.” Journal of Child Language 13(1): 85–100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1992). The Acquisition of K'iché Maya. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3:221–308.Google Scholar
Pye, C. (1994). “Review of ‘The CHILDES Project: Tools for Analyzing Talk’ by Brian MacWhinney, LEA, 1991.” Language 70(1): 156–159.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C., D. Ingram and H. List (1987). A Comparison of Initial Consonant Acquisition in English and Quiché. In Nelson, K. and Kleeck, A. (eds.), Children's Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 6:175–190.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1980). “Computation and Cognition: Issues in the Foundations of Cognitive Science.” The Behavioral and Brain Sciences 3: 111–169.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1991). Rules and Representations: Chomsky and Representational Realism. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomskyan Turn. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell: 231–251.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1999). What's in Your Mind? In Lepore, E. and Pylyshyn, Z. (eds.), What is Cognitive Science?Malden, MA: Blackwell. 1–25.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1986). Computation and Cognition: Toward A Foundation for Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1973). The Roots of Reference. La Salle, IL: Open Court.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1960). Word and Object. Cambridge, MA: Technology Press of MIT.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1971). The Inscrutability of Reference. In Steinberg, D. and Jakobovits, L. (eds.), Semantics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press : 142–156.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (1990). Syntactic Theory and the Acquisition of English Syntax: The Nature of Early Child Grammars of English. Oxford, England/Cambridge, MA, Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (1994a). “The Syntax of Questions in Child English.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 211–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Radford, A. (1994b). Tense and Agreement Variability in Child Grammars of English. In Lust, Suner and Whitman. 135–158.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (2004). Minimalist Syntax. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Raghavendra, P. and Leonard, L. (1989). “The Acquisition of Agglutinating Languages: Converging Evidence from Tamil.” Journal of Child Lang 16: 313–322.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1986). “Concurrent Overproduction of Synapses in Diverse Regions of the Primate Cerebral Cortex.” Science 232: 232–235.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1988). “Specification of Cerebral Cortical Areas.” Science 241: 170–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1993). Intrinsic and Extrinsic Determinants of Neocortical Parcellation: A Radial Unit Model. In Johnson, M. (ed.), Brain Development and Cognition. A Reader. Oxford: Blackwell. 93–111.Google Scholar
Ramsey, W. (2000). Connectionism: Philosophical Issues. In Keil, F. C. and Wilson, R. A. (eds.), Explanation and Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 186–188.Google Scholar
Ramus, F., Hauser, M., Miller, C., Morris, D. and Mehler, J. (2000). “Language Discrimination by Human Newborns and by Cotton-Top Tamarin Monkeys.” Science 288(5464): 349–351.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ramus, F., Nespor, M. and Mehler, J. (1999). “Correlates of Linguistic Rhythm in the Speech Signal.” Cognition 73: 265–292.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Randall, J. (1990). “Catapults and Pendulums: The Mechanics of Language Acquisition.” Linguistics 28(6): 1381–1406.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Randall, J. (1992). The Catapult Hypothesis: An Approach to Unlearning. In Weissenborn,, J.Goodluck, H. and Roeper, T. (eds.), Theoretical Issues in Language Acquisition. Continuity and Change in Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 93–138.Google Scholar
Rani, A. U. (1999). Productivity of the Dative in Telugu Children's Speech. Proceedings of 20th Conference of South Asian Languages Analysis Round Table. Urbana Champaign, IL
Read, C., Zhang, Y., Nie, H. and Ding, B. (1986). “The Ability to Manipulate Speech Sounds Depends on Knowing Alphabetic Spelling.” Cognition 24: 31–44.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rees, N. S. (1978). Pragmatics of Language: Applications to Normal and Disordered Language Development. In Schiefelbusch,, R. L.Hoyt, R. and Barket, M. (eds.), Bases of Language Intervention. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Reich, P. (1976). “The Early Acquisition of Word Meaning.” Journal of Child Language 3(1): 117–123.Google Scholar
Reilly, J., Klima, E. and U. Bellugi (1990). “Once More with Feeling: Affect and Language in Atypical Populations.” Development and Psychopathology 2: 367–391.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Reinhart, T. (1983). Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation. London and Canberra: Croom Helm.Google Scholar
Reinhart, T. (1986). Center and Periphery in the Grammar of Anaphora. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel: 123–50.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Remez, R., Rubin, P., Burns, S., Pardo, J. and Lang, J. (1994). “On the Perceptual Organization of Speech.” Psychological Review 101: 129–156.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rescorla, L. (1980). “Overextension in Early Language Development.” Journal of Child Language 7(2): 321–335.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Restak, R. (2001). The Secret Life of the Brain. Washington, DC: Joseph Henry (National Academy Press).Google Scholar
Reznick, J. S. (1990). “Visual Preference as a Test of Infant Word Comprehension. Applied Psycholinguistics. 11: 145–165.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rice, M. (1996). Towards a Genetics of Language. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Rice, M. and Wexler, K. (1996). Toward Tense as a Clinical Marker of Specific Language Impairment in English-Speaking Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 39:1239–1257.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rispoli, M. (1995). Factors Contributing to the Frequency of Pronoun Case Overextension. Twenty-Seventh Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association.Google Scholar
Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.) (1996). Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA:Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.) (1999). Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ritter, N. A. (2002). “Introduction.” The Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 1–8.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberts, L. (1989). “Are Neural Nets like the Human Brain?”Science 243(4890): 481–482.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roeper, T. (1991). How a Marked Parameter is Chosen: Adverbs and Do-Insertion in the IP of Child Grammar. In T. Maxfield and B. Plunkett (eds.), University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers, Special Edition. Papers in the Acquisition of WH: Proceedings of University of Massachusetts Round Table, May 1990. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts. 175–202
Roeper, T. (1993). The “Least Effort” Principle in Child Grammar: Choosing a Marked Parameter. In Reuland and Abraham. 1: 71–104.Google Scholar
Roeper, T. and J. deVilliers (1994). Lexical Links in the Wh-Chain. In Lust, B., Hermon, J. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistics Perspectives. Vol. 2. Binding, Dependencies, and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 357–390.Google Scholar
Rosch, E. (1973). On the Internal Structure of Perceptual and Semantic Categories. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Rosch, E. and Mervis, C. B. (1975). “Family Resemblances: Studies in the Internal Structure of Categories.” Cognitive Psychology 7(4): 573–605.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C. (1997). “Dissociations in Infant Memory: Rethinking the Development of Implicit and Explicit Memory.” Psychological Review 104: 467–498.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rovee-Collier, C. (1999). “The Development of Infant Memory.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 8(3): 80–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C. and P. Gerhardstein (1997). The Development of Infant Memory. In Cowan, N. (ed.), The Development of Memory in Children. Sussex:Psychology Press. 5–39.Google Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C., Hartshorn, K. and M. Di Rubbo (2003). “Long Term Maintenance of Infant Memory.” Developmental Psychology 29: 701–710.Google Scholar
Rowland, C. F. and Pine, J. M. (2000). “Subject–Auxiliary Inversion Errors and Wh-Question Acquisition: What Children do Know?”Journal of Child Language 27: 157–181.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ruke-Dravina, V. (1973). On the Emergence of Inflection in Child Language: A Contribution Based on Latvian Speech Data. In Ferguson, C. A. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 252–267.Google Scholar
Rumelhart, D. and J. McClelland (1986). On Learning the Past Tenses of English Verbs. In McClelland, J. and Rumelhart, D. (eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the Microstructure of Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2.Google Scholar
Ryle, G. (1979). On Thinking. Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Littlefield.Google Scholar
Sabbagh, M. A. and Callanan, M. A. (1998). “Metarepresentation in Action: 3-, 4-, and 5-Year-Olds' Developing Theories of Mind in Parent–Child Conversations.” Developmental Psychology 34(3): 491–502.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Saffran, J., Aslin, R. N. and Newport, E. (1996). “Statistical Learning by 8-Month-Old Infants.” Science 274(5294): 1926–1928.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Saito, M. and Fukui, N. (1998). “Order in Phrase Structure and Movement.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(3): 439–474.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Salidis, J. and Johnson, J. S. (1997). “The Production of Minimal Words: A Longitudinal Case Study of Phonological Development.” Language Acquisition 6(1): 1–36.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Samarin, W. J. (1967). Field Linguistics: A Guide to Linguistic Field Work. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Sanches, M. (1977). Language Acquisition and Language Change: Japanese Numeral Classifiers. In Sanches, M. and Blount, B. (eds.), Sociocultural Dimensions of Language Change. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Santelmann, L. (1995). “The Acquisition of Verb Second Grammar in Child Swedish: Continuity of Universal Grammar in Wh-Questions, Topicalization and Verb Raising.” Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Santelmann, L. and Jusczyk, P. (1998). “Sensitivity to Discontinuous Dependencies in Language Learners: Evidence for Limitations in Processing Space.” Cognition 69: 105–134.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Santelmann, L., S. Berk, and B. Lust (2000). Assessing the Strong Continuity Hypothesis in the Development of English Inflection: Arguments for the Grammatical Mapping Paradigm. In R. Billery (ed.), Proceedings of the ⅪX West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics. Medford, MA: Cascadilla Press. 19: 439–452
Santelmann, L., Berk, S., Somashekar, S., Austin, J. and Lust, B. (2002). “Continuity and Development in the Acquisition of Inversion in Yes/No Questions: Dissociating Movement and Inflection.” Journal of Child Language 29(4): 813–842.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co.Google Scholar
Sapir, E. (1925). “Sound Patterns in Language.” Language 1: 37–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Satz, P. (1979). “A Test of Some Models of Hemispheric Speech Organization in the Left- and Right-Handed.” Science 203: 1131–1133.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., Shanker,, S. and Taylor, T. (1998). Apes, Language and the Human Mind. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Schacter, J. (1990). “On the Issue of Completeness in Second Language Acquisition.” Second Language Research 6: 93–124.Google Scholar
Schaeffer, J. (1997). Direct Object Scrambling in Dutch and Italian Child Language. Ph.D. dissertation. Los Angeles, CA: University of California, Los Angeles
Schaeffer, J. and Tajima, M. (2000). The Acquisition of Direct Object Scrambling and Clitic Placement: Syntax and Pragmatics.Amsterdam; Philadephia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schafer, G. and Plunkett, K. (1998). “Rapid Word Learning by Fifteen-Month-Olds Under Tightly Controlled Conditions.” Child Development 69(2): 309–320.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Schick, B. (2000). Language Experience Effects in ASL and Manual Pointing. Paper presented at AAAS, Washington, DC
Schieffelin, B. (1979). Getting It Together: An Ethnographic Approach to the Study of the Development of Communicative Competence. In Ochs, E. and Schieffelin, B. (eds.), Developmental Pragmatics. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Schlaggar, B., Brown, T., Lugar, H., Visscher, K., Miezin, F. and Petersen, S. (2002). “Functional Neuroanatomical Differences between Adults and School-Age Children in the Processing of Single Words.” Science 296: 1476–1479.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Schutze, C. (1997). “INFL in Child and Adult Language: Agreement, Case and Licensing.” Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Schutze, C. T. (1996). The Empirical Base of Linguistics: Grammaticality Judgments and Linguistic Methodology. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Schvachkin, N. K. (1973). The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception in Early Childhood. English translation by Elena Dernbach. In C. A. Ferguson and D. I. Slobin (eds.), Studies of Child Language. 13: 101–132
Schwartz, R. and Leonard, L. (1982). “Do Children Pick and Choose? An Examination of Phonological Selection and Avoidance in Early Lexical Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 9(2): 319–36.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sebastian-Galles, N. and Soto-Faraco, S. (1999). “Online Processing of Native and Non-Native Phonemic Contrasts in Early Bilinguals.” Cognition 72(2): 111–123.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Segalowitz, S. and B. Berge (1995). Functional Asymmetries in Infancy and Early Childhood: A Review of Electrophysiologic Studies and their Implications. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 579–616.Google Scholar
Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (1977). Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Seidenberg, M. (1994). “Language and Connectionism: The Developing Interface.” Cognition 50(1–3): 385–401.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Seliger, H. W., Krashen, S. and P. Ladefoged (1975). “Maturational Constraints in the Acquisition of Second Language Accents.” Language Sciences 36: 20–22.Google Scholar
, Selkirk E. O., (1984). Phonology and Syntax. The Relation between Sound and Structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Senghas, A. (1995a). Children's Contribution to the Birth of Nicaraguan Sign Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Senghas, A. (1995b). The Development of Nicaraguan Sign Language via the Language Acquisition Process. In Proceedings of 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Senghas, A. and Coppola, M. (2001). “Children Creating Language: How Nicaraguan Sign Language Acquired a Spatial Grammar.” Psychological Science 12(4): 323–328.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Serra, Miquel, E. Serrat and R. Sole (2000). La Adquisicion de Lenguaje (Language Acquisition). Barcelona: Ariel.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1957). The Cat in the Hat. New York: Random House, Inc.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1963). Hop on Pop. New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1965). Fox in Socks. New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1979). Oh Say Can You Say?New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Shady, M. (1996). “Infants' Sensitivity to Function Morphemes.” Ph.D. dissertation. Buffalo: State University of New York at Buffalo
Shady, M., L. Gerken and P. Jusczyk (1995). “Prosody Serves as a Linguistic Marker to Local Co-Occurrence Patterns in Ten-Month-Olds.” In D. MacLaughlin and S. McEwen (eds.), 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. D. Boston MA: Cascadilla Press. 2: 553–562
Shafer, V., M. Morr, J. Kreuzer and D. Kurtzberg (2000). “Maturation of Mismatch Negativity in School-Age Children.” Ear and Hearing. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins: 242–251CrossRef
Shafer, V., Shucard, D., Shuchard, J. L. and Gerken, L. (1998). “An Electrophysiological Study of Infants' Sensitivity to the Sound Patterns of English.” Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research 41: 874–886.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sharma, V. (1973). A Linguistic Study of Speech Development in Early Childhood, Ph.D. dissertation. Agra University
Shatz, M. (1978). “Children's Comprehension of Question-Directives.” Journal of Child Language 5: 39–46.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shatz, M., Hoff-Ginsberg, E., and D. Maciver (1989). “Induction and the Acquisition of English Auxiliaries: the Effects of Differentially Enriched Input.” Journal of Child Language 16(1): 121–140.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shaywitz, B. A., Shaywitz, S. E., Pugh, K. R., Constable, R. T., Studlarksi, P. and Fulbright, R. K. (1995). “Sex Differences in the Functional Organization of the Brain for Language.” Nature 373: 607–609.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shi, R., Werker, J. and Morgan, J. (1999). “Newborn Infants' Sensitivity to Perceptual Cues to Lexical and Grammatical Words.” Cognition 72: B11-B21.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shipley, E., Smith, C. and Gleitman, L. (1969). “A Study in the Acquistion of Syntax: Free Responses to Verbal Commands.” Language 45: 322–342.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shirai, Y. (1997). “Is Regularization Determined by Semantics, or Grammar, or Both? Comments on Kim, Marcus, Pinker, Hollander and Coppola (1994).” Journal of Child Language 24(2): 495–501.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shirai, Y. and Anderson, R. (1995). “The Acquisition of Tense-Aspect Morphology.” Language 71: 743–762.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shvachkin, N. (1948/1973). “The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception.” In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston: 91–127.
Simon, H. and C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of Cognitive Science. In Posner, M. (ed.), Foundations of Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press.Google Scholar
Simons, D. and Keil, F. C. (1995). “An Abstract to Concrete Shift in the Development of Biological Thought: The Insides Story.” Cognition 56(2): 129–163.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Simons, G. and Bird, S. (2003a). “Building an Open Language Archives Community on the OAI foundation.” Library Hi Tech 21(2): 210–218.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Simons, G. and Bird, S. (2003b). “The Open Language Archives Community: An Infrastructure for Distributed Archiving of Language Resources.” Literary and Linguistic Computing 18: 117–128.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sinclair, A., Jarvella, R. J. and Levelt, W. J. M. (eds.) (1978). The Child's Conception of Language. Springer Series in Language and Communication.Berlin; Heidelberg; New York: Springer-Verlag.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1967). Acquisition du langage et développement de la pensée. Paris.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1973). Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1995). “Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development.” In Arzapalo, R. and Lastra, Y. (eds.), Comparative Linguistics and Language Acquisition. Geneva; Mexico: University of Geneva: 98–100.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (2004a). Comparative Linguistics and Language Acquisition. In Lust and Foley (eds.). 98–100
Sinclair, H. (2004b). Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development. In Lust and Foley (eds.). 239
Singleton, D. (1989). Language Acquisition: The Age Factor. Clevedon, OH:Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Singleton, J. and Newport, E. (1993). “When learners surpass their models.”Urbana-Illinois:University of Illinois Department of Psychology.Google Scholar
Singleton, J. L., Morford, J. P., and Goldin-Meadow, S. (1993). “Once is Not Enough: Standards of Well-Formedness in Manual Communication Created Over Three Different Timespans.” Language 69(4): 683–715.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal Behaviour. New York:Appleton-Century-Crafts.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Skuse, D. H. (1988). Extreme Deprivation in Early Childhood. In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. Edinburgh; New York: Churchill Livingstone. 29–46.Google Scholar
Slavoff, G. and Johnson, J. (1995). “The Effects of Age on the Rate of Learning a Second Language.” Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17: 1–16.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Slobin, D. (1973). Cognitive Prerequisites for the Development of Grammar. In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York:Holt, Rinehart and Winston. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004: 240–250.)Google Scholar
Slobin, D. (1996). From “Thought and Language” to “Thinking for Speaking”. In Gumperz, J. and Levinson, S. (eds.), Rethinking Linguistic Relativity. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press. 70–96.Google Scholar
Slobin, D. (ed.) (1985). The Crosslinguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Slobin, D., Dasinger,, L. et al. (1999). Native Language Reacquisition in Early Childhood. In Twenty-fourth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association.Google Scholar
Slobin, D. and C. Welsh (1973). Elicited Imitation as a Research Tool in Developmental Psycholinguistics. In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York:Holt, Rinehart and Winston: 485–497.Google Scholar
, Smith B. L., and Oller, D. (1981). “A comparative study of pre-meaningful vocalizations produced by normally developing and Down's Syndrome infants.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders. 46:46–51.Google Scholar
Smith, C. S. (1970). “An Experimental Approach to Children's Linguistic Competence.” In Hayes, J. (ed.), Cognition and the Development of Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 109–135.Google Scholar
Smith, I. (1999/2001). The Phonetics Tutor. Toronto: York University.Google Scholar
Smith, L. B. (1984). “Young Children's Understanding of Attributes and Dimensions: A Comparison of Conceptual and Linguistic Measures.” Child Development 55(2): 363–380.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Smith, M. D. and Locke, J. L. (eds.) (1988). The Emergent Lexicon from a Phonetic Perspective. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1973). The Acquisition of Phonology. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1982). Mutual Knowledge. New York:Academic Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1987). Universals and Typology. In Modgil, S. and Modgil, C. (eds.), Noam Chomsky: Consensus and Controversy. New York: Falmer Press: 57–66.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1989). The Twitter Machine: Reflections on Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1990). “Can Pragmatics Fix Parameters?” In Roca, I. (ed.), Logical Issues in Language Acquisition. Providence, RI: Foris: 277–289.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1997). “Structural Eccentricities.” Glot International 2(8): 7.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1999). “Bonobos.” Glot International 4(3): 9.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1999 republished 2004). Chomsky: Ideas and Ideals. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, N. (2002a). Language, Bananas, and Bonobos: Linguistic Problems, Puzzles, and Polemics. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (2002b). “Modules, Modals, Maths and the Mind.” Glot International 6(2): 248–250.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (2003). Dissociation and Modularity: Reflections on Language and Mind. In Banich, M. and Mack, M. (eds.), Mind, Brain and Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Smith, N. and Tsimpli, I. M. (1995). The Mind of a Savant. Language Learning and Modularity. Oxford; Cambridge, MA:Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smolensky, P. (1991). Connectionism, Constituency, and the Language of Thought. In Loewer, B. and Rey, G. (eds.), Meaning in Mind: Fodor and His Critics. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 201–228.Google Scholar
Smolensky, P. (1996). “On the Comprehension/Production Dilemma in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 27(4): 720–735.Google Scholar
Snow, C. and Ferguson, C. (1977). Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Snow, C. and M. Hoefnagel-Hohle (1978). Age Difference in Second Language Acquisition. In Hatch, E. (ed.), Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Newbury House. 333–344.Google Scholar
Snow, C. E. (1972). “Mothers' Speech to Children Learning Language.” Journal of Society for Research in Child Development 43(4): 549–565.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Snyder, L., Bates, E. A., et al. (1981). “Content and Context in Early Lexical Development.” Journal of Child Language 8(3): 565–582.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
So, L. and Dodd, B. (1995). “The Acquisition of Phonology by Cantonese-Speaking Children.” Journal of Child Language 22(3): 473–495.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sober, E. (1975). Simplicity. Oxford: Clarendon Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Soderstrom, M., P. Jusczyk and D. K. Nelson (2000). Evidence for Use of Phrasal Packaging by English-Learning 9-Month-Olds. In Proceedings of 24th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Soja, N. N. (1986). “Color Word Acquisition: Conceptual or Linguistic Challenge.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 25: 104–113.Google Scholar
Soja, N. N.Carey, S. and Spelke, E. S. (1991). “Ontological Categories Guide Young Children's Inductions of Word Meanings: Object Terms and Substance Terms.” Cognition 38: 179–211.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Soja, N. N.Carey, S. and Spelke, E. S.(1992). “Perception, ontology and word meaning.” Cognition 45(1): 101–107.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Somashekar, S. (1995). Indian Children's Acquisition of Pronominals in Hindi “Jab” Clauses: Experimental Study of Comprehension. M.A. thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Somashekar, S. (1999). Developmental Trends in the Acquisition of Relative Clauses: Cross-Linguistic Experimental Study of Tulu. Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Somashekar, S., B. Lust, J. Gair, T. Bhatia, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1997). “Principles of Pronominal Interpretation in Hindi Jab Clauses: Experimental Test of Children's Comprehension.” In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.). 65–88
Somashekar, S., Yamakoshi, K., Blume, M. and Foley, C. (eds.) (1997). Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY:Cornell University. 15.Google Scholar
Souweidane, M. M., Kim, K. H. S., McDowell, R., Ruge, M. I., Lis, E. and Krol, G. (1999). “Brain Mapping in Sedated Infants and Young Children with Passive-Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging.” Pediatric Neurosurgery 30: 86–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Spelke, E. S., Kestenbaum, R., Simons, D. and Wein, D. (1995). “Spatiotemporal Continuity, Smoothness of Motion and Object Identity in Infancy.” British Journal of Developmental Psychology 13(Pt 1): 113–142.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Spelke, E. S. and S. Tsivkin (2001). Initial Knowledge and Conceptual Change: Space and Number. In Bowerman, M. and Levinson, S. (eds.), Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Spencer, A. (1986). “Towards a Theory of Phonological Development.” Lingua 68(1): 3–38.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sperber, D. and Wilson, D. (1995/1986). Relevance: Communication and Cognition. Oxford; Cambridge, MA:Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Sperber, D. and D. Wilson (1998). The Mapping Between the Mental and the Public Lexicon. In Carruthers, P. and Boucher, J. (eds.), Language and Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press : 184–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sperry, R., M. Gazzaniga and J. Bogen (1969). In Vinken, P. J. and Bruyn, G. (eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology. New York: Wiley. 4: 273–290.Google Scholar
Sperry, R. W. (1961). “Cerebral Organization and Behavior.” Science 133: 1749–1757.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sperry, R. W. (1968). Mental Unity Following Surgical Disconnection of the Cerebral Hemispheres. The Harvey Lecture Series 62. New York: Academic Press. 292–323.Google Scholar
Springer, K. and Keil, F. C. (1991). “Early Differentiation of Causal Mechanisms Appropriate to Biological and Nonbiological Kinds.” Child Development 62: 767–781.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Springer, S. and Deutsch, G. (1993). Left Brain, Right Brain. New York: W. H. Freeman and Co.Google Scholar
Srinivas, N. C. and P. Mohanty (1995). The First Fifty Words: A Case Study of a Telugu-Speaking Normal Child. Dissertation. University of Hyderabad
Srivastava, G. P. (1974). “A Child's Acquisition of Hindi Consonants.” Indian Linguistics 35(2): 112–118.Google Scholar
St. George, M. and D. L. Mills (2001). Electrophysiological Studies of Language Development. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
St. James-Roberts, I. (1981). “A Reinterpretation of Hemispherectomy Data without Functional Plasticity of the Brain.” Brain and Language 13: 31–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stager, C. L. and Werker, J. F. (1997). “Infants Listen for More Phonetic Detail in Speech Perception than in Word-Learning Tasks.” Nature 388(6640): 381–382.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Stambak, M. and Sinclair, H. (1990). Le Jeux de fiction entre enfants de 3 ans. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.Google Scholar
Stampe, D. (1969). The Acquisition of Phonemic Representation. Proceedings of the 5th Regular Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistic Society. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004. 307–315.)
Stanley, J. (1999). “Logical form, Origins of.” In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 488–489.Google Scholar
, Stark R., (1978). “Features of Infant Sounds: The Emergence of Cooing.” Journal of Child Language 5: 379–390.Google Scholar
Stark, R., Bleile, K., Brandt, J., Freeman, J., and Vining, E., (1995). “Speech-Language Outcomes of Hemispherectomy in Children and Young Adults.” Brain and Language 51: 406–421.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
, Stark R., (ed.) (1981). Language Behaviour in Infancy and Early Childhood.North-Holland:Elsevier.Google Scholar
Sterelny, K. and M. Devitt (1999). Language of Thought. In Devitt, M. (ed.), Language and Reality: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 451–453.Google Scholar
Stiles, J. (1998). “The Effect of Early Focal Brain Injury on Lateralization of Cognitive Function.” Current Directions in Psychological Science: 21–26CrossRef
Stoel, C. M. (1974). The Acquisition of Liquids in Spanish. Dissertation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Streeter, L. A. (1976). “Language Perception of 2-Month-Old Infants Shows Effects of Both Innate Mechanisms and Experience.” Nature 259: 39–41.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Stromswald, K. (1990). Learnability and the Acquisition of Auxiliaries. Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Stromswald, K. (1996). “Analyzing Children's Spontaneous Speech.” In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 23–53.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (1998). “The Genetics of Spoken Language Disorders.” Human Biology 70: 297–324.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (2000). The Cognitive Neuroscience of Language Acquisition. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 909–932.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (2001). “The Heritability of Language: A Review of Metaanalysis of Twin, Adoption, and Linkage Studies.” Language 77(4): 647–723.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Supalla, T., Singleton,, J. L.Supalla, S., Metlay, D. and Coulter, G. (1993). Test Battery for American Sign Language Morphology and Syntax. Burtonsville, MD: Linstok Press.Google Scholar
Suzman, S. (1980). “Acquisition of the Noun Class System in Zulu.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 19: 45–52.Google Scholar
Swingley, D. and Aslin, R. (2000). “Spoken Word Recognition and Lexical Representations in Very Young Children.” Cognition 76: 147–166.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tallal, P., Miller, S. L., Bedi, G., Byma, G., Wang, X. and Nagarajan, S. S. (1996). “Language Comprehension in Language-Learning Impaired Children Improved with Acoustically Modified Speech.” Science 271: 81–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tardif, T. (1996). “Nouns Are Not Always Learned Before Verbs: Evidence From Mandarin Speakers' Early Vocabularies.” Developmental Psychology 32(3): 492–504.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tardif, T., Gelman, S. and Xu, F. (1999). “Putting the ‘Noun Bias’ in Context: A Comparison of English and Mandarin.” Child Development 70(3): 620–635.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Temple, E. (2002). “Brain Mechanisms in Normal and Dyslexic Readers.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology 12: 178–183.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Temple, E., Deutsch, G., Poldrack, R., Miller, S., Tallal, P. and Merzenich, M. (2004). “Neural Deficits in Children with Dyslexia Ameliorated by Behavioral Remediation: Evidence from Functional MRI.” PNAS 100(5).Google Scholar
Terrace, H., L. Petitto, R. Sanders and T. Bever (1980). On the Grammatical Capacity of Apes. In K. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language. Gardner Press. 2: 371–443
Tesan, G. (2003). To Be or Not To Be – an Affix: Inflectional Development in Child Language. Proceedings of 28th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Tesar, B. (1998). “An Iterative Strategy for Language Learning.” Lingua 104(2): 131–145.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tesar, B. and Smolensky, P. (1998). “Learnability in Optimality Theory.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(2): 229–268.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tesar, B. and Smolensky, P. (2000). Learnability in Optimality Theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Thatcher, R. W., Walker, R. A. and S. Guidice (1987). “Human Cerebral Hemispheres Develop at Different Rates and Ages.” Science 236: 1110–1113.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Thomas, M. (2002). “Development of the Concept of ‘The Poverty of the Stimulus’.” The Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 51–72.Google Scholar
Thomason, S. G. and Kaufman, T. (1988). Language Contact, Creolization, and Genetic Linguistics. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Thompson, J. and Chapman, R. (1977). “‘Who is Daddy?’ revisited: The Status of Two-Year-Olds' Over-Extended Words in Use and Comprehension.” Journal of Child Language 4: 359–375.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (1990). Adventures in Long-Distance Moving: The Acquisition of Complex Wh- Questions. Dissertation. Storrs, CT: University of Connecticut.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (1995). “Referentiality and Wh- Movement in Child English: Juvenile Delinquency.” Language Acquisition 4(1): 139–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. (1996). Elicited Production. In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 77–102.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (2002). “Let's Change the Subject: Focus Movement in Early Grammar.” Language Acquisition 10(3): 229–271.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. and Crain, S. (1999). “Levels of Representation in Child Grammar.” Linguistic Review 16(1): 81–123.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. and Wexler, K. (1999). Principle B, VP Ellipsis, and Interpretation in Child Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Thrainsson, H. (1996). On the (Non-) Universality of Functional Categories. In Abraham,, W.Epstein,, S.Thrainsson, H. and Zwart, J.-W. (eds.), Minimal Ideas. Philadelphia, PA:John Benjamins: 253–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tincoff, R. and Jusczyk, P. W. (1999). “Some Beginnings of Word Comprehension in 6-Month-Olds.” Psychological Science 10(2): 172–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Toga, A. and Mazziotta, J. (1996). Brain Mapping: The Methods. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1992). First Verbs. A Case Study of Early Grammatical Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1995). Pragmatic Contexts for Early Verb Learning. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000a). The Cultural Origins of Human Cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000b). “Do Young Children Have Adult Syntactic Competence?”Cognition 74: 209–253.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000c). “The Item-Based Nature of Children's Early Syntactic Development.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4(4): 156–163.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Barton, M. (1994). “Learning Words in Nonostensive Contexts.” Developmental Psychology 30: 639–650.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Brooks, P. (1998). “Young Children's Earliest Transitive and Intransitive Constructions.” Cognitive Linguistics 9(4): 379–395.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Kruger, A. (1992). “Acquiring Verbs in Ostensive and Non-Ostensive Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 19(2): 311–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. E. (1995). Beyond Names for Things. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M., Strosberg, R. and Akhtar, N. (1996). “Eighteen Month Old Children Learn Words in Non-Ostensive Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 23: 157–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tomblin, J. (1999). Paper presented to AAAS Annual Meeting
Trehub, S. E. (1976). “The Discrimination of Foreign Speech Contrasts by Infants and Adults.” Child Development 47: 466–472.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trehub, S. E. and Chang, H.-W. (1977). “Speech as Reinforcing Stimulation for Infants.” Developmental Psychology 13(2): 170–171.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trehub, S. and E. Schneider (1985). “Recent Advances in the Behavioral Study of Infant Audition.” In Gerber, S. E. (eds.), Development of Auditory Behavior. New York: Grune and Stratton.Google Scholar
Trueswell, J., Sekerina, I., N. Hill and M. Logrip (1999). “The Kindergarten-Path Effect: Studying On-Line Sentence Processing in Young Children.” Cognition 73(2): 89–134.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tucker, M., A. M. Jusczyk and P. W. Jusczyk (1997). American Infant Discrimination of Dutch and French Word Lists. Proceedings of Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Turk, A. E., Jusczyk, P. W. and L. Gerken (1995). “Do English-Learning Infants Use Syllable Weight to Determine Stress?”Language and Speech 38(2): 143–158.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tyler, L. K. and Wilson, W. D. Marslen (1978). “Some Developmental Aspects of Sentence Processing and Memory.” Journal of Child Language 5(1): 113–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tyler, L. K. and Wilson, W. D. Marslen (1981). “Children's Processing of Spoken Language.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 20(4): 400–416.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Uriagereka, J. (1998). Rhyme and Reason: An Introduction to Minimalist Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Uttal, W. (2001). The New Phrenology: The Limits of Localizing Cognitive Processes in the Brain. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Vaid, J. and G. Hall (1991). Neuropsychological Perspectives on Bilingualism: Right, Left, and Center. In Reynold, A. G. (ed.), Bilingualism, Multiculturalism, and Second Language Learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 81–112.Google Scholar
Vainikka, A. (1993). “Case in the Development of English Syntax.” Language Acquisition 3(3): 257–325.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Valian, V. (1986). “Syntactic Categories in the Speech of Young Children.” Developmental Psychology 22(4): 562–579.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1990). Logical and Psychological Constraints on the Acquistion of Syntax. In Frazier, L. and DeVilliers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston, MA:Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1991). “Syntactic Subjects in the Early Speech of American and Italian Children.” Cognition 40(2): 21–49.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1992). Categories of First Syntax: Be, Be+ing, and Nothingness. In Meisel (1992). 401–422
Tomasello, M. (1993). “Discussion. Parser Failure and Grammar Change.” Cognition 46: 195–202.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1994). Children's Postulation of Null Subjects: Parameter Setting and Language Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt (eds.). 273–286
Tomasello, M. (1999). “Input and Language Acquisition.” In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 497–530.Google Scholar
Weijer, J. (2001). “Vowels in Infant- and Adult- Directed Speech.” Lund University Working Papers in Linguistics 49: 172–175.Google Scholar
Hulst, H. and Smith, N. (1982). The Structure of Phonological Representations: Part 1. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Lely, H. K. J. (1998). “SLI in Children: Movement, Economy and Deficits in the Computational-Syntactic System.” Language Acquisition 7(2–4): 161–192.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Van Valin, R. D. (1992). An Overview of Ergative Phenomena and Their Implications for Language Acquisition. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3: 15–38.Google Scholar
Vargha-Khadem, F. and Corballis, M. (1979). “Cerebral Asymmetry in Infants.” Brain and Language 8: 1–9.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Vargha-Khadem, F., Isaacs, E., Papaleloudi, H., Polkey, C. and Wilson, J. (1991). “Development of Language in Six Hemispherectomized Patients.” Brain 114: 473–496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Vargha-Khadem, F., Carr, L., Isaacs, E., Brett, E., Adams, C. and Mishkin, M. (1997). “Onset of Speech after Left Hemispherectomy in a Nine-Year-Old Boy.” Brain 120: 159–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Varley, R. and Siegal, M. (2000). “Evidence for Cognition Without Grammar from Causal Reasoning and ‘Theory of Mind’ in an Agrammatic Aphasic Patient.” Current Biology 10: 723–726.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Varma, T. L. (1979). “Stage 1 of a Hindi-Speaking Child.” Journal of Child Language 6(1): 167–173.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Velton, H. (1943). “The Growth of Phonemic and Lexical Patterns in Infant Speech.” Language 19(4): 281–292.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Verma, M. and K. P. Mohanan (1990). Introduction to the Experiencer Subject Construction. In Verma, M. and Mohanan, K. P. (eds.), Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University.Google Scholar
Vihman, , M. (1982). “A Note on Children's Lexical Representations.” Journal of Child Language 8(239–264).Google Scholar
Vihman, M. and S. Velleman (2000). Phonetics and the Origins of Phonology. In Burton-Roberts, N., Carr, P. and Docherty, G. (eds.), Phonological Knowledge: Conceptual and Empirical Issues. NewYork:Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Vihman, M., DePaolis, R. and B. Davis (1998). “Is There a ‘Trochaic Bias’ in Early Word Learning? Evidence from Infant Production in English and French.” Child Development 69(4): 935–949.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vihman, M., Macken, M., Miller, R., Simmons, H. and Miller, J. (1985). “From Babbling to Speech: A Re-Assessment of the Continuity Issue.” Language 61: 395–443.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vihman, M. M. (1996). Phonological Development: The Origins of Language in the Child. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Vinnitskaya, I., C. Foley and S. Flynn (2001). Grammatical Mapping in the Acquisition of a Third Language. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting
Vogel, I. (1975). “One System or Two: An Analysis of a Two-Year-Old Romanian–English Bilingual's Phonology.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 9: 43–62.Google Scholar
Vogel, P. M. and Comrie, B. (eds.) (2000). Approaches to the Typology of Word Classes. (Empirical Approaches to Language Typology. Vol. 23.). Berlin: de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Volterra, V., Capirci, O., Pezzini, G., Sabbadini, L. and Vicri, S. (1996). “Linguistic Abilities in Italian Children with Williams Syndrome.” Cortex 32: 663–677.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Frisch, K. (1967). The Dance Language and Orientation of Bees. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wagner, L. (2002). “The Heritability of Language.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(5): 198.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wakefield, J. R., Doughtie, E. G. and Yorn, L. (1974). “Identification of Structural Components of an Unknown Language.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 3: 262–269.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wapner, W., Hamby, S. and Gardner, H. (1981). “The Role of the Right Hemisphere in the Apprehension of Complex Linguistic Materials.” Brain and Language 14: 5–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waterson, N. (1971). “Child Phonology: a Prosodic View.” Journal of Linguistics 7(2): 179–211.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Waugh, L. R. and Monville-Burston, M. (eds.) (1990). On Language: Roman Jakobson. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Waxman, S. R. (1999). “Specifying the Scope of 13-Month-Olds' Expectations of the Scope of Novel Words.” Cognition 70(3): B35–B50.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waxman, S. R. and Booth, A. E. (2000). “Principles that are Invoked in the Acquisition of Words, but not Facts.” Cognition 77(2): B35–B43.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Waxman, S. R. and Hatch, T. (1992). “Beyond the Basics: Preschool Children Label Objects Flexibly at Multiple Hierarchical Levels.” Journal of Child Language 19(2): 217–242.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waxman, S. R. and Markow, D. (1995). “Words as Invitations to Form Categories: Evidence from 12- to 13-Month-Old Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 29(3): 257–302.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Weber-Fox, C. and Neville, H. (1996). “Maturational Constraints on Functional Specializations for Language Processing: ERP and Behavioral Evidence in Bilingual Speakers.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 8(3): 231–256.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Weir, R. H. (1970). Language in the Crib. The Hague: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Weisler, S. and Milekic, S. (2000). Theory of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Weissenborn, J. (1990). “Functional Categories and Verb Movement: The Acquisition of German Syntax Reconsidered.” Linguistische Berichte (Special Issue) 3: 190–224.Google Scholar
Weissenborn, J. and Höhle, B. (2001). Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Weist, R. (1983). “The Word Order Myth.” Journal of Child Language 10: 97–106.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wellman, H. M. (1990). The Child's Theory of Mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Werker, J. (1994). Cross-Language Speech Perception: Developmental Change Does Not Involve Loss. In Goodman, J. and Nusbaum, H. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: The Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 93–120.Google Scholar
Werker, J. and J. Pegg (1992). “Speech Perception and Phonological Acquisition.” In Ferguson,, C.Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research and Implications. Parkton, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Werker, J. F. and Tees, R. C. (1983). “Developmental Changes across Childhood in the Perception of Non-Native Speech Sounds.” Canadian Journal of Psychology 37(2): 178–286.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Werker, J. F. and Vouloumanos, A. (2000). “Who's Got Rhythm?”Science 288(5464): 280–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1984a). “Cross-Language Speech Perception: Evidence for Perceptual Reorganization During the First Year of Life.” Infants' Behavior and Development 7: 49–63.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1984b). “Phonemic and Phonetic Factors in Adult Cross-Language Speech Perception.” Journal of the Acoustic Society of America 75: 1866–78.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1999). “Influences on Infant Speech Processing: Toward a New Synthesis.” Ann. Rev. Psychol. 50: 509–535.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J., Gikilbert, J., Humphrey, K. and Tees, R. (1981). “Developmental Aspects of Cross-Language Speech Perception.” Child Development 52: 249–355.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Werker, J. F., Cohen, L., Lloyd, J. L., Casasola, M. and Stager, C. L., (1998). “Acquisition of Word-Object Associations by 14-Month-Old Infants.” Developmental Psychology 34(6): 1289–1309.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wetstone H. and G. Friedlander (1973). The Effect of Word Order on Young Children's Responses to Simple Questions and Commands. Paper presented at Annual Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development
Wexler, K. (1990). “Innateness and Maturation in Linguistic Development.” Developmental Psychobiology 23: 645–660.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wexler, K. (1993). The Subset Principle is an Intensional Principle. In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.1. 217–239.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. (1994). Optional Infinitives, Head Movement and the Economy of Derivations. In Lightfoot, D. and Hornstein, N. (eds.), Verb Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 305–382.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wexler, K. (1999). Maturation and Growth of Grammar. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 55–110.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and Chien, Y.-C. (1985). “The Development of Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 24: 138–149.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and Culicover, P. (1980). Formal Principles of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and R. M. Manzini (1987). “Parameters and Learnability in Binding Theory.” In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. 153–166.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Whalen, D., Levitt, A. and Wang, Qi. (1991). “Intonational Differences Between the Reduplicative Babbling of French- and English-Learning Infants.” Journal of Child Language 18: 501–516.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
White, K., J. Morgan and L. Wier (2004). “Is a ‘dar’ a car? Effects of mispronunciation and context on sound-meaning mappings.” Poster presented at 29th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston
White, L. (1996). Universal Grammar and Second Language Acquisition: Current Trends and New Directions. In Ritchie and Bhatia (eds.). 85–120CrossRef
White, L. and F. Genesee (1992). “How Native is a Near Native Speaker?” Paper Presented at the Boston University Conference on Language Development
Whitman, J., K-O. Lee and B. Lust (1991). Continuity of the Principles of Universal Grammar in First Language Acquisition: The Issue of Functional Categories. NELS Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society Annual Meeting, 21. Amherst: University of Quebec at Montreal, University of Massachusetts. 383–397
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, Mind and Reality: Selected Writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wilkinson, K. M. and S. A. Stanford (1996). Mechanisms of Fast Mapping in Preschool Children. In Proceedings of 20th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Williams, E. (1981a). Language Acquisition, Markedness and Phrase Structure. In Tavakolian, S. (eds.), Language Acquisiton and Linguistic Theory. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press. 8–34.Google Scholar
Williams, E. (1981b). “On the Notions ‘Lexically Related’ and ‘Head of a Word’.” Linguistic Inquiry 12: 245–274.Google Scholar
Wilson, R. (1999). Introduction: Philosophy. In. R. Wilson and F. Keil (eds.), MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Amherst:MIT Press. xv–xxxvii.
Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.) (1999). The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wimbish, J. S. (1989). SHOEBOX: A Data Management Program for the Field. Dallas, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics Academic Computing.Google Scholar
Wimmer, H. and Perner, J. (1983). “Beliefs about Beliefs: Representation and Constraining Function of Wrong Beliefs in Young Children's Understanding of Deception.” Cognition 13(1): 103–128.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Winjen, F., Krikhaar, E. and Os, E. (1994). “The (Non) Realization of Unstressed Elements in Children's Utterances: Evidence for a Rhythmic Constraint.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 59–83.Google Scholar
Wisniewski, E. and Medin, D. (1994). “On the Interaction of Theory and Data in Concept Learning.” Cognitive Science 18(2): 221–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Witelson, S. F. (1977). Early Hemisphere Specialization and Interhemispheric Plasticity: An Empirical and Theoretical Review. In Segalowitz, S. J. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory.New York: Academic Press. 213–289.Google Scholar
Witelson, S. F. and D. L. Kigar (1988). “Anatomical Development of the Corpus Callosum in Humans: A Review with Reference to Sex and Cognition. In Segalowitz, J. (ed.), Brain Lateralization in Children: Developmental Implications. New York: Guilford. 35–57.Google Scholar
Woods, B. T. and Carey, S. (1979). “Language Deficits after Apparent Clinical Recovery from Childhood Aphasia.” Annals of Neurology 6(5): 405–409.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Woods, B. T. and Teuber, H. L. (1978). “Changing Patterns of Childhood Aphasia.” Annals of Neurology 3: 273–280.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Woodward, A. L. and Markman, E. M. (1991). “Constraints on Learning as Default Assumptions: Comments on Merriman and Bowman's ‘The Mutual Exclusivity Bias in Children's Word Learning’.” Developmental Review 11(2): 137–163.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Woodward, A. L. and E. M. Markman (1998). Early Word Learning. In Damon,, W.Kuhn, D. and Siegler, R. S. (eds.), Cognition, Perception and Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.2: 371–420.Google Scholar
Woodward, A. L., Markman, E. M. and Fitzsimmons, C. M. (1994). “Rapid Word Learning in 13- and 18-Month-Olds.” Developmental Psychology 30(4): 553–566.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Xu, F. (2002). “The Role of Language in Acquiring Object Kind Concepts in Infancy.” Cognition 85(3): 223–250.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Xu, F. and S. Carey (1995). Do Children's First Object Kind Names Map onto Adult-Like Conceptual Representations?” In Proceedings of 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Xu, F., S. Carey, K. Raphaeldis and A. Ginzbursky (1995). Twelve-month-olds have the conceptual resources to support the acquisition of count nouns. In Proceedings of 26th Stanford Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA
Yamada, J. (1990). Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Yamamoto, K. and Keil, F. C. (2000). “The Acquisition of Japanese Numeral Classifiers.” Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences 61(1): 159.Google Scholar
Zaidel, D. (1994). “Worlds Apart: Pictorial Semantics in the Left and Right Cerebral Hemispheres: Current Directions in Psychological Science.” American Psychological Society 3(1): 5–8.Google Scholar
Zurif, E. (1980). “Language Mechanisms: A Neuropsychological Perspective.” American Scientist 68: 305–311.Google ScholarPubMed
Zurif, E. (1983). Aspects of Sentence Processing in Aphasia. In Studdert-Kennedy, M. (ed.), Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Abbi, A. (1992). Reduplication in South Asian Languages: an Areal, Typological, and Historical Study. New Delhi, India: Allied Publishers Ltd.Google Scholar
Abbi, A. (2001). A Manual of Linguistic Field Work and Structures of Indian Languages. Munich: LINCOM Europa.Google Scholar
Abraham, W., Epstein, S., Thräinsson, H. and Zwart, C. J.-W. (eds.) (1996). Minimal Ideas, Syntactic Studies in the Minimalistic Framework. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adger, D. (2004). Core Syntax: A Minimalist Approach. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (1994). Words in the Mind: An Introduction to the Mental Lexicon. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (1998). The Articulate Mammal: An Introduction to Psycholinguistics. London; New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (2003a). A Glossary of Language and Mind. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. (2003b). Linguistics. An Introduction. London: Hodder and Stoughton.Google Scholar
Aitchison, J. and M. Straf (1982). Lexical Storage and Retrieval: A Developing Skill? In Cutler, A. (ed.), Slips of the Tongue. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Akhtar, N. and Tomasello, M. (1996). “Two-Year-Olds Learn Words for Absent Objects and Actions.” British Journal of Developmental Psychology 14(Pt. 1): 79–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Akhtar, N., Jipson, J. and Callahan, M. A. (2001). “Learning words through overhearing.” Child Development 72(2): 416–430.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Akmajian, A. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A., Farmers, A. K. and Harnish, R. M. (2001). Linguistics: an introduction to language and communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Allen, G. D. and S. Hawkins (1980). Phonological Rhythm: Definition and Development. In Yeni-Komshian, G., Kavanagh, J. F. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York: Academic Press. 1: 227–256.Google Scholar
Allen, S. E. M. (1994). “Acquisition of some Mechanisms of Transitivity Alternation in Arctic Quebec Inukititut.” Ph.D. dissertation. Montreal: McGill University
Allen, S. E. M. (1996). Aspects of Argument Structure Acquisition in Inuktitut. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Allen, S. E. M. and M. B. Crago (1993a). The Acquisition of Passives and Unaccusatives in Inuktitut. In J. Matthews and L. White (eds.), McGill Working Papers in Linguistics. 9: 1–29
Allen, S. E. M. and Crago, M. B. (1993b). “Early Acquisition of Passive Morphology in Inuktitut.” Twenty-Fourth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.Google Scholar
Anderson, S. R. (1985). Phonology in the Twentieth Century: Theories of Rules and Theories of Representations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Anderson, S. R. and Lightfoot, D. W. (2002). The Language Organ: Linguistics as Cognitive Physiology. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anglin, J. M. (1977). Word, Object and Conceptual Development. New York: Norton.Google Scholar
Anglin, J. M. (1993). “Vocabulary Development: A Morphological Analysis.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 58(10 (238)): 1–166.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Angluin, D. (1980). “Inductive Inference of Formal Languages for Positive Data.” Information and Control 45(2): 117–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aram, D., Ekleman, B. and Whitaker, H. (1986). “Spoken Syntax in Children with Acquired Unilateral Hemisphere Lesions.” Brain and Language 27: 75–100.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Archibald, J. (1995). Introduction: Phonological Competence. Phonological acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: xiii–ⅹⅺ.Google Scholar
Arlman-Rupp, A. J. L., Haan, D. V. N.Sandt-Koenderman, M. (1976). “Brown's Early Stages: Some Evidence from Dutch.” Journal of Child Language 3(2): 267–274.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Armitage, S., Baldwin, B. A. and Vince, M. A. (1980). “The Fetal Sound Environment of Sheep.” Science 208(4448): 1173–1174.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Armon-Lotem, S. (1998). Mommy Sock in a Minimalist Eye: On the Acquisition of DP in Hebrew. In Ditmer, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Armstrong, S.Gleitman, L. and Gleitman, H. (1983). “What Some Concepts Might Not Be.” Cognition 13(3): 263–308.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Asher, J. and Garcia, R. (1969). “The Optimal Age to Learn a Foreign Language.” Modern Language Journal 53: 334–341.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aslin, R. N. (1987). Visual and Auditory Development in Infancy. In J. Osofsky (ed.), Handbook of Infant Development. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.
Aslin, R. N. (1993). Segmentation of Fluent Speech into Words: Learning Models and the Role of Maternal Input. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 305–316.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aslin, R. N., P. W. Jusczyk and D. B. Pisoni (1998). Speech and Auditory Processing During Infancy: Constraints on Precursors to Language. In Damon, W. (ed.), Cognition, Perception and Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 2: 147–198.Google Scholar
Aslin, R. N., D. B. Pisoni and P. W. Jusczyk (1983). Auditory Development and Speech Perception in Infancy. In Haith, M. and Campos, J. (eds.), Carmichael's Handbook of Child Psychology: Infancy and Developmental Psychobiology. New York: Wiley. 2: 573–670.Google Scholar
Aslin, R. N., Pisoni,, D. B.Hennessy, B. L. and Perey, A. J. (1981). “Discrimination of Voice Onset Time by Human Infants: New Findings and Implications for the Effects of Early Experience.” Child Development 52(4): 1135–1145.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Astington, J. W. and Jenkins, J. M. (1999). “A Longitudinal Study of the Relation between Language and Theory-of-Mind Development.” Developmental Psychobiology 35(5): 1311–20.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Atkinson, M. (1992). Children's Syntax: An Introduction to Principles and Parameters Theory. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Au, T. K. F. (1983). “Chinese and English Counterfactuals: the Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis Revisited.” Cognition 15(1–3): 155–187.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Au, T. K. F. and Glusman, M. (1990). “The Principle of Mutual Exclusivity in Word Learning: To Honor or Not to Honor?”Child Development 61(5): 1474–1490.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Au, T. K. F., Knightly,, L. M.Jun, S. A. and Oh, J. S. (2002). “Overhearing a Language During Childhood.” Psychological Science 13(3): 238–243.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Austin, , J. (2001). Language Differentiation and the Development of Morphosyntax in Bilingual Children Acquiring Basque and Spanish. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1996). Current Challenges to the Parameter-Setting Paradigm: The Pro-Drop Parameter. In C. Koster and F. Wijnen (eds.), Proceedings of the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition, 1995. 87–97
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1997). The Acquisition of Spanish Null and Overt Pronouns: Pragmatic and Syntactic Factors. In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. 15: 160–177
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado and B. Lust (1998). Interactions Between Pragmatic and Syntactic Knowledge in the First Language Acquisition of Spanish Null and Overt Pronominals. In Lema, J. and Trevino, E. (eds.), Theoretical Analyses of Romance Languages. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins: 35–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Austin, J., M. Blume, D. Parkinson, Z. Nuñez del Prado, R. Proman and B. Lust (1997). The Status of Pro-Drop in the Initial State: Results from New Analyses of Spanish. In Perez-Leroux, A. and Glass, W. (eds.), Contemporary Perspectives on the Acquisition of Spanish. Vol. I: Developing Grammars. Boston: Cascadilla Press. 1: 37–54.Google Scholar
Badecker, W. and Caramazza, A. (1989). “A Lexical Distinction Between Inflection and Derivation.” Linguistic Inquiry 20: 108–116.Google Scholar
Bahrick, L. E. and Pickens, J. N. (1988). “Classification of Bimodal English and Spanish Language Passages by Infants.” Infant Behavior and Development 11(3): 277–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1983, 1984). “Case Relations and Case Forms in Child Language.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics. Vols. 9, 10. Nirmala Memorial Volume. Hyderabad: Department of Linguistics. Osmania University. 73–101.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1989, 1984). “Dative in Dravidian-A Perspective from Child Language.” Psycho-Lingua XIV(2): 135–144.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi (1996–1997). “Inflection, Split or Not? Evidence from Tamil-Telugu Children.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 22–23: 29–43.Google Scholar
Bai, Lakshmi and Nirmala, C. (1978). “Assimilatory Processes in Child Language.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 4: 9–22.Google Scholar
Baird, R. (1972). “On the Rule of Chance in Imitation-Comprehension-Production Test Results.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11(4): 474–477.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baker, C. L. (1979). “Syntactic Theory and the Projection Problem.” Linguistic Inquiry 10(4): 533–581.Google Scholar
Baker, M. C. (2001). The Atoms of Language. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Baker, M. C. (2003). Lexical Categories: Verbs, Nouns, and Adjectives. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baker, P., M. Post and H. van der Voort (1995). TMA Particles and Auxiliaries. In Arends, J., Muysken, P. and Smith, N. (eds.), Pidgins and Creoles. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 247–258.Google Scholar
Balaban, M. T. and Waxman, S. R. (1997). “Do Word Labels Facilitate Categorization in 9-month-old Infants?”Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 64: 3–26.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. (1991). “Infants' Contribution to the Achievement of Joint Reference.” Child Development 62(5): 875–890.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Baldwin, D. A. (1993a). “Early Referential Understanding: Young Children's Ability to Recognize Referential Acts for What They Are.” Developmental Psychology 29(5): 832–843.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. (1993b). “Infants' Ability to Consult the Speaker for Clues to Word Reference.” Journal of Child Language 20(2): 395–418.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baldwin, D. A. and Markman, E. M. (1989). “Establishing Word-Object Relations: A First Step.” Child Development 60(2): 381–398.Google ScholarPubMed
Baldwin, D. A., Markman,, E. M.Bill, B., Desjardins, R. N., Irwin, J. M. and Tidball, G. (1996). “Infants' Reliance on a Social Criterion for Establishing Word-Object Relations.” Child Development 67(6): 3135–3153.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Banich, M. (1997). Neuropsychology. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.Google Scholar
Banich, M. T. and Heller, W. (1998). “Evolving Perspectives on Lateralization of Function.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 7: 1–2.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baraniga, M. (1997). “New Imaging Methods Provide a Better View into the Brain.” Science 276: 1974–1976.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Barbier, I. (1995). Configuration and Movement: Studies of the First Language Acquisition of Dutch Word Order. Ph.D. Dissertation, Cornell University
Barbier, I. (1996). The Head-Direction of Dutch VPs: Evidence from L1 acquisition. Proceedings from the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition, Groningen
Barbosa, P., Fox, D., Hagstrom, P., McGinnis, M. and Pesetsky, D. (eds.) (1998). Is the Best Good Enough?Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Barrett, M. (ed.) (1999). The Development of Language. Hove, East Sussex:Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Barrett, M. D. (1978). “Lexical Development and Overextension in Child Language.” Journal of Child Language 5(2): 205–219.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bartlett, E. J. (1978). The Acquisition of the Meaning of Color Terms: A Study of Lexical Development. In Campbell, R. and Smith, P. T. (eds.), Recent Advances in the Psychology of Language. New York: Plenum Press. 1: 89–108.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bates, E. (1979). The Emergence of Symbols: Cognition and Communication in Infancy. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Bates, E. and Elman, J. (1996). “Learning Rediscovered.” Science 274: 1849–1850.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bates, E. A. and B. MacWhinney (1987). Competition, Variation and Language Learning. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), Mechanisms of Language Acquisition.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 157–194.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A. and B. MacWhinney (1989). Functionalism and the Competition Model. In MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. A. (eds.), The cross-linguistic study of sentence processing. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press. 3–73.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A., Bretherton, I. and Snyder, L. (1988). From First Words to Grammar: Individual Differences and Dissociable Mechanisms. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bates, E. A., Snyder, L., Bretherton, I. and Volterra, V. (1979). “First Words in Language and Action: Similarities and Differences.”Stanford Child Language Research Forum, Stanford, CA.Google Scholar
Bates, E., D. Thal and J. Janowsky (1992). Early Language Development and its Neural Correlates. In Rapin, I., and Segalowitz, S. (eds.), Handbook of Neuropsychology. Amsterdam: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Bates, M., R. J. Bobrow and R. M. Weischedel (1993). Critical Challenges for Natural Language Processing
Baynes, K. and M. Gazzaniga (1988). Right Hemisphere Language: Insights into Normal Language Mechanisms. In Plum, F. (ed.), Language, Communication and the Brain. New York: Raven Press.Google Scholar
Baynes, K. and M. Gazzaniga (2000). Consciousness, Introspection, and the Split-Brain: The Two Minds/One Body Problem. In Gazzaniga. 1355–1363
Baynes, K., Eliassen,, J.Lutsep, H. and Gazzaniga, M. (1998). “Modular Organization of Cognitive Systems Masked by Interhemispheric Integration.” Science 280: 902–905.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Baynes, K., Wessinger,, C.Fendrich, R. and Gazzaniga, M. (1995). “The Emergence of the Capacity to Name Left Visual Field Stimuli in a Callosotomy Patient: Implications for Functional Plasticity.” Neuropsychologia 33(10): 1225–1242.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beardsley, M. C. (ed.) (1960). The European Philosophers from Descartes to Nietzsche. New York: Modern Library.Google Scholar
Beckwith, R., E. Tinker and L. Bloom (1989). The Acquisition of Nonbasic Sentences. 4th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Beeman, M. (1993). “Semantic Processing in the Right Hemisphere May Contribute to Drawing Inferences During Comprehension.” Brain and Language 44: 80–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beeman, M., and Chiarello, C. (1998). Right Hemisphere Language Comprehension: Perspectives from Cognitive Neuroscience. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Beeman, M., Bowden, E. and Gernsbacher, M. A. (2000). “Right and Left Hemisphere Cooperation for Drawing Predictive and Coherence Inferences during Normal Story Comprehension.” Brain and Language 71: 310–336.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Beers, M. (1995). The Phonology of Normally Developing and Language Disordered Children. Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.Google Scholar
Beilin, H. (ed.) (1975). Studies in the Cognitive Basis of Language Development. New York, Academic Press.Google Scholar
Bellugi, U. (1988). The Acquisition of a Spatial Language. In Brown, R. and Kessel, F. S. (eds.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ:Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 153–186.Google Scholar
Bellugi, U., A. Bihrle, H. Neville, S. Doherty and T. Jernigan (1992). Language, Cognition and Brain Organization in a Neurodevelopmental Disorder. In M. R. Gunnan and C. A. Nelson (eds.), Developmental Behavioral Neuroscience: The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology. 24: 201–231
Benedict, H. (1979). “Early Lexical Development: Comprehension and Production.” Journal of Child Language 6(2): 183–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Berk, S. (1996). What Does Why What Trigger? Ithaca, NY: Cornell University. Unpublished Honors Thesis.Google Scholar
Berk, S. (2002). Why “Why” is different. BUCLD Proceedings, Cascadilla Press.Google Scholar
Berk, Stephanie and B. Lust (1999). “Early Knowledge of Inversion in Yes/No Questions, New Evidence from Children's Natural Speech.” Paper presented at the Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA
Berko, J. (1958). “The Child's Learning of English Morphology.” Word 17(2–3): 150–177. Republished in Lust and Foley 2004.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleason, Berko J. and Ratner, N. (eds.) (1993a). Instructor's Manual to Accompany Psycholinguistics. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Gleason, Berko J. and Ratner, N. (1993b). Psycholinguistics. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Berlin, B. and Kay, P. (1969). Basic Color Terms: their Universality and Evolution. Berkeley; Los Angeles: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Berman, R. A. and Clark, E. (1989). “Learning to Use Compounds for Contrast: Data from Hebrew.” First Language 9(3(27)): 247–270.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Berthoud-Papandropoulou, I. (1978). An Experimental Study of Children's Ideas about Language. In Sinclair,, A.Jarvella, R. and Levelt, W. (eds.), The Child's Conception of Language. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. 2: 55–64.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bertoncini, J., Bijeljac-Babic,, R.Jusczyk, P., Kennedy, L. and Mehler, J. (1987). “Discrimination in Neonates of Very Short CVs.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 82(1): 31–37.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bertoncini, J., Bijeljac-Babic,, R.Jusczyk, P., Kennedy, L. and Mehler, J. (1988). “An Investigation of Young Infants' Perceptual Representations of Speech Sounds.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 117: 21–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bertoncini, J., Morais,, R.Bijeljac-Babic, R., MacAdams, S., Peeretz, I. and Mehler, J. (1989). “Dichotic Perception and Laterality in Neonates.” Brain Cognition 37: 591–605.Google ScholarPubMed
Berwick, R. C. (1985). The Acquisition of Syntactic Knowledge. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1988). The Emergence of Cerebral Asymmetries in Early Human Development: A Literature Review and a Neuroembryological Model. In Molfese, D. L. and Segalowitz, S. J. (eds.), Brain Lateralization in Children: Developmental Implications. New York: Guilford Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1993). Emergence of Language-Specific Constraints in Perception of Native and Non-Native Speech: A Window on Early Phonological Development. In Boysson-Bardies,, B.Schonen, S., Justczyk,, P.MacNeilage, P. and Morton, J. (eds.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Best, C. T. (1994). The Emergence of Native-Language Phonological Influences in Infants: A Perceptual Assimilation Model. Goodman, In J. C. and Nusbaum, H. C. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: the Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Best, C. T. (1995). Learning to Perceive the Sound Patterns of English. In Rovee-Collier, C. and Lipsett, L. (eds.), Advances in Infancy Research. Norwood, NJ:Ablex.Google Scholar
Best, C. T., McRoberts, G. and Sithole, N. (1988a). “Examination of Perceptual Reorganization for Nonnative Speech Contrasts: Zulu Click Discrimination by English-Speaking Adults and Infants.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 14: 345–360.Google Scholar
Best, C. T., McRoberts, G. and Sithole, N. (1988). “The Phonological Basis of Perceptual Loss for Nonnative Contrasts: Maintenance of Discrimination among Zulu Clicks by English-Speaking Adults and Infants.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 14 345–360.Google Scholar
Bever, T. (1975). Psychologically Real Grammar Emerges because of its Role in Language Acquisition. In Dato, D. (ed.), Developmental Psycholinguistics: Theory and Applications. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.Google Scholar
Bever, T. (1992). The Logical and Extrinsic Sources of Modularity. In Gunnar, M. and Maratsos, M. (eds.), Modularity and Constraints in Language and Cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 179–212.Google Scholar
Bever, T. G., Katz, J. J. and Langendoen, D. T. (eds.) (1976). An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability. The Language & Thought Series. New York: Crowell.Google Scholar
Bhatia, Tej and Ritchie, W. (2004). The Handbook of Bilingualism. London: Blackwell Publishing.Google Scholar
Bialystok, E. and Hakuta, K. (1994). In Other Words. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Biber, D., Conrad, S. and Reppen, R. (1998). Corpus Linguistics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bickerton, D. (1999). How to Acquire Language Without Positive Evidence: What Acquisitionists Can Learn from Creoles. In DeGraff, M. (ed.), Language Creation and Language Change; Creolization, Diachrony, and Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. ⅹ, 573.Google Scholar
Bijeljac-Babic, R., Bertoncini, J. and Mehler, J. F. (1993). “How Do Four Day Old Infants Categorize Multisyllabic Utterances?”Developmental Psychology 29(4): 711–724.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Binder, J. and C. Price (2001). Functional Neuroimaging of Language. In Cabeza, R. and Kingstone, A. (eds.), Handbook of Functional Neuroimaging of Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 186–251.Google Scholar
Bird, S. and Simons, G. (2003). “Seven Dimensions of Portability for Language Documentation and Description.” Language 79(3): 557–582.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Birdsong, D. (1992). “Ultimate Attainment in Second Language Acquisition.” Language 68: 706–755.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Birdsong, D. (1999). Second Language Acquisition and the Critical Period Hypothesis. Mahwah, NJ: L. Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Bishop, D. (1997). Uncommon Understanding: Development and Disorders of Comprehension in Children. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Bishop, D. V. M. (1988). Language Development in Children with Abnormal Structure or Function of the Speech Apparatus. In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. London: Livingston. 220–238.Google Scholar
Blake, J. (2000). Routes to Child Language: Evolutionary and Developmental Precursors. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blake, J. and Boysson-Bardies, B. (1992). “Patterns in Babbling: A Cross-Linguistic Study.” Journal of Child Language 19(1): 51–74.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blake, J. and Fink, R. (1987). “Sound–Meaning Correspondences in Babbling.” Journal of Child Language 14(2): 229–253.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blake, J. and Quartaro, G. (1990). Manual for Recording, Transcribing and Analyzing Speech Samples of Preschool Children. Toronto, Canada: York University.Google Scholar
Blake, J., Quartaro, G. and Onorati, S. (1993). “Evaluating Quantitative Measures of Grammatical Complexity in Spontaneous Speech Samples.” Journal of Child Language 20(1): 139–152.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Blank, M., Gessner, M. and Esposito, A. (1979). “Language Without Communication: A Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 6(2): 329–352.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bleser, R. D., Faiss, J. and Schwartz, M. (1995). “Rapid Recovery of Aphasia and Deep Dyslexia after Cerebrovascular Left-Hemisphere Damage in Childhood.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 9(1): 22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L. (1970a). Language Development: Form and Function in Emerging Grammars. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1970b). The Reduction Transformation and Constraints on Sentence Length. In Bloom, L. (ed.), Language Development: Form and Function in Emerging Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 135–169.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1974). Talking, Understanding, and Thinking. In Schiefelbusch, R. L. and Lloyd, L. L. (eds.), Language Perspectives – Acquisition, Retardation, and Intervention. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 285–312.Google Scholar
Bloom, L. (1993). The Transition from Infancy to Language: Acquiring the Power of Expression. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L. and M. Lahey (1978). Deviant Language Development: A Definition of Language Disorders. In Bloom, L. and Lahey, M. (eds.), Language Development and Language Disorders. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 289–303.Google Scholar
Bloom, L., Hood, L. and Lightbown, P. (1974). “Imitation in Language Development. If, When and Why?”Cognitive Psychology 6(3): 380–420.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L., Lifter, K. and Hafitz, J. (1980). “The Semantics of Verbs and the Development of Verb Inflections in Child Language.” Language 56(2): 386–412.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, L., Tinker, E. and Margulis, C. (1993). “The Words Children Learn: Evidence Against a Noun Bias in Early Vocabularies.” Cognitive Development 8(4): 431–450.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. (1990). “Subjectless Sentences in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 21(4): 491–504.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1994). “Possible Names: The Role of Syntax-Semantics Mapping in the Acquisition of Nominals.” Lingua 92: 297–329.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. (1994). Syntax-Semantics Mappings as an Explanation for Some Transitions in Language Development. In Levy, L. (ed.), Other Children, Other Languages: Theoretical Issues in Language Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1996). Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (1999). The Role of Semantics in Solving the Bootstrapping Problem. In Jackendoff,, R.Bloom, P. and Wynn, K. (eds.), Language, Logic and Concepts: Essays in Memory of John Macnamara. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (2000). How Children Learn the Meanings of Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. (2001). “Precis of How Children Learn the Meanings of Words.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 24(6): 1095–1134.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bloom, P. and L. Gleitman (1999). Word Meaning, Acquisition of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 856–858.Google Scholar
Bloom, P. and Markson, L. (1998). “Capacities underlying word learning.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2(2(11)): 67–73.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bloom, R., Borod,, L.Obler, K., Santschi-Hayward, C. and Pick, L. (1996). “Right and Left Hemispheric Contributions to Discourse Coherence and Cohesion.” International Journal of Neuroscience 88: 125–140.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bloomfield, L. (1933). Language. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Blume, M. (2002). Discourse-Morphosyntax Interface in Spanish Non-Finite Verbs: A Comparison Between Adult and Child Grammars. Unpublished dissertation. Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Bohannon, J. and Stanowicz, L. (1988). “The Issue of Negative Evidence: Adult Responses to Children's Language Errors.” Developmental Psychology 24: 684–689.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bohannon, J. N., MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1990). “No Negative Evidence Revisited: Beyond Learnability or Who to Prove What to Whom.” Developmental Psychology 24: 221–226.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bonvillian, J. D., Garber, A. M. and Dell, S. B. (1997). “Language Origin Accounts: Was the Gesture in the Beginning?”First Language 17(3): 219–239.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Borden, G., Harris, K. and Raphael, L. (1994). Speech Science Primer. Baltimore, MD: Williams and Wilkins.Google Scholar
Borer, H. and B. Rohrbacher (1997). Features and Projections: Arguments for the Full Competence Hypothesis. In Hughes,, E.Hughes, M. and Greenhill, A. (eds.), Proceedings of the 21st Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press. 24–35.Google Scholar
Borer, H., and Rohrbacher, B. (2002). “Minding the Absent: Arguments for the Full Competence Hypothesis.” Language Acquisition 10(2): 123–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Borer, H. and K. Wexler (1987). The Maturation of Syntax. In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boring, E. G. (1950). A History of Experimental Psychology. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.Google Scholar
Bornstein, M. H. (1975). “Qualities of Color Vision in Infancy.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 19(3): 410–419.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bornstein, M., Haynes, O. M., Painter, K. and Genevro, J. (2000). “Child Language with Mothers and with Strangers at Home and in the Laboratory: a Methodological Study.” Journal of Child Language 27.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bornstein, M., Tal, J., Rahn, C., Galperin, C., Lamour, M., Oginop, M., Pecheux, M-G., Toda, S., Azuma, H. and Tamis-LeMonda, C. (1992a). “Functional Analysis of the Contents of Maternal Speech to Infants of 5 and 13 Months in Four Cultures: Argentina, France, Japan, and the United States.” Developmental Psychology 28 (4): 593–603.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bornstein, M., Tamis-LeMonda, C., Tal, J., Ludemann, P., Toda, S., Rahn, C., Pecheux, M.-G., Azuma, H. and Vardi, D. (1992b). “Maternal Responsiveness to Infants in Three Societies: The United States, France and Japan.” Child Development 63: 808–821.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boroditsky, L. (2001). “Does Language Shape Thought? Mandarin and English Speakers' Conceptions of Time.” Cognitive Psychology 43(1): 1–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bosch, L. and Sebastian-Galles, N. (1997). “Native-Language Recognition Abilities in 4-Month-Old Infants From Monolingual and Bilingual Environments.” Cognition 65(1): 33–69.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Boser, K. (1989). The First Language Acquisition of German Word Order. Honor's thesis. Ithaca: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1992). Early Knowledge of Verb Position in Children's Acquisition of German: An Argument for Continuity of Universal Grammar. Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1995). Verb Initial Utterances in Early Child German: A Study of the Interaction of Grammar and Pragmatics. Proceedings of the 27th Stanford Child Language Forum. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications
Boser, K. (1997a). The Acquisition of Word Order Knowledge in Early Child German: Interactions Between Syntax and Pragmatics. Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Boser, K. (1997b) “A New Null Auxiliary Proposal for Strong Continuity in Early Child German: Converging Evidence from Crossectional and Longitudinal Data.” In Shamitha Somashekar, Kyoko Yamakoshi, Maria Blume and Claire Foley (eds.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Vol. 15. Papers on Language Acquisition. Ithaca: Cornell University. 178–199
Boser, K., B. Lust, L. Santelmann and J. Whitman (1991). The Theoretical Significance of Auxiliaries in Early Child German. Proceedings of the 16th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Boser, K., B. Lust, L. Santelmann and J. Whitman (1992). The syntax of CP and V-2 in Early German Child Grammar: The Strong Continuity Hypothesis. Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Association. Vol. 22. Amherst: University of Massachusetts. 51–66
Boser, K., L. Santelmann, I. Barbier and B. Lust (1995). Grammatical Mapping from UG to Language Specific Grammars: Deriving Variation in the Acquisition of German, Dutch and Swedish. Proceedings of the 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Bourgeois, J. P.,Goldman-Rakic, P. S. and Rakic, P. (1994). “Synaptogenesis in the Prefrontal Cortex of Rhesus Monkeys.” Cereb Cortex 4: 76.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bowerman, M. (1973). Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. London: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1978). The Acquisition of Word Meaning: An Investigation of Some Current Conflicts. In Waterson, N. and Snow, C. E. (eds.), The Development of Communication. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 263–287.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1982a). “Evaluating Competing Linguistic Models with Language Acquisition Data: Implications of Developmental Errors with Causative Verbs.” Quaderni di Semantica 3: 5–66.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1982b). Reorganizational Processes in Lexical and Syntactic Development. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1987). Commentary: Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), The Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 443–466.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1988). The “No Negative Evidence” Problem: How Do Children Avoid Construction an Overly General Grammar? In Hawkins, J. A. (ed.), Explaining Language Universals. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell. 73–104.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1989). Learning a Semantic System: What Role do Cognitive Predispositions Play? In Rice, M. and Schiefelbusch, R. L. (eds.), The Teachability of Language. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes.Google Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1990). “Mapping Thematic Roles Onto Syntactic Functions: Are Children Helped by Innate ‘Linking Rules’?”Linguistics 28: 1253–1289.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bowerman, M. (1996). The Origins of Children's Spatial Semantic Categories: Cognitive vs. Linguistic Determinants. In Gumpertz and Levinson (eds.)
Bowerman, M. and Levinson, S. (2001). Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B. (1999). How Language Comes to Children: From Birth to Two Years. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B., Vihman, B. and Vihman, M. M. (1991). “Adaptation to Language: Evidence from Babbling and First Words in Four Languages.” Language 67(2): 297–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boysson-Bardies, B., Sagart, L. and Durand, C. (1984). “Discernible Differences in the Babbling of Infants According to Target Language.” Journal of Child Language 11(1): 1–15.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Boysson-Bardies, B., Sagart, L. and Durand, C. (1989). “A Crosslinguistic Investigation of Vowel Formants in Babbling.” Journal of Child Language 16(1): 1–17.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brainard, M. and Doupe, A. (2002). “What Songbirds Teach Us About Learning.” Nature 417: 351–358.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Braine, M. D. S. (1971). On Two Types of Models of the Internalization of Grammars. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Ontogenesis of Grammar: A Theoretical Symposium. New York: Academic Press. 153–186.Google Scholar
Braine, M. D. S. (1974). “On What Might Constitute Learnable Phonology.” Language 50(2): 27–299.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Braine, M. D. S. (1976). “Review Article: Smith, 1973.” Language 52(2): 489–498.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brent, M. and Siskind, J. M. (2001). “The Role of Exposure to Isolated Words in Early Vocabulary Development.” Cognition 81(2): B33–B34.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brent, M., A. Gafos and T. Cartwright (1994). “Phonotactics and the Lexicon: Beyond Bootstrapping.” In E. Clark (ed.), Proceedings of the 1994 Stanford Child Language Research Forum. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press
Brill, E. and S. Kapur (1997). An Information-Theoretic Solution to Parameter Setting. In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. 15: 200–216
Brinkman, U., K. F. Drozd and I. Krämer (1996). Physical Individuation as a Prerequisite for Children's Symmetrical Interpretations. Paper presented at the Proceedings of the 20th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Bromberger, S. and M. Halle (2000). The Ontology of Phonology. In Burton-Clements, N., Carr, P. and Docherty, G. (eds.), Phonological Knowledge: Conceptual and Empirical Issues. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Brown, C. and Hagoort, P. (eds.) (1999). The Neurocognition of Language. Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Brown, E. and C. Hanlon (1970). Derivational Theory and Order of Acquisition in Child Speech. In Hayes, J. (ed.), Cognition and the Development in Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.Google Scholar
Brown, K. (1999). “Grammar's Secret Skeleton.” Science 283(5403): 774–775.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brown, R. (1957). “Linguistic Determinism and the Parts of Speech.” Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 55(1): 1–5.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, R. (1958). Words and Things. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.Google Scholar
Brown, R. (1970). The First Sentences of Child and Chimpanzee. Psycholinguistics: Selected Papers. New York: Free Press.Google Scholar
Brown, R. (1973a). Characterization of the Data and Telegraphic Speech. In Brown, R., A First Language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 74–90.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, R. (1973b). A First Language: The Early Stages. In R. Brown A First Language
Brown, R. (1973c). The Study of Adam, Eve and Sarah. In R. Brown. A First Language. 51–58
Brown, R. (1977). Introduction. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 1–30.Google Scholar
Brownell, H. and Stringfellow, A. (1999). “Making Requests: Illustrations of How Right-Hemisphere Brain Damage Can Affect Discourse Production.” Brain and Language. 68(3): 442–466.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Brownell, H., Potter,, H.Bihrle, ., and Gardner, H. (1986). “Inference Deficits in Right Brain-Damaged Patients.” Brain and Language 27: 310–321.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Bruce, D. (1964). “The Analysis of Word Sounds.” British Journal of Educational Psychology 34(2): 158–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bruce, D. (1994). “Lashley and the Problem of Serial Order.” American Psychologist 49(2): 93–103.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bruner, J. (1964). “The Course of Cognitive Growth.” American Psychologist 19(1): 1–15.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Butt, M., King, T. H. and Ranchard, G. (1994). Theoretical Perspectives in Word Order in South Asian Languages. Stanford: CSLI Publications.Google Scholar
Cairns, H. S., McDaniel, D. and Hsu, J. R. (1993). “A Reply to ‘Children are in Control.’”Cognition 48(2): 193–194.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cairns, H. S., McDaniel,, D.Hsu, J. R. and Rapp, M. (1994). “A Longitudinal Study of Principles of Control and Pronominal Reference in Child English.” Language 70(2): 260–288.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Calvin, W. and Ojemann, G. (1994). Conversations with Neil's Brain: The Neural Nature of Thought and Language. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.Google Scholar
Camaioni, L., Longobardi,, E.Venut, P. and Bornstein, M. H. (1998). “Maternal Speech to 1-Year-Old Children in Two Italian Cultural Contexts.” Early Development and Parenting 7(1): 9–17.3.0.CO;2-T>CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Campbell, R. and Grieve, R. (1982). “Royal Investigations of the Origin of Language.” Historiographia Linguistica 9(1–2): 43–74.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Caplan, D. (1992). Language: Structure, Processing and Disorders. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Caplan, D. (1995). “Issues Arising in Contemporary Studies of Disorders of Syntactic Processing in Sentence Comprehension in Agrammatic Patients.” Brain and Language 50: 325–338.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Caplan, P. and Kinsbourne, M. (1976). “Baby Drops the Rattle: Asymmetry of Duration of Grasp by Infants.” Child Development 47: 532–534.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Caramazza, A. (1997a). Brain and Language. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Caramazza, A. (1997b). “How Many Levels of Processing are There in Lexical Access?”Cognitive Neuropsychology 14(1): 177–208.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Caramazza, A., Papagno, C. and Ruml, W. (2000). “The Selective Impairment of Phonological Processing in Speech Production.” Brain and Language 75: 428–450.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carden, G. (1986). Blocked Forward Conference. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht: Riedel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carey, S. (1978). The Child as a Word Learner. In Halle, M., Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Carey, S. (1985). Conceptual Change in Childhood. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Carey, S. and Bartlett, E. J. (1978). “Acquiring a Single New Word.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 15: 17–29.Google Scholar
Carpenter, K. (1991). “Later Rather Than Sooner: Extralinguistic Categories in the Acquisition of Thai Classifiers.” Journal of Child Language 18(1): 93–113.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carpenter, M., Nagell, K. and Tomasello, M. (1998). “Social Cognition, Joint Attention, and Communicative Competence from 9 to 15 Months of Age.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 63(4): 225.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Carroll, L. (1964). Through the Looking Glass. New York: Parents' Magazine Press.Google Scholar
Carroll, L. (1998). Alice's Adventures in Wonderland. New York: Dutton Children's Books.Google Scholar
Carston, R. (1997). “Enrichment and Loosening: Complementary Processes in Deriving the Proposition Expressed?Linguistische Berichte 8(Special Issue on Pragmatics): 103–127.Google Scholar
Carston, R. (2002). Thoughts and Utterances: The Pragmatics of Explicit Communication. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Casasola, M. and Cohen, L. (2000). “Infants' Association of Linguistic Labels with Causal Actions.” Developmental Psychology 36(2): 155–168.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Casasola, M. and Cohen, L. (2002). “Infant Categorization of Containment, Support, and Tight-Fit Spatial Relationships.” Developmental Science 5(2): 247–264.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Casasola, M., Cohen, L. and Chiarello, E. (2003). “Six-month-old infants' categorization of containment spatial relations.” Child Development 74(3): 679–693.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Casasola, M., M. Parramore and S. Yang (forthcoming). “Can English-learning toddlers acquire and generalize a novel spatial word?” First Language
Casey, B. J. (2002). “Windows into the Human Brain.” Science 296: 1408–1409.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cattell, N. R. (2000). Children's Language: Consensus and Controversy. London; New York: Cassell.Google Scholar
Cazden, C. (1968). “The Acquisition of Noun and Verb Inflections.” Child Development 39(2): 433–448.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cazden, C. (1972). Child Language and Education. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Chambers, K., Onishi, K. and Fischer, C. (2003). “Infants Learn Phonotactic Regularities from Brief Auditory Experience.” Cognition 87: 869–77.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chandler, D. (2002). Semiotics: The Basics. London; New York: Routledge.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chapman, R. S. and J. F. Miller (1973). Word Order in Early Two and Three Word Utterances: Does Production Precede Comprehension? Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Charmon, T. and Baron-Cohen, S. (1992). “Understanding Drawings and Beliefs: A Further Test of the Metarepresentation Theory of Autism.” Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines 33(6): 1105–1112.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chee, M., Hon, N., Lee, H. L. and Soon, C. S. (2001). “Relative Language Proficiency Modulates Bold Signal Change When Bilinguals Perform Semantic Judgments.” Neuroimaging 13: 1155–1163.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cheng, L. and , R. Sybesma (1998). “Yi-wan Tang, Yi-ge Tang: Classifiers and Massifiers.” The Tsing Hua Journal of Chinese Studies, New Series 28(3): 385–412.Google Scholar
Chi, J. G., E. Dooling and F. H. Gilles (1977). “Gyral Development of the Human Brain.” Annals of Neurology1(86)
Chien, Y.-C. (1994). Structural Determinants of Quantifier Scope: An Experimental Study of Chinese First Language Acquisition. In Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J., (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Persepectives. Vol II. Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 391–415.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Li, Y. H. A. (1998). The Subject-Orientation Requirement and Chinese Children's Acquisition of Reflexives and Pronouns. Studia Linguistica Serica. Hong Kong: City Polytechnic of Hong Kong. 209–224.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Lust, B. (1985). “The Concepts of Topic and Subject in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese.” Child Development 56(6): 1359–1375.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and B. Lust (forthcoming). Chinese Children's Acquisition of Binding Principles. In P. Li et al. (eds.), Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics
Chien, Y.-C. and K. Wexler (1987a). “A Comparison Between Chinese-Speaking and English-Speaking Children's Acquisition of Reflexives and Pronouns.” Paper Presented at the 12th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Chien, Y.-C. and Wexler, K. (1987b). Children's Acquisition of the Locality Condition for Reflexives and Pronouns. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 26: 30–39.Google Scholar
Chien, Y.-C. and Wexler, K. (1990). “Children's Knowledge of Locality Conditions in Binding as Evidence for the Modularity of Syntax and Pragmatics.” Language Acquisition 1(3): 225–295.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., Lust, B. and Chiang, C.-P. (2003). “Chinese Children's Acquisition of Classifiers and Measure Words.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 12(2): 91–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., B. Lust and S. Flynn (1999). Testing Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition: A Study of Chinese ESL High School Students' Interpretation of English Pronouns. 1999 Biennial Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development, Albuquerque, NM
Chien, Y.-C., Wexler, K. and Chang, H.-W. (1993). “Children's Development of Long-Distance Binding in Chinese.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 2: 229–259.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chien, Y.-C., K. Wexler and H.-W. Chang (1995). Children's Acquisition of the Subject-Orientation Property of the Chinese Reflexive Ziji'. Sixth North American Conference on Chinese Linguistics. Los Angeles, CA: University of Southern California, Los Angeles
Chierchia, G. and McConnell-Ginet, S. (1990). Meaning and Grammar.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Choi, S. (2000). “Caregiver Input in English and Korean: Use of Nouns and Verbs in Book-Reading and Toy-Play Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 27(1): 69–96.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Choi, S. and A. Gopnik (1993). Nouns are Not Always Learned Before Verbs: An Early Verb Spurt in Korean. Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Child Language Research Forum
Choi, S. and Gopnik, A. (1995). “Early Acquisition of Verbs in Korean: A Cross-Linguistic Study.” Journal of Child Language 22(3): 497–529.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chomsky, C. (1969). The Acquisition of Syntax in Children from 5 to 10. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, C. (1986). “Analytic Study of the Tadoma Method: Language Abilities of Three Deaf-Blind Subjects.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 29(3): 332–347.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Chomsky, N. (1959). “Review of B. F. Skinner's ‘Verbal Behavior’.” Language 35(1): 26–58.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1964). Formal Discussion. The Acquisition of Language. In U. Bellugi and R. Brown (eds.), Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, serial no. 92, vol. 29, no. 1: 35–42
Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of a Theory of Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and Mind. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1975a). Reflections on Language. New York: Pantheon Books.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1975b). The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory. New York: Plenum Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1980). Rules and Representations. New York: Columbia University Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1981a). Lectures on Government and Binding. Dordrecht, Holland: Foris.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1981b). “On the Representation of Form and Function.” The Linguistic Review 1(1): 3–40.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1984). Modular Approaches to the Study of the Mind.San Diego, CA: San Diego State University Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use. New York: Praeger.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1987). The Chomsky Reader. New York: Pantheon Books.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1988a). Language and Problems of Knowledge. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1988b). Language in a Psychological Setting. Japan: Sophia University.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1991a). Linguistics and Adjacent Fields: A Personal View. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomsky Turn. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 3–25.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1991b). Linguistics and Cognitive Science: Problems and Mysteries. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomsky Turn. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 26–55.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1992). The Minimalist Program for Linguistic Theory. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993a). From Orwell's Problem to Plato's Problem. In Reuland, E. and Abraham,, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language.Dordrecht/Boston: Kluwer Academic. 1.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993b). Language and Thought. Wakefield, RI; London: Moyer Bell.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1993c). A minimalist program for linguistic theory. In Hale, K. and Keyser, S. J. (eds.), The View from Building 20: Essays in Linguistics in honor of Sylvain Bromberger. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1–52.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1996). The Minimalist Program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (1999). On the Nature, Use, and Acquisition of Language. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 33–54.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. (2000). New Horizons in the Study of Language and Mind. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. (2002). On Nature and Language. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, N. and Halle, M. (1968). The Sound Pattern of English. New York: Harper and Row.Google Scholar
Chomsky, N. and H. Lasnik (1996). The Theory of Principles and Parameters. In Chomsky, N. (ed.), The Minimalist Program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 13–128.Google Scholar
Christophe, A., Dupoux,, E.Bertonicini, J. and Mehler, J. F. (1994). “Do Infants Perceive Word Boundaries? An Empirical Study of the Bootstrapping of Lexical Acquisition.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 95(3): 1570–1580.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Christophe, A., M. Nespor, M. Guasti and B. V. Ooyen (1997). Reflections on Phonological Bootstrapping: its Role in Lexical and Syntactic Acquisition. In G. Altmann (ed.), Cognitive Models of Speech Processing. A Special issue of Language and Cognitive Processes
Chugani, H. T., Phelps, M. E. and Mazziotta, J. C. (1987). “Positron Emission Tomography Study of Human Brain Functional Development.” Annals of Neurology 22: 487–497.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cipollone, N., Keiser, S. Hartman and Vasishth, Shravan (1998). Language Files. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, Columbus, Dept of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Clahsen, , H. (1982). Spracherwerb in der Kindheit. Eine Untersuchung zur Entwicklung der Syntax bei Kleinkindern. Tübingen: Narr.Google Scholar
Clahsen, , H. (1999). “Lexical Entries and Rules of Language: A Multidisciplinary Study of German Inflection.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22(6): 991–1062.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (1973a). “Nonlinguistic Strategies and the Acquisition of Word Meanings.” Cognition 2(2): 161–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1973b). What's in a Word? On the Child's Acquisition of Semantics in His First Language. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press. 65–110.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1977). Universal Categories: On the Semantics of Classifiers and Children's Early Word Meanings. In Juilland, A. (ed.), Linguistic Studies Offered to Joseph Greenberg. Saratoga, CA: Amma Libri.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1978). “Strategies for Communicating.” Child Development 49(4): 953–959. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 423–431.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1982). The Young Word Maker: A Case Study of Innovation in the Child's Lexicon. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 390–425. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 396–422.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1983). Meanings and Concepts. In Flavell, J. and Markman, E. M. (eds.), Handbook of Child Psychology: formerly Carmichael's Manual of Child Psychology. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 3: 787–840.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1985). The Acquisition of Romance with Special Reference to French. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawerence Erlbaum Associates. 1: 687–782.Google Scholar
Clark, E. (1988). “On the Logic of Contrast.” Journal of Child Language 15: 317–335.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (1993). The Lexicon in Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. (1997). “Conceptual Perspective and Lexical Choice in Acquisition.” Cognition 64(1): 1–37.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. (2003). First Language Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Clark, E. and Andersen, E. S. (1979). “Spontaneous Repairs: Awareness in the Process of Acquiring Language.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 16.Google Scholar
Clark, E., Gelman, S. A. and Lane, N. (1985). “Compound Nouns and Category Structure in Young children.” Child Development 56(1): 81–91.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, E. and Grossman, J. (1998). “Pragmatic Directions and Children's Word Learning.” Journal of Child Language 25(1): 1–18.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Clark, E. and Svaib, T. (1997). “Speaker Perspective and Reference in Young Children.” First Language 17(1(49)): 57–74.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, H. (1999). Psycholinguistics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 688–690.Google Scholar
Clark, H. and Clark, E. (1977). Psychology and Language.New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.Google Scholar
Clark, R. (1994). Finitude, Boundedness and Complexity: Learnability and the Study of First Language. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 473–490.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. (1999a). The Geometry of Phonological Features (1985). In Goldsmith, J. A. (ed.), Phonological Theory. The Essential Readings. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. (1999b). Phonology. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 639–641.Google Scholar
Clements, G. N. and Keyser, S. J. (1983). CV Phonology: A Generative Theory of the Syllable. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Clifford, T. (1984). Acquisition of Pronouns in the First Language Acquisition of English: A Study of Natural Speech. Unpublished Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Cohen Sherman, J. (1983). The Acquisition of Control in Complement Sentences. The Role of Structural and Lexical Factors. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Cohen Sherman, J. and B. Lust (1986). Syntactic and Lexical Constraints on the Acquisition of Control in Complement Sentences. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. I: 279–310.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sherman, Cohen J. and Lust, B. (1993a). “Children are in Control.” Cognition 46: 1–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sherman, Cohen J. and Lust, B. (1993b). “A Note on Continuity of Universal Grammar: Response to Cairns, McDaniel and Hsu.” Cognition 48(2): 195–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cole, R. A. and J. Jakinik (1980). A Model of Speech Perception. In Cole, R. (ed.), Perception and Production of Fluent Speech. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 133–163.Google Scholar
Cole, P., G. Hermon and C.-T. J. Huang (2001). Introduction. Long-Distance Reflexives: the State of the Art. In Cole, P., Hermon, G. and Huang, C.-T. J. (eds.), Syntax and Semantics. Vol. XXXIII. Long-Distance Reflexives. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Cole, P., Hermon, G. and Sung, L.-M. (1990). “Principles and Parameters of Long-Distance Reflexives.” Linguistic Enquiry 21: 22.Google Scholar
Colombo, J. and Bundy, R. (1983). “Infant Response to Auditory Familiarity and Novelty.” Infant Behavior and Development 6(3): 305–311.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Comrie, B. (1981). Language Universals and Linguistic Typology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Comrie, B. (ed.) (1987). The World's Major Languages. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Comrie, B., Matthews, S. and Polinsky, M. (eds.) (1996). The Atlas of Languages. New York: Facts on File, Inc.Google Scholar
Conant, S. (1987). “The Relationship Between Age and MLU in Young Children: A Second Look at Klee and Fitzgerald's Data.” Journal of Child Language 14(1): 169–173.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Connelly, M. (1984). Basotho Children's Acquisition of Noun Morphology.Colchester: University of Essex.Google Scholar
Cook, V. (1988). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. An Introduction.Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cook, V. (1994). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cook, V. and Newson, M. (1996). Chomsky's Universal Grammar. London: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Cooper, F. S., Delattre,, P. C.Liberman, A. M., Borst, J. M. and Gerstman, L. J., (1952). “Some Experiments on the Perception of Synthetic Speech Sounds.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 24(6): 597–606.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, R. P., Abraham,, J.Berman, J. and Staska, M. (1997). “The Development of Infants' Preference for Motherese.” Infant Behavior and Development 20(4): 477–488.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, R. P. and Aslin, R. N. (1990). “Preference for Infant Directed Speech in the First Month After Birth.” Child Development 61(5): 1584–1595.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cooper, W. and Paccia-Cooper, J. (1980). Syntax and Speech. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cooper, W. and Walker, E. (1979). Sentence Processing: Psycholinguistic Studies. Presented to Merrill Garrett. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Corbalis, M. (1991). The Lopsided Ape: Evolution of the Generative Mind. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Corrigan, R. (1978). “Language Development as Related to Stage 6 Object Permanence.” Journal of Child Language 5: 173–189.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Couper-Kuhlen, E. (1993). English Speech Rhythm: Form and Function in Everyday Verbal Interaction. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cowan, N. (ed.) (1997). The Development of Memory in Childhood. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Crain, S. (1991). “Language Acquisition in the Absence of Experience.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 14(4): 597–650.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. (1999). Semantics, Acquisition of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 742–743.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and J. D. Fodor (1985). How Can Grammars Help Parsers? In Dowty,, D. R.Karttunen, L. and Zwicky, Z. (eds.), Natural Language Parsing: Psychological, Computational and Theoretical Perspectives. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. and Lillo-Martin, D. (1999). An Introduction to Linguistic Theory and Language Acquisition. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and C. McKee (1985). Acquisition of Structural Restrictions on Anaphors. Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistics Society (NELS). Montreal: McGill University. 94–110
Crain, S. and Nakayama, M. J. J. (1987). “Structure Dependence in Grammar Formation.” Language 63: 522–543.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crain, S. and Pietroski, P. (2002). “Why Language Acquisition is a Snap.” Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 163–184.Google Scholar
Crain, S. and Thornton, R. (1998). Investigations in Universal Grammar: A Guide to Experiments on the Acquisition of Syntax and Semantics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Crain, W. and K. Wexler (1999). Methodology in the Study of Language Acquisition: A Modular Approach. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 387–426.Google Scholar
Crain, S., L. Conway and R. Thornton (1994). D-Quantification in Child Language. Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Department of Linguistics
Crain, S., Shankweiler, D., Marcuso, P. and Bar-Shalom, E. (1990). Working Memory and Comprehension of Spoken Sentences: Investigations of Children with Reading Disorders. Neurophysical Disorders of Short-Term Memory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Crain, S., Thornton, R., Boster, C., Conway, L., Lillo-Martin, D. and Woodams, E. (1996). “Quantification without Qualification.” Language Acquisition 5: 83–153.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crelin, E. S. (1969). Anatomy of the Newborn: An Atlas. Philadelphia: Lea and Febiger.Google Scholar
Cromer, R. (1987). “Language Growth with Experience without Feedback.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 16(3). Reprinted in Bloom (1994). 411–420.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cromer, R. (1988). The Cognition Hypothesis Revisited. In Kessel, F. S. (ed.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 223–248.Google Scholar
Cromer, R. (1994). A Case Study of Dissociations Between Language and Cognition. In Tager-Flusberg, H. (ed.), Constraints on Language Acquisition: Studies of Atypical Children. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 141–153.Google Scholar
Cruttendon, A. (1974). “An Experiment Involving Comprehension of Intonation in Children from 7 to 10.” Journal of Child Language 1(2): 221–31.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1979). Prosodic Development. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Language Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 33–48.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1986). Prosodic Development. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Language Acquisition. 2nd edn.Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 174–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crystal, D. (1992). Encyclopedic Dictionary of Language and Languages. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997a). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997b). Language and Thought. Cambridge Encyclopedia of Linguistics. Cambridge University Press. 14–16.Google Scholar
Crystal, D. (1997c). A Dictionary of Linguistics and Phonetics. 4th edition. London: Blackwell Publishers.Google Scholar
Crystal, D., Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (1976). The Grammatical Analysis of Language Disability: a Procedure for Assessment and Remediation. New York: Elsevi.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. (1977). Genie: A Psycholinguistic Study of a Modern Day “Wild Child”. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. (1988). Abnormal Language Acquisition and the Modularity of Language. In Newmyer, F. (ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey. Vol. II. Linguistic Theory: Extensions and Implications.Cambridge:Cambridge University Press. 96–116.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S. and J. Schaeffer (1997). Syntactic Development in Children with Hemispherectomy: The Infl-System. Proceedings of Boston University Child Language Development21
Curtiss, S. and P. Tallal (1991). On the Nature of the Impairment in Language-Impaired Children. In Miller, J. F. (ed.), Research on Child Language Disorders: A Decade of Progress.Austin, TX: Pro-Ed.Google Scholar
Curtiss, S., Bode, S. and Mathern, G. (2001). “Spoken Language Outcomes After Hemispherectomy: Factoring in Etiology.” Brain and Language 79(3): 379–396.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Curtiss, S., Fromkin, V., Krashen, S., Rigler, D. and Rigler, M. (1974). “The Linguistic Development of Genie.” Language 50(3): 528–554.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A. (1994). “The Perception of Rhythm in Language.” Cognition 50: 79–81.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cutler, A. and Carter, D. (1987). “The Predominance of Strong Initial Syllables in the English Vocabulary.” Computer Speech and Language 2(3–4): 133–142.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A. and D. Swinney (1980). Development of the Comprehension of Semantic Focus in Young Children. Presented at the Fifth Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, Boston, MA
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1983). “A Language Specific Comprehension Strategy.” Nature 304: 159–160.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1986). “The Syllable's Differeng Role in the Segmentation of French and English.” Journal of Memory and Language 25(4): 385–400.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Nons, D. and Segni, J. (1992). “The Monolingual Nature of Speech Segmentation by Bilinguals.” Cognitive Psychology 24(3): 381–410.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dale, P. S. (1976). Language Development: Structure and Function. New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Dale, P. S. and Crain-Thornson, C. (1993). “Pronoun Reversals: Who, When and Why?”Journal of Child Language 20(3): 573–589.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Damasio, A. and H. Damasio (1993). Brain and Language. In A. Goldman (ed.), Readings in Philosophy and Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 585–595.
Damasio, A. R. and D. Tranel (1993). “Nouns and verbs are retrieved with differently distributed neural systems.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 90, 4957–4960CrossRef
Damasio, A., Bellugi, U., Damasio, H., Poizner, H. and Gilder, J. V. (1986). “Sign Language Aphasia During Left-Hemisphere Amytal Injection.” Nature 322: 363–365.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Danesi, M. (1994). “The Neuroscientific Perspective in Second Language Acquisition Research: A Critical Synopsis.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 32(3): 201–228.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davidoff, J., Davies, I. and Robertson, D. (1999). “Colour Categories in a Stone Age Tribe.” Nature 398: 203–204.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davis, D. and Wimbish, J. (1994). The Linguist's SHOEBOX. Waxhaw, NC: Summer Institute of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Davis, K. (1995). “Phonetic and Phonological Contrasts in the Acquisition of Voicing: Voice Onset Time Production in Hindi and English.” Journal of Child Language 22(2): 275–305.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Davison, A. (2004). “Structural Case, Lexical Case and the Verbal Projection Problem.” In Dayal, V. and Mahajan, A. (eds.), Clause Structure in South Asian Languages. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 199–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bleser, R., Faiss, J. and Schwartz, M. (1995). “Rapid Recovery of Aphasia and Deep Dyslexia after Cerebrovascular Left-Hemisphere Damage in Childhood.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 9(1): 9–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeCasper, A. and Fifer, W. P. (1980). “Of Human Bonding: Newborns Prefer their Mothers' Voices.” Science 208(4448): 1174–1176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
DeCasper, A. and Spence, M. (1986). “Prenatal Maternal Speech Influences Newborns' Perception of Speech Sounds.” Infant Behavior and Development 9(2): 133–150.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeGraff, M. (ed.) (1999). Language Creation and Language Change. Learning, Development, and Conceptual Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dehaene-Lambertz, G. (2000). “Cerebral Specialization for Speech and Non-Speech Stimuli in Infants.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 12(3): 449–460.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dehaene-Lambertz, G. and Dehaene, S. (1994). “Speed and Cerebral Correlatives of Syllable Discrimination in Infants.” Nature 370: 292.CrossRef
Dehaene-Lambertz, G., Dehaene, S. and L. Hertz-Pannier (2002). “Functional Neuroimaging of Speech Perception in Infants.” Science 298(5600): 2013–2015.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M. and Cooper, F. S. (1955). “Acoustic Loci and Transitional Cues for Consonants.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 27(4): 769–773.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeLoache, J. (1995). Early Symbol Understanding and Use. In Medin, D. (ed.), The Psychology of Learning and Motivation: Advances in Research and Theory. Orlando, FL: Academic Press. 33: 65–114.Google Scholar
Demetras, M. J., Post, K. N. and Snow, C. F. (1986). “Feedback to First Language Learners: The Role of Repetitions and Clarification Questions.” Journal of Child Language 13: 275–292.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Demorny, L. and Mckenzie, E. (1999). “Rhythm in Early Infancy.” Nature 266: 718–719.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1987). Acquisition of Impersonal Passives: A Matter of Case. Proceedings of the Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Boston University
Demuth, K. (1988). Noun Classes and Agreement in Sesotho Acquisition. In Barlow, M. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions. Stanford, CA: Center for the Study of Language and Information.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1990). Relative Clauses, Cleft Constructions and Functional Categories in Sesotho Acquisition. Paper Presented at the 5th Child Language Congress, Budapest
Demuth, K. (1992). Interactions at the Morpho-Syntax Interface. In Meisel, J. (ed.), The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Development. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 83–107.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Demuth, K. (1994). On the Underspecification of Functional Categories in Early Grammars. In B. Lust, M. Suñer and J. Whitman (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Vol 1. Heads, Projections and Learnability. 119–134
Demuth, K. (1995). Problems in the Acquisition of Tonal Systems. In Archibald, J. (ed.), Phonological Acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1996a). Collecting Spontaneous Production Data. In McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H., (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 3–22.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1996b). Alignment, Stress and Parsing in Early Phonological Words. Proceedings of the UBC International Conference on Phonological Acquisition. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Demuth, K. (1996c). The Prosodic Structure of Early Words. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (1997). Multiple Optimal Outputs in Acquisition. University Of Maryland Working Papers in Linguistics 5: 53–71.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. (2001). Prosodic Constraints on Morphological Development. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Demuth, K. and Suzman, S. (1997). “Language Impairment in Zulu.” BUCLD 21: 1224–1235.Google Scholar
Dennett, D. C. (1978). Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Cambrige, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dennett, D. C. (1996). Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Dennis, M. (1980). “Capacity and Strategy for Syntactic Comprehension after Left or Right Hemidecortication.” Brain and Language 10: 287–317.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. (1983). Syntax in Brain-Injured Children. In Studdert-Kennedy, M. (ed.), Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 195–202.Google Scholar
Dennis, M. and Kohn, B. (1975). “Comprehension of Syntax in Infantile Hemiplegics after Cerebral Hemidecortication: Left-Hemisphere Superiority.” Brain and Language 2: 472–482.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. and Whitaker, H. (1976). “Language Acquisition Following Hemidecortication: Linguistic Superiority of the Left over the Right Hemisphere.” Brain and Language 3: 404–433.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M. and H. Whitaker (1977). Hemispheric Equipotentiality and Language Acquisition. In Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press. 93–106.Google Scholar
Dennis, M., Lovett, M. and Wiegel-Crump, C. A. (1981). “Written Language Acquisition after Left or Right Hemidecortication in Infancy.” Brain and Language 12: 54–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dennis, M., Sugar, J. and Whitaker, H. A. (1982). “The Acquisition of Tag Questions.” Child Development 53(5): 1254–1257.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deprez, V. and Pierce, Amy (1993). “Negation and Functional Projections in Early Grammar.” Linguistic Inquiry 24: 25–67.Google Scholar
Saussure, Ferdinand (1959). Course in General Linguistics. New York: Philosophical Library.Google Scholar
Deutsch, W., Koster, C. and J. Koster (1986). “What Can We Learn from Children's Errors of Understanding Anaphora?”Linguistics 24: 203–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deutscher, G. (2002). “On the Misuse of the Notion of ‘Abduction’ in Linguistics.” Journal of Linguistics 38(3): 469–485.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
DeVilliers, J., (1995a). Empty Categories and Complex Sentences: The Case of Wh-Questions. In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), Handbook of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J. (1995b). “Introduction to the Special Issue on the Acquisition of Wh-Questions.” Language Acquisition 4(1&2): 1–4.Google Scholar
, J. and DeVilliers, P. (1978). From Sound to Meaning. In Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 6–30.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J. and P. DeVilliers (2000). Linguistic Determinism and the Understanding of False Beliefs. In Mitchell, M. and Riggs, K. (eds.), Children's Reasoning and the Mind. Hove: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
DeVilliers, J., T. Roeper and A. Vainikka (1990). The Acquisition of Long-Distance Rules. In Frazier, L. and Villiers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht: Kluwer. 257–298.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Devitt, M. (1999). Reference, Theories of. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 714–715.Google Scholar
Di Sciullo, A. M. and Williams, E. (1987). On the Definition of Word. Linguistic Inquiry Monograph Fourteen. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.) (1998). Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Essays in Honor of Jurgen Weissenborn. Bern: PeterLang.Google Scholar
Dockrell, J. and R. Campbell (1986). Lexical Acquisition Strategies in the Preschool Child. In Kuczaj, S. A. and Barrett, M. D. (eds.), The Development of Word Meaning: Progress in Cognitive Development Research. New York: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Donahue, M. (1984). “Learning Disabled Children's Comprehension and Production of Syntactic Devices for Marking Given vs. New Information.” Applied Psycholinguistics 5: 101–116.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Drachman, G. and A. Malkouti-Drachman (1973). Studies in the Acquisition of Greek as a Native Language: 1. Some Preliminary Findings on Phonology. Ohio State University Working Papers on Linguistics. 99–114
Dresher, B. E. (1999). “Charting the Learning Path: Cues to Parameter Setting.” Linguistic Inquiry 30(1): 26–67.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dresher, B. E. and Kaye, J. D. (1990). “A Computational Learning Model for Metrical Phonology.” Cognition 34(2): 137–195.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dromi, E. (1987). Early Lexical Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dromi, E. and Berman, R. (1982). “A Morphemic Measure of Early Language Development: Data from Modern Hebrew.” Journal of Child Language 9: 403–424.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dromi, E., Leonard, L. B., Adam, G. and Erlich, S. Zadoneisky (1999). “Verb Agreement Morphology in Hebrew-Speaking Children with Specific Language Impairment.” Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research 42 (6): 1414–1431.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dronkers, N. (1996). “A New Brain Region for Coordinating Speech Articulation.” Nature 384: 159–161.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Dronkers, N., S. Pinker and A. Damasio (2000). Language, Thought, Mood and Learning and Memory. In Kandel, Schwartz and Jessell. 1169–1187
Drozd, K. (2004). “Learnability and Linguistic Performance. A Review of Crain, S. and Thornton, R. 1998. Investigations in Universal Grammar. Cambridge, MIT.” Journal of Child Language 31(2): 431–458.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dye, C. 2004. Optional Infinitives or Silent auxes? New Evidence from Romance Languages and Linguistic Theory 2002. In Bok-Bennema, R., Hollebrandse, B., Kampers-Manhe, B. and Sleeman, P. (eds.), Selected Papers from “Going Romance” 2002. Groningen 28–30 November. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Dye, C. (2005a). Identifying Auxiliaries in First Language Acquisition: Evidence from a New Child French Corpus. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Cornell University. Ithaca
Dye, C. (2005b). The Status of Ostensibly Nonfinite Matrix Verbs in Child French: Results from a New Corpus. In A. Brugos, M. R. Clark-Cotton and S. Ha. (eds.), Proceedings of the 29th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Cascadilla Press
Dye, C. (2004). The Acquisition of Verb Morphosyntax: Evidence for the Grammatical Mapping Paradigm. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Boston, MA
Dye, C., C. Foley and B. Lust (2002). Dissociating Finiteness from Morphology: New Evidence from the Acquisition of Verbal Inflection in French. Paper Presented at the 32nd Linguistic Symposium on Romance Language, Toronto, April 19–21
Dye, C., C. Foley and B. Lust (in preparation). On the Universal Dissociation of Finiteness and Morphology. Evidence from the Acquisition of Verbal Inflection in French. Cornell University.
Dye, C., Foley, C., Blume, M. and Lust, B. (2004). Mismatches between Morphology and Syntax in First Language Acquisition Suggest a “Syntax First” Model. In Online Proceedings of the 28th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston: Cascadilla Press.Google Scholar
Eblen, R. (1982). “A Study of the Acquisition of Fricatives by Three-Year-Old Children Learning Mexican Spanish.” Language and Speech 25(3): 201–220.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Echols, C. (1993). “A Perceptually-Based Model of Children's Earliest Productions.” Cognition 46: 245–296.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Echols, C. H. and Newport, E. L. (1992). “The Role of Stress and Position in Determining First Words.” Language Acquisition 2(3): 189–220.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eckert, M., Lobardino, L. and Leonard, C. (2001). “Planar Asymmetry Tips the Phonological Playground and Environment Raises the Bar.” Child Development 72(4): 988–1002.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Edwards, J. (1992a). Transcription of discourse. In Bright., W. (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press: 367–370.Google Scholar
Edwards, J. (1992b). “Computer Methods in Child Language Research: Four Principles for the Use of Archived Data.” Journal of Child Language 19: 435–458.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Edwards, J. and Lampert, M. (eds.) (1993). Talking Data: Transcription and Coding in Discourse Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Egido, C., (1983). “The Functional Role of the Closed Class Vocabulary in Children's Language Processing.” Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Eimas, P. D. and Miller, J. L. (1992). “Organization in the Perception of Speech by Young Infants.” Psychological Science 3: 340–345.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eimas, P., J. Miller and P. Jusczyk (1987). On Infant Speech Perception and the Acquisition of Language. In Harnad, S. (ed.), Categorical Perception: the Groundwork of Cognition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 161–195.Google Scholar
Eimas, P., Siqueland, E., Jusczyk, P. and Vigorito, J. (1971). “Speech Perception in Infants.” Science 171: 303–306.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Eisele, J. (1988). Meaning and Form in Children's Judgments about Language: A Study of the Truth-Value Judgment Test. Unpublished Master's thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Eisele, J. and Aram, D. (1993a). “Differential Effects of Early Hemisphere Damage on Lexical Comprehension and Production.” Aphasiology.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J. and Aram, D. (1993b). “Comprehension and Imitation of Syntax Following Early Hemisphere Damage.” Brain and Language 46: 212–231.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J. and D. Aram (1995). “Lexical and Grammatical Development in Children with Early Hemisphere Damage: A Cross-Sectional View from Birth to Adolescence.” In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), The Handbook of Child Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell: 664–689.Google Scholar
Eisele, J. and Lust, B. (1996). “Knowledge about Pronouns: A Developmental Study Using a Truth-Value Judgment Task.” Child Development 67(6): 3086–3100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eisele, J., Lust, B. and Aram, D. (1998). “Presupposition and Implication of Truth: Linguistic Deficits Following Early Brain Lesions.” Brain and Language 61: 376–394.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Eisenberg, R. B. (1976). Auditory Competence in Early Life. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Elman, J. L. and Bates, E. A. (1997). “Response to ‘Little Statisticians’.” Science 276(5315): 1161–1300.Google Scholar
Elman, J. L., Bates, E. A., Johnson, M., Karmiloff-Smith, A., Parisi, D. and Plunkett, K. (1996). Rethinking Innateness: A Connectionist Perspective on Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Entus, A. (1977). Hemispheric Asymmetry in Processing of Dichotically Presented Speech and Nonspeech Stimuli by Infants. In Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press. 64–74.Google Scholar
Epstein, S., H. Thráinsson and C. Jan-Wonther Zwart (1996). Introduction. In Abraham, W., Epstein, S., Thráinsson, H. and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouther (eds.), Minimal Ideas: Syntactic Studies in the Minimalist Framework. Amsterdam; Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Epstein, S., Flynn, S. and Martohardjono, G. (1996). “Second Language Acquisition: Theoretical and Experimental Issues in Contemporary Research.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 19: 677–758.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Epstein, W. (1961). “The Influence of Syntactic Structure on Learning.” American Journal of Psychology 74: 80–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Erbaugh, M. S. (1986). Taking Stock: The Development of Chinese Noun Classifiers Historically and in Young Children. In Craig, C. (ed.), Noun Classes and Categorization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 399–436.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Erreich, A. (1984). “Learning How to Ask: Patterns of Inversion in Yes–No and Wh-Questions.” Journal of Child Language 2: 579–602.Google Scholar
Ervin-Tripp, S. (1964). Imitation and Structural Change in Children's Language. In Lenneberg, E. H. (ed.), New Directions in the Study of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 163–189. Reprinted in C. Ferguson and D. Slobin (eds.) Studies of Child Language Development. NewYork: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. (1973).Google Scholar
Evers, A. and J. van Kampen (1995). Do-Insertion and LF in Child Language. In Don,, J.Schoten, B. and Zonneveld, W. (eds), O.T.S. Yearbook 1994. Research Institute for Language and Speech (OTS) of the Utrecht University.Google Scholar
Fabbro, F. (1999). Neurolinguistics of Bilingualism: An Introduction. Hove:Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Fabbro, F. and M. Paradis (1995). Acquired Aphasia in a Bilingual Child. In Paradis, M. (ed.), Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Tarrytown, NY: Pergamon. 67–84.Google Scholar
Fee, J. (1995). Segments and Syllables in Early Acquisition. In Archibald, J. (ed.), Phonological Acquisition and Phonological Theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Fee, J. and Ingram, D. (1980). “Reduplication as a Strategy of Phonological Development.” Journal of Child Language 9: 41–54.Google Scholar
Feldman, H., S. Goldin-Meadow and L. Gleitman (1978). “Beyond Herodotus: The Creation of Language by Linguistically Deprived Deaf Children.” In Lock, A. (ed.), Action, Gesture, and Symbol: The Emergence of Language. London: Academic Press. 351–414.Google Scholar
Fenson, L., Dale, P. S., Reznik, J. S., Bates, E. A., Thal, D. J. and Pethick, S. J. (1994). “Variability in Early Communicative Development.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 59(5(242)): 1–173.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ferguson, C. A. (1977). Baby Talk as a Simplified Register. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. (1978). Talking to Children: A Search for Universals. In Greenberg,, J.Ferguson, C. A. and Moravcsik, E. (eds.), Universals of Human Language. Vol. 1. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004). 176–189.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. (1986). Discovering Sound Units and Constructing Sound Systems: It's Child's Play. In Perkell,, J. S.Klatt, D. H. and Stevens, K. N. (eds.), Invariance and Variability in Speech Processes. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 36–57.Google Scholar
Ferguson, C. A. and Farwell, (1975). “Words and sounds in early language acquisition.” Language 51: 419–39.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferguson, C. A., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (1992). Phonological Development Models, Research, Implications. Timomium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Fernald, A. (1985). “Four-Month-Old Infants Prefer to Listen to Motherese.” Infant Behavior and Development 8(2): 181–195.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fernald, C. (1972). “Control of grammar in imitation, comprehension and production.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11: 606–613.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fernald, A. and Morikawa, H. (1993). “Common Themes and Cultural Variations in Japanese and America Mothers' Speech to Infants.” Child Development 64(3): 637–656.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ferreiro, E. (1971). Les Relations temporelles dans le langage de l'enfant. Geneva; Paris: Librairie Droz.Google Scholar
Ferreiro, E. (1978). “What is Written in a Written Sentence? A Developmental Answer.” Journal of Education 4: 25–39.Google Scholar
Ferreiro, E. and Sinclair, H. (1971). “Temporal Relationships in Language.” International Journal of Psychology 6(1): 39–47.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferreiro, E., Othenin-Girard, C., Chipman, H. and Sinclair, H. (1976). “How Do Children Handle Relative Clauses? A Study in Comparative Developmental Psycholinguistics.” Archives of Psychology 172: 229.Google Scholar
Fey, M. and Gandour, J. (1982). “Rule Discovery in Phonological Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 9(1): 71–82.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fifer, W. P. and C. Moon (1989). Auditory Experience in the Fetus. In Smotherman, W. P. and Robinson, S. R. (eds.), Behavior of the Fetus. Caldwell, NJ: Telford Press. 175–188.Google Scholar
Fikkert, P. (1994). On the Acquisition of Prosodic Structure. The Hague:University of Leiden.Google Scholar
Fikkert, P. (1998). The Acquisition of Dutch Phonology. In Gillis, S. and Houwer, A. (eds.), The Acquisition of Dutch. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 163–223.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fikkert, P. (2000). Acquisition of Phonology. In Cheng, L. and Sybesma, R. (eds.), The First GLOT International State-of-the-Article Book. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischbach, G. (1992). “Mind and Brain.” Scientific American 267(3): 48–57. Reprinted as Fischbach (1993).CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fischbach, G. (1993). Mind and Brain. In Mind and Brain: Readings from Scientific American. New York: W. H. Freeman. 1–14.
Fisher, C. (2002). “The Role of Abstract Syntactic Knowledge in Language Acquisition: A Reply to Tomasello (2000).” Cognition 82(3): 259–278.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fisher, C., D. G. Hall, S. Rakowitz and L. Gleitman (1994). When is it Better to Receive than to Give: Syntactic and Conceptual Constraints on Vocabulary Growth. In Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.), The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 333–375.Google Scholar
Fisher, S., Vargha-Khadem, F., Watkins, K., Monaca, A. and Pembrey, M. (1998). “Localisation of a Gene Implicated in a Severe Speech and Language Disorder.” Nature Genetics 18(2): 168–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flege, J. E. (1995). Second Language Speech Learning: Theory, Findings, and Problems. In Strange, W. (ed.), Speech Perception and Linguistic Experience: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. Timonium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Flynn, S. (1987). A Parameter Setting Model of L2 Acquisition. Dordrecht: Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. (1996). A Parameter-Setting Approach to Second Language Acquisition. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 121–158.Google Scholar
Flynn, S. and B. Lust (2002). A Minimalist Approach to L2 Solves a Dilemma of UG. In Cook, V. (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon:Multilingual Matters. 93–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. and S. Manuel (1991). Age Dependent Effects in Language Acquisition: An Evaluation of “Critical Period” Hypotheses. In Eubank, L. (ed.), Point Counterpoint – UG in the Second Language. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Flynn, S. and G. Martohardjono (1994). Mapping from the Initial State to the Final State: The Separation of Universal Principles and Language Specific Principles. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Flynn, S., C. Foley and B. Lust (2000). “Evidence for Grammatical Mapping from Second Language Acquisition.” Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Chicago, IL
Flynn, S. and Lust, B. (2002). A Minimalist Approach to 12 Solves a Dilemma of UG in Acquisition. Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 93–120.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1975). The Language of Thought. New York: Crowell.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1983). The Modularity of Mind: An Essay on Faculty Psychology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1994). How to Obey the Subset Principle: Binding and Locality. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 429–452.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. A. (1998). Concepts. Oxford: Clarendon Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J., Bever, T. and Garrett, M. (1974). The Psychology of Language: An Introduction To Psycholinguistics and Generative Grammar. New York: McGraw Hill.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. and Pylyshyn, Z. (1988). “Connectionism and Cognitive Architecture: A Critical Analysis.” Cognition 28(1–2): 3–71.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fodor, J. A. and Z. W. Pylyshyn (1988). Connectionism and Cognitive Architecture: A Critical Analysis. In Pinker, S. and Mehler, J. F. (eds.), Connections and symbols. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press: 255.Google Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998a). “Unambiguous Triggers.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(1): 1–36.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998b). “Learning to Parse.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 27: 285–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fodor, J. D. (1998c). “Parsing to Learn.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 27: 339–375.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foley, C. (1996). Knowledge of the Syntax of Operators in the Initial State. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca: Cornell University
Foley, C., Pactovis, J. and Lust, B. (submitted). “The Significance of Verb Inflection in First Language Acquisition of VP Ellipsis: Linking LF and PF.”Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Foley, C., Z. Nuñez del Prado, I. Barbier and B. Lust (1997). Operator Variable Binding in the Initial State: An Argument from VP Ellipsis. In Somashekar, S. (ed.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University. 15: 1–19.Google Scholar
Foley, C., Nuñez del Prado, Z., Barbier, I. and Lust, B. (2003). “Knowledge of Variable Binding in VP Ellipsis: Language Acquisition Research and Theory Converge.” Syntax 6(1): 52–83.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foley, C., B. Lust, D. Battin, A. Koehne and K. White (2000). On the Acquisition of an Indefinite Determiner: Evidence for Unselective Binding. In C. Howell, S. Fish and T. Keith-Lucas (eds.), Proceedings of 24th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Fortescue, M. (1984/5). “Learning to Speak Greenlandic: A Case Study of a Two-Year-Old's Morphology in a Polysynthetic Language.” First Language 5: 101–114.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fortescue, M. and L. L. Olsen (1992). The Acquisition of West Greenlandic. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Crosslinguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3: 111–219.Google Scholar
Foss, D. and D. Hakes (1978). Linguistic Diversity and Cognitive Categories. In Foss, D. (ed.), Psycholinguistics. An Introduction to the Psychology of Language. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. 381–397.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1990). The Communicative Competence of Young Children: A Modular Approach. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1994). “Exploring the Boundary Between Syntax and Pragmatics: Relevance and the Binding of Pronouns.” Journal of Child Language 21: 237–55.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Foster-Cohen, S. (1996). “Modularity and Principles and Parameters: Avoiding the ‘Cognitively Ugly.’”First Language 16(1(46)): 1–19.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (1999). An Introduction to Child Language Development. New York: Longman.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (2000a). “Relevance Theory and Language Acquisition: A Productive Paradigm Shift?”Child Language Bulletin 20(1): 5–19.Google Scholar
Foster-Cohen, S. (2000b). “Review article of Sperber, D. and Wilson, D. (second edition: 1995) Relevance: Communication and Cognition.” Second Language Research 16: 77–92.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fowler, C. A. (1977). Timing Control in Speech Production. Indianapolis: Indiana University Linguistics Club.Google Scholar
Frank, R. (1991). Formal Grammar and the Acquisition of Complex Sentences. Eighth Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, Baltimore, University of Maryland
Frank, R. and Kapur, S. (1996). “On the Use of Triggers in Parameter Setting.” Linguistic Inquiry 27(4): 623–660.Google Scholar
Fraser, C., Bellugi, U. and Brown, R. (1963). “Control of Grammar in Imitation, Comprehension, and Production.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 2: 121–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frazier, L. (1999). Modularity and Language. In Wilson and Keil. 557–558
Frazier, L. and K. Rayner (1988). Parameterizing the Language Processing System: Left- Versus Right-Branching Within and Across Languages. In Hawkins, J. A. (ed.), Explaining Language Universals. Oxford; New York: Basil Blackwell. 247–279.Google Scholar
Freedle, R., Keeney, T. and Smith, N. (1970). “Effects of Mean Depth and Grammaticality on Children's Imitations of Sentences.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9: 149–154.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fremgen, A. and Fay, D. (1980). “Overextensions in Production and Comprehension: A Methodological Clarification.” Journal of Child Language 7(1): 205–211.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. D. (1995). “The Time Course of Syntactic Activation during Language Processing: A Model Based on Neuropsychological and Neurophysiological Data.” Brain and Language 50: 259–281.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. (2002). “Towards a Neural Basis of Auditory Sentence Processing.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(2): 78–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Friederici, A. and A. Hahne (2001). Development Patterns of Brain Activity Reflecting Semantic and Syntactic Processes. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Friederici, A. and Wessels, J. (1993). “Phonotactic Knowledge and its Use in Infant Speech Perception.” Perception and Psychophysics 54: 287–295.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Fromkin, V. (2000). Linguistics: An Introduction to Linguistic Theory. Malden, MA; Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Fromkin, V. and Rodman, R. (1998). An Introduction to Language. New York: Holt and Rinehart.Google Scholar
Gair, J. (1998). Studies in South Asian Linguistics (Selected and edited by B. Lust). Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Gair, J., B. Lust, K. V. Subbarao and K. Wali (2000). Introduction to Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in some South Asian Languages. In B. Lust, K. Wali, J. Gair & K. V. Subbarao (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in some South Asian Languages. Mouton. 1–46
Gair, J. B. Lust, L. Sumangala and M. Rodrigo (1989). Acquisition of Null Subjects and Control in some Sinhala Adverbial Clauses. In Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Los Angeles, CA: Stanford University. 28: 97–106
Gair, J. B. Lust, L. Sumangala and M. Rodrigo (1998). Acquisition of Null Subjects and Control in some Sinhala Adverbial Clauses. In Gair, J. (ed.), Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and Other South Asian Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 271–285.Google Scholar
Gair, J., B. Lust, T. Bhatia, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1998). A Parameter-setting Paradox: Children's Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora in “Jab” Clauses. Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and Other South Asian Languages. Gair, J.. Oxford: Oxford University Press: 286–304.Google Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1988). Kinds of Markedness. In Flynn, S. and O'Neill, W. (eds.), Linguistic Theory in Second Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 225–251.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1998). Studies in South Asian Linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian Languages. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Gair, J. W. (1998). Subjects, Case and INFL in Sinhala (1991). In Studies in South Asian Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Galaburda, A. (1995). Anatomic Basis of Cerebral Dominance. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (ed.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 51–74.Google Scholar
Galaburda, A., G., Sherman and N. Geschwind (1985). Cerebral Lateralization: Historical Note on Animal Studies. In Glick, S. (ed.), Cerebral Lateralization in Nonhuman Species. Orlando FL: Academic Press. 1–11.Google Scholar
Gallistel, C. R. (1990). The Organization of Learning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gallistel, C. R. (1997). Neurons and Memory. Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. In Gazzaniga., M.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 71–90.Google Scholar
Gannon, P., Holloway, R., Broadfield, D. and Braun, A. (1998). “Asymmetry of Chimpanzee Planum Temporale: Humanlike Pattern of Wernicke's Brain Language Area Homolog.” Science 279: 220–222.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gardner, H. (1985). The Mind's New Science: A History of the Cognitive Revolution. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Garfield, J., Peterson, C. C. and Perry, T. (2001). “Social Cognition, Language Acquisition and the Development of the Theory of Mind.” Mind and Language 16(5): 494–541.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garman, M. (1974). “On the Acquisition of Two Complex Syntactic Constructions in Tamil.” Journal of Child Language 19(1–2): 163–184.Google Scholar
Garman, M. (1990). Psycholinguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garnica, O. (1973). The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press: 215–222.Google Scholar
Garnica, O. (1975). Some Prosodic Characteristics of Speech to Young Children. Stanford, CA: Stanford University.
Garrett, M. (1990). Sentence Processing. In D. Osherson and H. Lasknik (eds.), An Invitation to Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1.
Gathercole, S. (1999). “Cognitive Approaches to the Development of Short-Term Memory.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 3(11): 410–419.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gathercole, S. and Baddeley, A. (1989). “Evaluation of the Role of Phonological STM in the Development of Vocabulary in Children: A Longitudinal Study.” Journal of Memory and Language 28: 200–213.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gathercole, V. C. (1986). “The Acquisition of the Present Perfect: Explaining Differences in the Speech of Scottish and American Children.” Journal of Child Language 13(3): 537–560.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gathercole, V. C., Mueller, C. and Min, H. (1997). “Word Meaning Biases or Language-Specific Effects? Evidence from English, Spanish and Korean.” First Language 17: 31–56.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gathercole, V. C., Sebastian, E. and Soto, P. (1999). “The Early Acquisition of Spanish Verbal Morphology: Across-the-Board or Piecemeal Knowledge?”International Journal of Bilingualism 3(2–3): 133–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gazdar, G., Klein, E. and Pullum, G. (1983). Order, Case and Constituency. Dordrecht: Foris Publications.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1977). Consistency and Diversity in Brain Organization. New York: New York Academy of Sciences.Google ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1983). “Right Hemisphere Language Following Brain Bisection. A 20-year perspective.” American Psychologist 38(5): 525–536.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1988). The Dynamics of Cerebral Specialization and Modular Interactions. In Weiskrantz, L. (ed.), Thought without Language. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 430–450.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1989). “Organization of the Human Brain.” Science 245: 947–952.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (1995b). Consciousness and the Cerebral Hemispheres. In The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1391–1400.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1997). Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (1998). “The Split Brain Revisited.” Scientific American 279(1): 50–55.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gazzaniga, M. (ed.) (1995a). The Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: A Bradford Book.Google Scholar
Gazzaniga, M. (2000). The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gelman, R. and R. Baillargeon (1983). A Review of Some Piagetian Concepts. In Mussen, P. H. (ed.), Handbook of Child Psychology: formerly Carmichael's Manual of Child Psychology. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 3: 167–230.Google Scholar
Gelman, S. and G. Gottfried (1993). The Child's Theory of Living Things. Proceedings of the Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, New Orleans
Gelman, S., Wilcox, S. and Clark, E. (1989). “Conceptual and Lexical Hierarchies in Young Children.” Cognitive Development 4: 309–326.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelman, S. A. and Coley, J. D. (1990). “The importance of knowing a Dodo is a bird: categories and inferences in 2-year-old children.” Developmental Psychology 26(5): 796–804.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelman, S. A. and Markman, E. M. (1987). “Young Children's Inductions from Natural Kinds: The Role of Categories and Appearances.” Child Development 58(6): 1532–1541.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gelman, S. A. and Taylor, M. (1984). “How Two-Year-Old Children Interpret Proper and Common Names for Unfamiliar Objects.” Child Development 55(4): 1535–1540.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gelman, S. A., Croft, W., Fu, P., Clausner, T. and Gottfried, G. (1998). “Why is a Pomegranate an Apple? The Role of Shape, Taxonomic Relatedness, and Prior Lexical Knowledge in Children's Overextensions of ‘Apple’ and ‘Dog.’”Journal of Child Language 25(2): 267–291.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Genesee, F. (2002). Portrait of the Bilingual Child. In Cook, V. (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd. 167–196.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Genesee, P. A. (1997). “On Continuity and the Emergence of Functional Categories in Bilingual First-Language Acquisition.” Language Acquisition 6: 91–124.Google Scholar
Gennari, S. and K. Demuth (1997). Syllable Omission in the Acquisition of Spanish. Proceedings of the 21st Boston University Conference in Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Gentner, D. (1982). Why Nouns are Learned Before Verbs: Linguistic Relativity Versus Natural Partitioning. In Kuczaj, S. A. (ed.), Language Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 301–334.Google Scholar
Gerken, L. (1994a). Child Phonology: Past Research, Present Questions, Future Directions. A. Gernsbacher (ed.), Handbook of Psycholinguistics. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 781–820.
Gerken, L. (1994b). “A Metrical Template Account of Children's Weak Syllable Omissions from Multisyllabic Words.” Journal of Child Language 21: 565–584.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. (1996a). Phonological and Distributional Information in Syntax Acquisition. In J. L. Morgan and K. Demuth (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. 411–425
Gerken, L. (1996b). “Prosodic Structure in Young Children's Language Production.” Language 72(4): 683–712.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. (1996c). “Prosody's Role in Language Acquisition and Adult Parsing.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 25(2): 345–356.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A. and McIntosh, B. J. (1993). “The Interplay of Function Morphemes and Prosody in Early Language.” Developmental Psychology 29: 448–457.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A., Landau, B. and Remez, R. (1990). “Function Morphemes in Young Children's Speech Perception and Production.” Developmental Psychology 26: 204–216.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gerken, L. A., Jusczyk, P. and Mandel, D. (1994). “When Prosody fails to Cue Syntactic Structure: Nine-Months-Olds' Sensitivity to Phonological vs. Syntactic Phrases.” Cognition 51: 237–265.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gernsbacher, M. A. (1994). Handbook of Psycholinguistics. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Gershkoff-Stowe, L. and Smith, L. B. (1997). “A Curvilinear Trend in Naming Errors as a Function of Early Vocabulary Growth.” Cognitive Psychology 34(1): 37–71.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Geschwind, N. (1972). “Language and the Brain.” Scientific American 226(4): 76–83.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Geschwind, N. and Galaburda, A. (1987). Cerebral Lateralization: Biological Mechanisms, Associations and Pathology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gevins, A., Cutillo, B. and Smith, M. E. (1995). “Regional Modulation of High Resolution Evoked Potentials during Verbal and Non-Verbal Matching Tasks.” Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuroscience 94: 129–147.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gibbons, A. (1995) “Languages' Last Words.” Science (March)
Gibson, E. and Wexler, K. (1994). “Triggers.” Linguistic Inquiry 25(3): 407–454.Google Scholar
Gillette, J., Gleitman, H., Gleitman, L. and Lederer, A. (1999). “Human Simulations of Vocabulary Learning.” Cognition 73(2): 135–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gleitman, L. (1990). “The Structural Sources of Verb Meanings.” Language Acquisition 1(1): 3–55.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleitman, L. (1994). “The Structural Sources of Verb Meanings.” In Bloom, P. (ed.), Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 174–221.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and J. Gillette (1999). The Role of Syntax in Verb Learning. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press. 280–298.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Gleitman, H. (1991). Language. Psychology. H. Gleitman. New York: Norton. 333–390.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and H. Gleitman (1994). A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words, But That's the Problem: The Role of Syntax in Vocabulary Acquisition. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J., (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 1: Heads, Projections and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 291–300.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and M. Liberman (1995). Language. In Osherson, D. (ed.), An Invitation to Cognitive Science (second edition). Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books. 1.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Wanner, E. (1982). Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L., Gleitman, H. and Shipley, E. (1972). The Emergence of the Child as Grammarian. Journal of Child Language 1: 137–164.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L., Newport, E. L. and Gleitman, H. (1984). “The Current Status of the Motherese Hypothesis.” Journal of Child Language 11(1): 43–79.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gleitman, L., Shipley, E. and Smith, E. (1978). “Old and New Ways Not to Study Comprehension: Comments on Petric and Tweney's 1977 Experimental Review of Shipley, Smith and Gleitman.” Journal of Child Language 5: 501–520.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gleitman, L., H. Gleitman, B. Landau and E. Wanner (1988). Where Learning Begins: Initial Representations for Language Learning. In Newmyer, F. (ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3: 150–193.Google Scholar
Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.) (1995). The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gold, E. M. (1967). “Language Identification in the Limit.” Information and Control 10: 447–474.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldfield, B. (2000). Are Verbs Hard to Understand? Continuity vs. Discontinuity in Early Lexical Development. Proceedings of 24th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Goldfield, B. and Reznick, S. (1990). “Early Lexical Acquisition: Rate, Content, and the Vocabulary Spart.” Journal of Child Language 17 (1): 171–184.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. (1982). The Resilience of Recursion: A Study of a Communication System Developed Without a Conventional Language Model. In Wanner, E. and Gleitman, L. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. (1987). Underlying Redundancy and its Reduction in a Language Developed Without a Language Model: Constraint Imposed by Conventional Linguistic Input. In B. Lust (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht; Boston. 2: 135–170CrossRef
Goldin-Meadow, S. (2003). The Resilience of Language: What Gesture Creation in Deaf Children Can Tell Us About How All Children Learn Language. New York: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S., Butcher, C., Mylander, C. and Dodge, M. (1994). “Nouns and Verbs in a Self-Styled Gesture System: What's in a Name?”Cognitive Psychology 27(3): 259–319.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Feldman, H. (1977). “The Development of Language Like Communication Without a Language Model.” Science 197(4301): 401–403.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1983). “Gestural Communication in Deaf Children: Noneffect of Parental Input on Language Development.” Science 221(4608): 372–374.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1990a). “Beyond the Input Given: The Child's Role in the Acquisition of Language.” Language 66(2): 323–355.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1990b). “The Role of Parental Input in the Development of a Morphological System.” Journal of Child Language 17(3): 527–563.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S. and Mylander, C. (1998). “Spontaneous Sign Systems Created by Deaf Children in Two Cultures.” Nature 91: 279–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldin-Meadow, S., Mylander, C. and C. Butcher (1995). “The Resilience of Combinatorial Structure at the Word Level: Morphology in Self-Styled Gesture Systems.” Cognition 56(3): 195–262.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goldin-Meadow, S., E. Yalabik and L. Gershkoff-Stowe (2000). The Resilience of Ergative Structure in Language Created by Children and by Adults. Proceedings of 24th Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press. 343–353
Goldsmith, J. (1990). Autosegmental and Metrical Phonology. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, J. (1995). Handbook of Phonological Theory. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, J. (1999). Phonological Theory: The Essential Readings. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Golinkoff, R., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Cauley, K. and Gordon, L. (1987). “The Eyes Have It: Lexical and Syntactic Comprehension in a New Paradigm.” Journal of Child Language 14(1): 23–45.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Golinkoff, R. M., Jacquet, R. C., K. Hirsh-Pasek and R. Nandakumar (1996). “Lexical Principles May Underlie the Learning of Verbs.” Child Development 67(6): 3101–3119.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Golinkoff, R., K. Hirsh-Pasek, C. Mervis and W. Frawley (1995). Lexical Principles can be Extended to the Acquisition of Verbs. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 185–221.Google Scholar
Golinkoff, R. M., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Bloom, L., Smith, L. B., Woodward, A. L. and Akhtar, N. (2000). Becoming a Word Learner. Oxford; New York:Oxford University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gomez, R. L. and Gerken, L. (1999). “Artificial Grammar Learning by 1-Year-Olds Leads to Specific and Abstract Knowledge.” Cognition 70(2): 109–135.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gomez, R. L. and Gerken, L. (2000). “Infant Artificial Language Learning and Language Acquisition.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4(5(38)): 178–186.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodglass, H. (1993). Understanding Aphasia. San Diego: Academic Press.Google ScholarPubMed
Goodluck, H. (1991). Language Acquisition: A Linguistic Introduction. Oxford, UK; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goodluck, H. (1996). The Act Out Task. In McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 147–162.Google Scholar
Goodluck, H. and Tavakolian, S. (1982). “Competence and Processing in Children's Grammar of Relative Clauses.” Cognition 11: 1–27.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodsitt, J., Morgan, J. and Kuhl, P. (1993). “Perceptual Strategies in Prelingual Speech Segmentation.” Journal of Child Language 20: 229–252.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Goodsitt, J., Morse, P., Hoove, J. V. and Cowan, N. (1984). “Infants' Speech Perception in Multisyllabic Contexts.” Child Development 55: 903–910.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gopnik, A. and Choi, S. (1990). “Do Linguistic Differences Lead to Cognitive Differences? A Cross-Linguistic Study of Semantic and Cognitive Development.” First Language 10: 199–215.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gopnik, A. and S. Choi (1995). Names, Relational Words, and Cognitive Development in English and Korean Speakers: Nouns are Not Always Learned Before Verbs. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Gopnik, M. (1994). “Impairments of Tense in a Familial Language Disorder.” Journal of Neurolinguistics 8(2): 109–133.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gopnik, M. and Crago, M. (1991). “Familial Aggregation of a Developmental Language Disorder.” Cognition 39(1): 1–50.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Gordon, P. (1985). “Evaluating the Semantic Categories Hypothesis: The Case of the Mass/Count Distinction.” Cognition 20: 209–242.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, P. (1986). “Level-Ordering in Lexical Development.” Cognition 21(2): 73–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, P. (1996). The Truth-Value Judgment Task. In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 211–232.Google Scholar
Goswami, U. and Bryant, P. (1990). Phonological Skills and Learning to Read. Hove: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Gould, J. L. and Marler, P. (1987). “Learning by Instinct.” Scientific American 255(1): 74–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gould, S. J., (2001). “Humbled by the Genome's Mysteries.” New York Times. New York: A-21
Grimes, B. (1992) Ethnologue: Languages of the World. Dallas, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics
Grimshaw, G., Adelstein, A., Bryden, M. and MacKinnon, G. (1998). “First-Language Acquisition in Adolescence: Evidence for a Critical Period of Verbal Language Development.” Brain and Language 63: 237–255.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Grimshaw, J. (1981). Form, Function and the Language Acquisition Device. In Baker, C. L. and McCarthy, J. (eds.), The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 163–182.Google Scholar
Grimshaw, J. (1994). Minimal Projection and Clause Structure. In Lust, Suñer and Whitman. 75–84
Grimshaw, J. and Rosen, S. T. (1990). “Knowledge and Obedience: The Developmental Status of the Binding Theory.” Linguistic Inquiry 21: 187–222.Google Scholar
Grodzinsky, Y. (1990). Theoretical Perspectives on Language Deficits. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Gruber, H. and Vonèche, J. J. (1977). The Essential Piaget. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Gruber, J. (1969). “Topicalization in Child Language.” In Reibel, D. and Schane, S. (eds.), Modern Studies in English. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 422–447.Google Scholar
Grubin, D. (2002). The Secret Life of the Brain. PBS, Home Video. WWW.pbs.org
Guasti, M. (2002). Language Acquisition: The Growth of Grammar.Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press.Google Scholar
Guasti, M. T. and Chierchia, G. (1999/2000). “Backward Versus Forward Anaphora: Reconstruction in Child Grammar.” Language Acquisition 8(2): 129–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Guasti, M. and L. Rizzi (1996). Null Aux and the Acquisition of Residual V2. In A. Stringfellow, D. Cahana-Amitay, E. Hughes and A. Zukowsly (eds.), Proceedings of the 20th Boston University Conference on Language Development, Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Guasti, M., M. Nespor, A. Christophe and B. Van Ooyen (2001). Pre-Lexical Setting of the Head-Complement Parameter through Prosody. In Höhle, B. and Weissenborn, J. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Guilfoyle, E., Hung, H. and Travis, L. (1989). “Spec of IP, Spec of VP, and the Notion of ‘Subject’.” West Coast Conference on formal Linguistics 8: 110–123.Google Scholar
Gumpertz, J. and Levinson, S. (1996). Rethinking Linguistic Relativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Guo, F., Foley, C., Chien, Y.-C., Lust, B. and Chiang, C. P. (1996). “Operator-Variable Binding in the Initial State: A Cross-Linguistic Study of VP Ellipsis Structures in Chinese and English.” Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale 25(1): 3–34.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Guo, F., C. Foley, Y.-C. Chien, C.-P. Chiang and B. Lust (1997). A Cross Linguistic Study of Chinese and English Children's First Language Acquisition of VP Ellipsis Structures. In Somashekar, S.et al. (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Linguistics. 15: 20–38.Google Scholar
Haegeman, L. (1991). Government and Binding Theory. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Hahne, A. and A. Friederici (1999). Rule-Application During Language Comprehension in the Adult and the Child. In Friederici, A. and Menzel, R. (eds.), Learning: Rule Extraction and Representation. Berlin; New York: Walter de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hale, K. (1994). “On Endangered Languages and the Safeguarding of Diversity.” Language68(1): 1–3.Google Scholar
Hale, M. and Reiss, C. (1998). “Formal and Empirical Arguments Concerning Phonological Acquisition.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(4): 656–683.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hall, D., Geoffrey, S., Waxman, S., Bredart, S. and Nicolay, A.-C. (2003). “Preschoolers' Use of Form Class Cues to Learn Descriptive Proper Names.” Child Development 74(5): 1547–1560.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hall, W., Nagy, W. and Lin, R. (1984). Spoken Words: Effects of Situation and Social Group on Oral Word Usage and Frequency. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Halle, M. (1978). Knowledge Unlearned and Untaught: What Speakers Know about the Sounds of their Language. In Halle,, M.Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 294.Google Scholar
Halle, M. (1997). “Some Consequences of the Representation of Words in Memory.” Lingua 100: 91–100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Halle, M. and N. Clements (1983). Problem Book in Phonology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Halle, P. A. and Boysson-Bardies, B. (1994). “Emergence of an Early Receptive Lexicon: Infants' Recognition of Words.” Infant Behavior and Development 17(2): 119–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hamburger, H. (1980). “A Deletion Ahead of Its Time.” Cognition 8: 389–416.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hamburger, H. and S. Crain (1982). Relative Acquisition. In Kuczaj, S. A. (ed.), Language Development: Syntax and Semantics. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Hampton, J. (1999). Concepts. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 176–179.Google Scholar
Hanlon, C. (1988). The Emergence of Set-Relational Quantifiers in Early Childhood. In Kessel. 65–78
Harlow, H. F. and M. K. Harlow (1965). The Affectional Systems. In Harlow, H. F., Schrier, E. M. and Stollnitz, F. (eds.), Behavior of Nonhuman Primates. New York: Academic. 1: 287–334.Google Scholar
Harnad, S. (ed.) (1987). Categorical Perception. The Groundwork of Cognition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Harris, P. L. (1982). “Cognitive Prerequisites to Language?”British Journal of Psychology 73(2): 187–195.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, Z. S. (1955). “From Phoneme to Morpheme.” Language 31(2): 190–222.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hatano, G. R., Siegler, K., Imagake, R. and Wax, N. (1993). “The Development of Biological Knowledge. A Multi-National Study.” Cognitive Development 8: 47–62.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hatford, G., Maybery, M., Hare, A. O. and Grant, P. (1994). “The Development of Memory and Processing Capacity.” Child Development 65: 1338–1356.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hauser, M., Chomsky, N. and Fitch, W. (2002). “The Faculty of Language: What is it, Who has it, and How did it Evolve.” Science 298: 1569–1579.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hauser, M. D. (1997). The Evolution of Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Hawn, P. R. and L. J. Harris (1979 published 1983). Hand Asymmetries in Grasp Duration and Reaching in Two and Five-Month-Old Infants. The Biennial meeting of the SRCD, San Francisco
Hecaen, H. (1983). “Acquired Aphasia in Children: Revisited.” Neuropsychologia 21(6): 581–587.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Heibeck, T. H. and Markman, E. M. (1987). “Word Learning in Children: An Examination of Fast Mapping.” Child Development 58(4): 1021–1034.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Heine, B. (1992). African Languages. In Bright, W. (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. New York: Oxford University Press. 1: 31–35.Google Scholar
Hendelman, W. J. (2000). Atlas of Functional Neuroanatomy. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Henzi, V. (1975). “Acquisition of Grammatical Gender in Czech.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 9: 188–198.Google Scholar
Hermann, D. (1998). Helen KellerNew York: A. Knopf.Google Scholar
Hernandez, A., Martinez, A. and Kohnert, K. (2000). “In Search of the Language Switch: An FMRI Study of Picture Naming in Spanish–English Bilinguals.” Brain and Language 73: 421–431.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hernandez, A., Dapretto, J., Mazziotta, J. and Brookheimer, S., (2001). “Language Switching and Language Representation in Spanish–English Bilinguals: An FMRI study.” Neuroimage 14: 510–520.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hesketh, S., Christophe, A. and Dehaene-Lambert, G. (1997). “Non-Nutritive Sucking and Sentence Processing.” Infant Behavior and Development 20(2): 263–269.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, T. (1991). “Mean Length of Utterance and the Acquisition of Irish.” Journal of Child Language 18: 553–569.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hickok, G., Bellugi, U. and Klima, E. (1996). “The Neurobiology of Sign Language and its Implications for the Neural Basis of Language.” Nature 381: 699–702.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hickok, G., Bellugi, U. and Klima, E. (2001). “Sign Language in the Brain.” Scientific American 284(6): 58–65.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickok, G., Wilson, M., Clark, K., Klima, E., Kritchevsky, M. and Bellugim, U. (1999). “Discourse Deficits Following Right Hemisphere Damage in Deaf Signers.” Brain and Language 66: 233–248.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hillis, A. and Caramazza, A. (1991). “Category-Specific Naming and Comprehension Impairment: A Double Dissociation.” Brain 114: 2081–2094.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hinofotis, F. B. (1976). An Initial Stage in a Child's Acquisition of Greek as his Native Language. In Workpapers in Teaching English as a Second Language. Los Angeles: University of California. 11: 85–96.
Hinton, G. E. (1992). “How Neural Networks Learn from Experience.” Scientific American 267(3): 145–151.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hirsch, J., Rodriguez-Moreno, D. and Kim, K. (2001). “Interconnected Large-Scale Systems for Three Fundamental Cognitive Tasks Revealed by Functional MRI.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 13(3): 389–405.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hirsch, J., Ruge, M., Kim, K., Correa, D., Victor, J. and Relkin, N. (2000). “An Integrated Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Procedure for Preoperative Mapping of Cortical Areas Associated with Tactile, Motor, Language and Visual Functions.” Neurosurgery 47(3): 711–722.Google ScholarPubMed
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1993). Skeletal Supports for Grammatical Learning: What the Infant Brings to the Language Learning Task. In Rovee-Collier, C. K. and Lipsitt, L. P. (eds.), Advances In Infancy Research. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. 8.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1996). The Intermodal Preferential Looking Paradigm: A Window onto Emerging Language Comprehension. In McDaniel, D. and McKee, C. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax: Language, Speech, and Communication. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 105–124.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and Golinkoff, R. M. (1996a). The Origins of Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K. and R. M. Golinkoff (1996b). Two Varieties of Language Acquisition Theories: Sketches of a Field. In The Origins of Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 16–41.
Hirsh-Pasek, K., L. Gleitman and H. Gleitman (1978). What did the Brain Say to the Mind? A Study of the Detection and Report of Ambiguity of Young Children. In Sinclair,, A.Jarvella, R. and Levelt, W. J. (eds.), The Child's Conception of Language. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., Kemler-Nelson, D., Jusczyk, P., Wright-Cassidy, K., Druss, B. and Kennedy, L. (1987). “Clauses are Perceptual Units for Young Children.” Cognition 26: 269–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., Treiman, R. and Schneiderman, M. (1984). “Brown and Hanlon Revisited: Mothers' Sensitivity to Ungrammatical Forms.” Journal of Child Language 11: 81–88.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hirsh-Pasek, K., M. Tucker and R. Golinkoff (1996). Dynamic Systems Theory: Reinterpreting “Prosodic Bootstrapping” and its Role in Language Acquisition. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax.Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Hiscock, M. and M. Kinsbourne (1995). Phylogeny and Ontogeny of Cerebral Lateralization. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 535–578.Google Scholar
Hock, H. (1991). Principles of Historical Linguistics. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1955). A Manual of Phonology: International Journal of American Linguistics. Chicago IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Hockett, C. (1958). A Course in Modern Linguistics. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Hockett, C. (1960). “The Origin of Speech.” Scientific American 203(3): 89–96.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1961). “Linguistic Elements and Their Relations.” Language 37: 29–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hockett, C. (1977). The View from Language: Selected Essays 1948–74. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press.Google Scholar
Hoek, D., Ingram, D. and Gibson, D. (1986). “Some Possible Causes of Children's Early Word Overextensions.” Journal of Child Language 13(3): 477–494.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hoekstra, T. (2000). The Function of Functional Categories. In Cheng, L. and Sybesma, R. (eds.), The First Glot International State of the Article Book. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter. (Studies in Generative Grammar48. Harry van der Hulst, Jan Koster and Henk van Riemsdijk (eds.).)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hohne, E. A., M. Jusczyk and N. J. Redanz, (1994). Do Infants Remember Words from Stories? Paper presented at a Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Cambridge, MA
Holden, C. (1998) “No Last Word on Language Origins.” Science 282 (5393): 1455–1458.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hollebrandse, B. and T. Roeper (1996). The Concept of DO-insertion and the Theory of Infl in Acquisition. In Koster, C. and Wijnen, F. (eds.). Proceedings of the Groningen Assembly on Language Acquisition. Netherlands, Center Language and Cognition Groningen. 261–271.Google Scholar
Holowka, S. and Pettito, L. (2002). “Left hemisphere cerebral specialization for babies while babbling.” Science 297: 1515.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Holyoak, K. (1999). Introduction: Psychology. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), MITECS. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. ⅹⅹⅹⅷ–ⅹⅼⅸ.Google Scholar
Hornstein, N. and Lightfoot, D. W. (eds.) (1981). Explanation in Linguistics: The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition. Longman Linguistics Library no. 25. London; New York: Longman.Google Scholar
Hsu, J. R., Cairns, H. S. and Fiengo, R. W. (1985). “The Development of Grammars Underlying Children's Interpretation of Complex Sentences.” Cognition 20(1): 25–48.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Hu, Q. (1993). The Acquisition of Chinese Classifiers by Young Mandarin-Speaking Children. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Boston, MA: Boston University
Huang, James. (1984). “On the Distribution and Resemblance of Empty Pronouns.” Linguistic Inquiry 15(4): 531–574.Google Scholar
Hubel, D. (1979). “The Brain.” Scientific American 241(3): 44–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J. (1974). The Origin of Language Comprehension. In Solo, R. L. (ed.), Theories in Cognitive Psychology: the Loyola Symposium. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Huttenlocher, J. and Strauss, S. (1968). “Comprehension and a Statement's Relation to the Situation it Describes.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7(2): 300–304.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J., Vasilyeva, M., Cymerman, E. and Levine, S. (2002). “Language Input and Child Syntax.” Cognitive Psychology 45(3): 337–374.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Huttenlocher, J. and Weiner, S. (1971). “Comprehension of Instructions in Varying Contexts.” Cognitive Psychology 2: 369–385.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, J., Eisenberg, K. and Strauss, S. (1968). “Comprehension: Relation Between Perceived Actor and Logical Subject.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7: 527–530.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Huttenlocher, P. (1990). “Morphometric Study of Human Cerebral Cortex Development.” Neuropsychologia 28(6): 517–527.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Huttenlocher, P. (1993). Morphometric Study of Human Cerebral Cortex Development. In M. Johnson. 112–124
Huttenlocher, P. (1997). Syntaptogenesis, Synapse Elimination, and Neural Plasticity in Human Cerebral Cortex. In Nelson, C. A. (ed.), Threats to Optimal Development. Integrating Biological, Psychological and Social Risk Factors. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 27: 35–54.Google Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1984). “Semantically Based Child Grammars: Some Empirical Inadequacies.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 23: 58–65.Google Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1986). Language Acquisition and the Theory of Parameters. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1987). The Theory of Parameters and Syntactic Development. In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. 1–22.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1992). The Genesis of Clausal Structure. In Meisel, J. (ed.), The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hyams, N. M. (1994). Commentary: Null Subjects in Child Language and the Implications of Cross-Linguistic Variation. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt (eds.). 287–300
Hyams, N. M. and Wexler, K. (1993). “On the Grammatical Basis of Null Subjects in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 24(3): 421–459.Google Scholar
Iaccino, J. (1993). Left Brain-Right Brain Differences. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Ihns, M. and Leonard, L. (1988). “Syntactic Categories in Early Child Language: Some Additional Data.” Journal of Child Language 15(3): 673–678.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Imai, M. and Gentner, D. (1997). “A Crosslinguistic Study on Constraints on Early Word Meaning: Linguistic Input vs. Universal Ontology.” Cognition 62: 169–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ingram, D. (1976). Phonological Disability in Children. London: Arnold.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1981/2). “The Emerging Phonological System of an Italian–English Bilingual Child.” Journal of Italian Linguistics 2: 95–113.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1988). “The Acquisition of Word Initial.” Language and Speech 31(1): 77–85.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ingram, D. (1989). First Language Acquisition: Method, Description, and Explanation. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ingram, D. (1991). “An Historical Observation on ‘Why “Mama” and “Papa”?’”Journal of Child Language 18(3): 711–713.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ingram, D. (1992). Early Phonological Acquisition: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective. In Ferguson, C., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, Implications. Timonium, MD: York Press. 423–435.
Ingram, D. (1995). “The Cultural Basis of Prosodic Modifications to Infants and Children: A Response to Fernald's Universalist Theory.” Journal of Child Language 22(1): 223–233.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ingram, D. and Thompson, W. (1996). “Early Syntactic Acquisition in German: Evidence for the Modal Hypothesis.” Language 72(1): 97–120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Inhelder, B. and Piaget, J. (1964). The Early Growth of Logic in the Child. New York; London: W. W. Norton & Co.Google Scholar
Inkelas, S. and Zec, D. (eds.) (1990). The Phonology–Syntax Connection. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Isagaki, K. and Hatano, G. (1993). “Young Children's Understanding of the Mind-Body Distinction.” Child Development.Google Scholar
Isagaki, K. and G. Hatano (2003). Conceptual and Linguistic Factors in Inductive Projection. How do Young Children Recognize Commonalities between Animals and Plants? In Gentner, D. and Goldin-Meadow, S. (eds.), Language in Mind. A Bradford Book. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 313–334.Google Scholar
Ito, T. (1988). Sentence Production: From Before to After the Period of Syntactic Structure. In Otsu, Y. (ed.), MITA Working Papers in Psycholinguistics. Tokyo: Keio University. 1: 51–56.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (1994). Patterns in the Mind: Language and Human Nature. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (1997). The Architecture of the Language Faculty. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Jackendoff, R. (2002). Foundations of Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1941/1968). Child Language, Aphasia and Phonological Universals. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1971/2004). The Sound Laws of Child Language and their Place in General Phonology. In Studies on Child Language and Aphasia. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004.) The Hague: Mouton. 285–293
Jakobson, R. (1980). Brain and Language. (With the assistance of Kathy Santilli.)Colombus, OH: Slavica Publishers Inc.Google Scholar
Jakobson, R. (1960/1990). Why “Mama” and “Papa?” Reprinted in L. Waugh, R. and Monville-Burston, M. (eds.), On Language: Roman Jakobson. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press: 305–311.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1984). “On Markedness and Binding Principles.” North Eastern Linguistic Society. Proceedings of NELS 14.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1993). Linguistic Theory and Language Acquisition Facts: Reformulation, Maturation or Invariance of Binding Principles. In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 1: 157–184.Google Scholar
Jakubowicz, C. (1994b). Reflexives in French and Danish: Morphology, Syntax, and Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt. 115–144
Jezzard, P., Matthews, P. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2001). Functional MRI: An Introduction to Methods. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Joanette, Y., Goulet, P. and Hannequin, D. (1990). Right Hemisphere and Verbal Communication. New York: Springer-Verlag.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, C. and Maratsos, M. (1977). “Early Comprehension of Mental Verbs: Think and Know.” Child Development 48(4): 1743–1747.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, C. and Wellman, H. M. (1982). “Children's Developing Conceptions of the Mind and Brain.” Child Development 53(1): 222–234.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Johnson, E. and Jusczyk, P. W. (2001). “Word Segmentation by 8-Month-Olds: When Speech Cues Count More Than Statistics.” Journal of Memory and Language 44(4): 548–567.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Johnson, J. S., Lewis, L. B. and Hogan, J. C. (1997). “A Production Limitation in Syllable Number: A Longitudinal Study of One Child's Early Vocabulary.” Journal of Child Language 24: 327–49.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Johnson, M. (1993). Brain Development and Cognition. A Reader. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Joshi, A. (1994). Commentary: Some Remarks on the Subset Principle. In B. Lust, G. Hermon and J. Kornfilt (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 509–514.
Jusczyk, P. (1997a). The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1997b). Categorical Perception. In The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 45–56.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1997c). Learning about the Prosodic Organization of the Native Language. In The Discovery of Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 90–93.
Jusczyk, P. (1997d). “Finding and Remembering Words: Some Beginnings by English-Learning Infants.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 6(6): 170–174.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1999a). “How Infants Begin to Extract Words from Speech.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 3(9): 323–328.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. (1999b). “Narrowing the Distance to Language: One Step at a Time.” Journal of Communication Disorders 32: 207–222.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. and L. Gerken (1996). Syntactic Units, Prosody, Psychological Reality During Infancy. In Morgan and Demuth. 389–410
Jusczyk, P. and Krumhansl, C. (1993). “Pitch and Rhythmic Patterns and Infants' Sensitivity to Musical Phrase Structure.” Journal of Human Perception and Performance 19: 611–640Google ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Hohne, E. and Bauman, A. (1999). “Infants' Sensitivity to Allophonic Cues for Word Segmentation.” Perception and Psychophysics 61: 1465–1476.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Houston, D. and Newsome, M. (1999). “The Beginnings of Word Segmentation in English-Learning Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 39: 159–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P., Friederici, A., Wessels, J., Svenkerud, V. and Jusczyk, A. (1993). “Infants' Sensitivity to the Sound Patterns of Native Language Words.” Journal of Memory and Language 32: 402–420.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P., R. Mazuka, D. Mandel, S. Kiritani and A. Hayashi (1993). A Cross-Linguistic Study of American and Japanese Infants' Perception of Acoustic Correlates to Clausal Units. Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development. New Orleans, LA
Jusczyk, P., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Nelson, D. G. K., Kennedy, L., Woodward, A. and Piwoz, J. (1992). “Perception of Acoustic Correlates of Major Phrasal Units to Young Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 24: 252–293.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. (1989). Perception of Cues to Clausal Units in Native and Non-Native Languages. Society for Research in Child Development, Kansas City.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W. (1993). Sometimes it Pays to Look Back Before You Look Ahead. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic. 227–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W. and Aslin, R. N. (1995). “Infants' Detection of Sound Patterns of Words in Fluent Speech.” Cognitive Psychology 29(1): 1–23.Google ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Bertoncini, J. (1988). “Viewing the Development of Speech Perception as an Innately Guided Learning Process.” Language and Speech 31(3): 217–238.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Hohne, E. A. (1997). “Infants' Memory for Spoken Words.” Science 277(5334): 1984–1986.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W. and Houston, D. (1999). “The Beginnings of Word Segmentation in English-Learning Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 39(3–4): 159–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W., Cutler, A. and Redanz, N. (1993). “Preference for the Predominant Stress Patterns of English Words.” Child Development 64: 675–687.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Jusczyk, P. W., Gerken, L. A. and Nelson, D. K. (2002). The Beginning of Cross-Sentence Structural Comparison by 9-Month-Olds. Minneapolis, MN: ICIS.Google Scholar
Jusczyk, P. W., Luce, P. A. and Charles Luce (1994). “Infants' Sensitivity to Phonotactic Patterns in the Native Language.” Journal of Memory and Language 33(5): 630–645.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kail, R. (1997). “Phonological Skill and Articulation Time Independently Contribute to the Development of Memory Span.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 67: 57–68.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kandel, E. and Squire, L. (2000). “Neuroscience: Breaking Down Scientific Barriers to the Study of Brain and Mind.” Science 290: 1113–1120.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kandel, E., Schwartz, J. and Jessell, T. (2000). Principles of Neural Science. New York: McGraw Hill.Google Scholar
Kang, H.-K. (2001). “Quantifier Spreading: Linguistic and Pragmatic Considerations.” Lingua 111(8): 591–627.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kappa, I. (2001). “Alignment and Consonant Harmony: Evidence from Greek.” Proceedings of the BUCLD 25. Somerville: Cascadilla Press
Kapur, S. (1994). Some Applications of Formal Learning Theory Results to Natural Language Acquisition. In Lust,, B.Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 491–508.Google Scholar
Kapur, S. and Bilardi, G. (1992a). Language Learning Without Overgeneralization. Ninth Symposium on Theoretical Aspects of Computer Science. New York: Springer-Verlag. 245–256.Google Scholar
Kapur, S. and G. Bilardi (1992b). Language Learning from Stochastic Input. Fifth Conference on Computational Learning Theory. San Mateo, CA: Morgan-Kaufman
Kapur, S., B. Lust and G. Martohardjono (in preparation) On the Language Faculty and Learnability Theory. Intensional and Extensional Principles in the Representation and Acquisition of Binding Domains
Kapur, S., B. Lust, W. Harbert and G. Martohardjono (1992). “Universal Grammar and Learnability Theory: The Case of Binding Domains and the Subset Principle.” In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht; Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic. 3: 185–216.Google Scholar
Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1979). A Functional Approach to Child Language: A Study of Determiners and Reference. Cambridge Studies in Linguistics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1992). Beyond Modularity. Cambridge: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Katz, N., Baker, E. and Macnamara, J. (1974). “What's in a Name? A Study of How Children Learn Common and Proper Names.” Child Development 45(2): 469–473.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kaufman, D. (1994). Grammatical or Pragmatic: Will the Real Principle B Please Stand Up? In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 2. Binding, Dependencies, and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 177–200.Google Scholar
Kay, D. A. and Anglin, J. M. (1982). “Overextension and Underextension in the Child's Expressive and Receptive Speech.” Journal of Child Language 9(1): 83–98.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kayne, R. (1994a). The Antisymmetry of Syntax. Cambridge MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Kedar, Y., M. Casasola and B. Lust (2004). 18 and 24 Month Olds Rely on Syntactic Knowledge of Functional Categories for Determining Meaning and Reference. Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Kedar, Y., and J. Schaeffer (in preparation). “The Acquisition Of Argumenthood: Missing Articles In Early Hebrew.” New York: Cornell University; Haifa: Ben-Gurion University
Kegl, J. (1994). “The Nicaraguan Sign Language Project: An Overview.” Signpost 7(1): 24–31.Google Scholar
Kegl, J., A. Senghas and M. Coppola (1999). Creation Through Contact: Sign Language Emergence and Sign Language Change in Nicaragua. In DeGraff, M. (ed.), Language Creation and Language Change: Creolization, Diachrony, and Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Kehoe, M. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (1997). “The Acquisition of Prosodic Structure: An Investigation of Current Accounts of Children's Prosodic Development.” Language 73(1): 113–144.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1979). Semantic and Conceptual Development: An Ontological Perspective. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1986). The Acquisition of Natural Kind and Artifact Terms. In Demopoulos, W. and Marras, A. (eds.), Language Learning and Concept Acquisition: Foundational Issues. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1989). Concepts, Kinds and Cognitive Development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1992). The Origins of an Autonomous Biology. In Gunnar, M. M. R. (ed.), Modularity and Constraints in Language and Cognition. The Minnesota Symposium on Child Psychology.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 25: 103–137.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1994). Explanation, Association, and the Acquisition of Word Meaning. In Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. (eds.), The Acquisition of the Lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 169–196.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. (1999). Conceptual change. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 179–182.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C. and Batterman, N. (1984). “A Characteristic-to-Defining Shift in the Development of Word Meaning.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 23(2): 221–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keil, F. C. and Carroll, J. J. (1980). “The Child's Acquisition of ‘Tall’: Implications for an Alternative View of Semantic Development.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 19: 21–28.Google Scholar
Keil, F. C., Smith, W. C., Simons, D. and Levin, D. (1998). “Two Dogmas of Conceptual Empiricism: Implications for Hybrid Models of the Structure of Knowledge.” Cognition 65(2–3): 103–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keller, H. (1999) The Day Language Came into my Life. In Hirschberg, S. and Hirschberg, T. (eds.), Reflections on Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Nelson, Kemler D., Jusczyk, P., Mandel, D. R., Myers, J., Turk, A. and Gerken, L. A. (1995). “The Head-Turn Preference Procedure for Testing Auditory Perception.” Infant Behavior and Development 18: 111–116.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kempermann, G. and Gage, F. (1999). “New Nerve Cells for the Adult Brain.” Scientific American (May): 48–53.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kempson, R. (ed.) (1988). Mental Representations. The Interface Between Language and Reality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kenstowicz, M. (1994). Phonology in Generative Grammar. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Kent, R. D. (1981). Articulatory-Acoustic Perspectives on Speech Development. In Stark, R. (ed.), Language Behavior in Infancy and Early Childhood. New York; Amsterdam: Elsevier: 105–126.Google Scholar
Kessel, F. S. (ed.) (1988). The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Keurs, M. T., Brown, C. M., Hagoort, P. and Stegeman, D. F. (1999). “Electrophysiological Manifestations of Open- and Closed-Class Words in Patients with Broca's Aphasia with Agrammatic Comprehension: An Event-Related Brain Potential Study.” Brain 122: 839–854.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kim, J. J., Marcus, G. F., Pinker, S., Hollander, M. and Coppola, M. (1994). “Sensitivity of Children's Inflection to Grammatical Structure.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 173–209.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kim, K. H., Relkin, N. R., Lee, K.-M. and Hirsch, J. (1997). “Distinct Cortical Areas Associated with Native and Second Languages.” Nature 388(6638): 171–174.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kimura, D. (1992). “Sex Differences in the Brain.” Scientific American: 119–125CrossRef
Kiparsky, P. and L. Menn (1977). On the Acquisition of Phonology. In Macnamara, J. (ed.), Language, Learning and Thought. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Kisilevsky, B. S., Hains, S., Lee, K., Xie, X., Huang, H. and Ye, H. H. (2003). “Effects of Experience on Fetal Voice Recognition.” Psychological Review 14(3): 220–224.Google ScholarPubMed
Klatt, D. H. (1989). Review of Selected Models of Speech Perception. In Marslen-Wilson, W. (ed.), Lexical Representation and Process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Klee, T. and Fitzgerald, M. (1985). “The Relation Between Grammatical Development and Mean Length of Utterance in Morphemes.” Journal of Child Language 12: 251–269.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Klee, T. M. and R. Paul (1981). A Comparison of Six Structural Analysis Procedures: A Case Study. In Miller, J. F. (ed.), Assessing Language Production in Children: Experimental Procedures. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Klein, D., R. Zattore, B. Milner, E. Meyer and A. C. Evans (1997). The Neural Substrates of Bilingual Language Processing: Evidence from Position Emission Tomography. In Paradis, M. (ed.), Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Pergamon Press.Google Scholar
Klein, W. (1998). Assertion and Finiteness. In Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang. 225–245.Google Scholar
Klima, E. S. and U. Bellugi (1966). Syntactic Regularities in the Speech of Children. In Lyons, J. and Wales, R. (eds.), Psycholinguistic Papers. Edinburgh:Edinburgh University Press. 183–219.Google Scholar
Kobayashi, H. (1998). “How 2-year-old children learn novel part names of unfamiliar objects.” Cognition 68(2): B41–B51.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Koerner, K. and Tajima, M. (1986). Noam Chomsky: A Personal Bibliography, 1951–1986. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kolata, G. (1987). “Association or Rules in Learning Language?”Science 237(4811): 133–134.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kolk, H. (2000). “Multiple Route Plasticity.” Brain and Language. 71: 129–131.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Koopmans Van Beinum, F. J. and J. M. Van der Stelt (1979). Early Stages in the Development of Speech Movements. In Lindblom, B. and Zetterstrom, R. (eds.), Precursors of Early Speech.New York: Stockton.Google Scholar
Koopmans Van Beinum, F. J. and J. M. Van der Stelt (1998). Early Speech Development in Children Acquiring Dutch: Mastering General Basic Elements. In Gillis, S. and Houwer, A. (eds.), The Acquisition of Dutch. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 101–162.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kornfilt, J. (1994). Some Remarks on the Interaction of Case and Word Order in Turkish: Implications for Acquisition. In Lust,, B.Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 1.: Heads, Projections and Learnability. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Koster, C. (1993). Errors in Anaphora Acquisition. Faculteit Letteren Universiteit Utrecht. Onderzoeksinstituut voor Taal en Spraak. Utrecht: University of Utrecht.Google Scholar
Koster, C. (1994). Problems with Pronoun Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt. 201–226
Krumhausl, C. and Jusczyk, P. (1990). “Infants' Perception of Phrase Structure in Music.” Psychological Science 1: 70–73.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. (1976). Speech Perception in Early Infancy: The Acquisition of Speech-Sound Categories. In Hirsh,, S. K.Eldridge, D. H., Hirsh, I. J. and Silverman, S. R. (eds.), Hearing and Davis: Essays Honoring Hallowell Davis. St. Louis: Washington University Press.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. (1987). Perception of Speech and Sound in Early Infancy. In Salapatek, P. and Cohen, L. (eds.), Handbook of Infant Perception. New York: Academic. 11: 274–382.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. and A. Meltzoff (1982). “Discrimination of Auditory Target Dimensions in the Presence or Absence of Variation in a Second Dimension by Infants.” Perception and Psychophysics 31(3): 279–292.CrossRef
Kuhl, P. and Meltzoff, A. (1984). “The Intermodal Representation of Speech in Infants”Infant Behaviour and Development 7: 361–381.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K. (1985). Methods in the Study of Infant Speech Perception. In Gottlieb, G. and Krasnegor, N. (eds.), Measurement of Audition and Vision in the First Year of Postnatal Life: A Methodological Overview. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Kuhl, P. K. (1993). Innate Predispositions and the Effects of Experience in Speech Perception: The Native Language Magnet Theory. In Boysson-Bardies (ed.),, B.Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K., Williams, K. A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K. N. and bolm, B. Lind (1992). “Linguistic Experiences Alter Phonetic Perception in Infants by 6 Months of Age.” Science (255): 606–608.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhl, P. K., Andruski, J. E., Chistovich, I., Chistovich, L., Kozhevnikova, E. and Ryskina, V. (1997). “Cross-Language Analysis of Phonetic Units in Language Addressed to Infants.” Science 277(5326): 684–686.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kulikowski, S. (1981). “Possible Worlds Semantics for Early Syntax.” Journal of Child Language 8(3): 633–639.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Kunnari, S. (2002). “Word Length in Syllables: Evidence from Early Word Production in Finnish.” First Language 22: 119–135.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuno, S., Ken-ichi, T. and Wu, Y. (1999). “Quantifier Scope in English, Chinese and Japanese.” Language 75 (1): 63–111.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kushnir, C. and Blake, J. (1996). “The Nature of the Cognitive Deficit in Specific Language Impairment.” First Language 16: 21–40.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Labov, W. and Labov, T. (1978). “The Phonetics of ‘Cat’ and ‘Mama’.” Language 54(4): 816–852.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lachter, J. and Bever, T. G. (1989). “The Relation Between Linguistic Structure and Associative Theories of Language Learning: A Constructive Critique of Some Connectionist Learning Models.” Cognition 28(1–2): 195–247.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1993). A Course in Phonetics. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1996). Elements of acoustic phonetics. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, P. (1997) Paper presented to Annual Meeting of AAAS, Anaheim, CA
Ladefoged, P. (2001). Vowels and Consonants. Malden, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Laenzlinger, C. (1998). Comparative Studies in Word Order Variation: Adverbs, Pronouns, and Clause Structure in Romance and Germanic. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lai, C., Fisher, S., Hurst, J., Vargha-Khadem, F. and Monaco, A. (2001). “A Forkhead-Domain Gene is Mutated in a Severe Speech and Language Disorder.” Nature 413: 519–523.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (1994). Universal Grammar in Child Second Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (1995). “Child Second Language Acquisition of Syntax.” Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17(3): 301–329.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lakshmanan, U. (2000a). Clause Structure in Child Second Language Grammars. Proceedings of Generative Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh
Lakshmanan, U. (2000b). “Root Infinitives in Child First Language Acquisition and Child Second Language Acquisition.” Paper Presented at Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
Lakshmi, V. S. and Rani, A. U. (1993). “Retroflexion in Plural Formation: An Experimental Study with Telugu Children.” Osmania Papers in Linguistics 19: 43–58.Google Scholar
Landau, B. and Gleitman, L. (1985). Language and Experience: Evidence from the Blind Child. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Landau, B., Smith, L. B. and Jones, S. (1988). “The Importance of Shape in Early Lexical Learning.” Cognitive Development 3(3): 299–321.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Larson, R. and Segal, G. (1995). Knowledge of Meaning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Larson, R., Warren, D., Silva, J. F. and Sagonis, L. (1995). Syntactica. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lashley, K. (1960 [1948/1951]). The Problem of Serial Order in Behavior. In Beach,, F.Hebb,, D.Morgan, C. and Nissen, H. (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Lashley. Selected Papers of K. S. Lashley. New York: McGraw Hill. Reprinted in Lust and Foley (2004).Google Scholar
Lasky, R. E., Syrdal-Lasky, A. and Klein, R. E. (1975). “VOT Discrimination by Four to Six and a Half Month Infants from Spanish Environments.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 20: 215–225.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lasnik, H. (1990). On Certain Substitutes for Negative Data. In Lasnik, H. (ed.), Essays on Restrictiveness and Learnability. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 184–197.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lasnik, H. (2002). “The Minimalist Program in Syntax.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(10): 432–437.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lasnik, H., Depiante, M. and Steparoy, A. (eds.) (2000). Syntactic Structures Revisited: Contemporary Lectures on Classic Transformational Theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lebeaux, D. (1990). The Grammatical Nature of the Acquisition Sequences: Adjoin-Alpha and the Formation of Relative Clauses. In Frazier, L. and DeVilliers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition.Dordrecht: Kluwer. 13–82.Google Scholar
Lecanuet, J. P. and C. Granier-Deferre (1993). Speech Stimuli in the Fetal Environment. In Boysson-Bardies, B. (ed.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic: 237–248.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lee, Kwee-Ock (1991). On the First Language Acquisition of Relative Clauses in Korean: The Universal Structure of COMP. South Korea: Hanshin Publishing Co. Also Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Lee, Kwee-Ock (1997). The Acquisition of Korean Numeral Classifiers. Workshop on First Language Acquisition of East Asian Languages. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Lee, K.-O., B. Lust and J. Whitman (1990). On Functional Categories in Korean: A Study of the First Language Acquisition of Korean Relative Clauses. In E.-J. Baek (ed.), Papers from the Seventh International Conference on Korean Linguistics. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. 312–333
Legendre, G. and P. Smolensky (forthcoming). Towards a Calculus of the Mind/Brain: Neural Network Theory. In Optimality and Universal Grammar
Lenneberg, E. (1964a). A Biological Perspective of Language. In New Directions in the Study of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 65–88.
Lenneberg, E. (1964b). The Capacity for Language Acquisition. In Fodor, J. and Katz, J. (eds.), The Structure of Language. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall Inc.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1966). The Natural History of Language. In Smith, F. and Miller, E. (eds.), The Genesis of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 219–252.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1967). Biological Foundations of Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.Google Scholar
Lenneberg, E. (1975). In Search of a Dynamic Theory of Aphasia. In , E. L. and Lenneberg, E. (eds.), Foundations of Language Development. A Multidisciplinary Approach. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 2: 1–20.Google Scholar
Leonard, L. (1998). Children with Specific Language Impairment. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google ScholarPubMed
Leonard, L. and Dromi, E. (1994). “The Use of Hebrew Verb Morphology by Children with Specific Language Impairment and Children Developing Language Normally.” First Language 42: 283–305.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Leonard, L. and McGregor, K. (1991). “Unusual Phonological Patterns and Their Underlying Representations: A Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 18: 261–271.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Leonard, L., Schwartz, R., Folger, J. K., Newhoff, M. and Wilcox, M. (1979). “Children's Imitation of Lexical Items.” Child Development 50: 19–27.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Leopold, W. F. (1949). Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. New York: AMS Press. Reprinted in Leopold 1970.Google Scholar
Leopold, W. F. (1970). Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Evanston, IL: AMS.Google Scholar
Lepore, E. and Pylyshyn, Z. (eds.) (1999). What is Cognitive Science?Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Levelt, W. J. M. (1974). Formal Grammars in Linguistics and Psycholinguistics. The Hague: Mouton.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levelt, W. J. M. (ed.) (1991). Lexical Access in Speech Production. A Cognition Special Issue. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Levitt, A. (1993). The Acquisition of Prosody: Evidence from French- and English-Learning Infants. In Boysson-Bardies, B., Schonen, S. D., Jusczyk, P., McNeilage, P. and Morton, J. (eds.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic. 185–398.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levitt, A. and Utman, J. Aydelott (1992). “From Babbling Towards the Sound Systems of English and French: A Longitudinal Two-Case Study.” Journal of Child Language 19: 19–49.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Levy, Y. (1983a). “The Acquisition of Hebrew Plurals: The Case of Missing Gender Category.” Journal of Child Language 10(1): 107–121.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levy, Y. (1983b). “It's Frogs All the Way Down.” Cognition 15(1–3): 75–93.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levy, Y. (1996). “Modularity of Language Reconsidered.” Brain and Language 55: 240–263.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Levy, Y. (1997). “Autonomous Linguistic Systems in the Language of Young Children.” Journal of Child Language 24(3): 651–672.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Li, P. and Gleitman, L. (2002). “Turning the Table: Language and Spatial Reasoning.” Cognition 83(3): 265–294.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Li, P. and Shirai, Y. (2000). The Acquisition of Lexical and Grammatical Aspect. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Li, P., Tan,, L. H.Bates, E. and Zeng, T. (eds.) (forthcoming). Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics: Chinese. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Liberman, A. M. (1970). “The Grammars of Speech and Language.” Cognitive Psychology 1.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Liberman, A. M. (1996). Speech: A Special Code. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Liberman, I., D. Shankweiler, A. Liberman, C. Fowler and F. Fischer (1977). Phonetic Segmentation and Recoding in the Beginning Reader: The Proceedings of the CUNY Conference. In A. Reber and D. Scarborough (eds.), Toward a Psychology of Reading. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Distributed by the Halsted Press
Lieberman, P. (1963). “Some Effects of Semantic and Grammatical Context on the Production of Speech.” Language and Speech 6: 172–179.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1968). Intonation, Perception, and Language. Research Monograph no. 38. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1973). “On the Evolution of Human Language: a Unified View.” Cognition 2.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1975). On the Origins of Language: An Introduction to the Evolution of Human Speech. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1992) “Could an Autonomous Syntax Model have Evolved?”Brain and Language 43: 768, 774.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lieberman, P. (1996). Some Biological Constraints on the Analysis of Prosody. In Morgan and Demuth. 55–66
Lightfoot, D. W. (1989). “The Child's Trigger Experience: Degree-0 Learnability.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences 12(2): 321–334.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, D. W. (1991). How to Set Parameters: Arguments from Language Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lightfoot, D. W. (1994). Degree-0 Learnability. In Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 453–473.Google Scholar
Lillo-Martin, D. (1999). Modality Effects and Modularity in Language Acquisition: The Acquisition of American Sign Language. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CAv: Academic Press: 531–568.Google Scholar
Limber, J. (1973). The Genesis of Complex Sentences. In Moore, T. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. San Diego; CA: Academic Press: 171–185.Google Scholar
Linebarger, M. (1995). “Agrammatism as Evidence about Grammar.” Brain and Language 50: 52–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lisker, L. and Abramson, A. (1970). The Voicing Dimension: Some Experiments in Comparative Phonetics. Sixth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Prague: Academia.Google Scholar
Locke, J. (1968). An Essay Concerning Human Understanding. Cleveland, OH: World Publishing.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. (1983). Phonological Acquisition and Change. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. (1993). The Child's Path to Spoken Language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Locke, J. L. and Pearson, D. (1990). “Linguistic Significance of Babbling: Evidence from a Tracheostomized Infant.” Journal of Child Language 17(1): 1–16.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Loke, K. K. (1991). A Semantic Analysis of Young Children's Use of Mandarin Shape Classifiers. In Kwan-Terry, A. (ed.), Child Language Development in Singapore and Malaysia. Singapore: Singapore University Press: 98–116.Google Scholar
Lorsbach, T. C., Katz, G. A. and Cupak, A. J. (1998). “Development Differences in the Ability to Inhibit the Initial Misinterpretation of Garden Path Sentences.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 71: 275–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Loveland, K. A. (1984). “Learning About Points of View: Spatial Perspective and the Acquisition of ‘I/You’.” Journal of Child Language 11(3): 535–556.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lucy, J. A. (1992a). Grammatical Categories and Cognition: a Case Study of the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis. Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lucy, J. A. (1992b). Language Diversity and Thought: A Reformulation of the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lum, C., Cox, R., Kilgour, J., Morris, J. and Tobin, R. (1999). “Patsy: A Multimedia Distributed Web-Base Resource for Aphasiologists in Research and Education.” Aphasiology 13 (7): 573–579.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1977). “Conjunction Reduction in Child Language.” Journal of Child Language 4(2): 257–297.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1981) Constraint on Anaphora in English Language. A Prediction for a Universal. In Tavakolin, S. (ed.), Linguistic Theory and First Language Acquisition. Boston, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B. (1986b). Introduction. In Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht: Reidel Press. I: 3–106.
Lust, B. (1986c). Remarks on the Psychological Reality of the Subset Principle: Its Relation to Universal Grammar as a Model of the Initial State. In C. Clifton (ed.), Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 420–431
Lust, B. (1986d). Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Volume 1. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht:Reidel.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. (1999). Universal Grammar: The Strong Continuity Hypothesis in First Language Acquisition. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press. 111–156.Google Scholar
Lust, B. (in preparation). Universal Grammar and the Initial State: Cross-Linguistic Studies of Directionality. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books/MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and Chien, Y. (1984). “The Structure of Coordination in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese.” Cognition 17: 49–83.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lust, B. and T. Clifford (1986). The 3-D Study: Effects of Depth Distance and Directionality on Children's Acquisition of Anaphora: Comparison of Prepositional Phrase and Subordinate Clause Embedding. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies of Acquisition of Anaphora: Defining the Constraints. Dordecht: Reidel Press. I: 203–244.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. and L. Mangione (1983). The Principle Branching Direction Parameter Constraint in First Language Acquisition of Anaphora. In P. Sells, and C. Jones (eds.), Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts. 145–160
Lust, B. and Mazuka, R. (1989). “Cross-Linguistic Studies of Directionality in First Language Acquisition: The Japanese Data (Response to O'Grady, Suzuki-Wei and Cho 1986).” Journal of Child Language 16: 665–684.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B. and Mervis, C. A. (1980). “Coordination in the Natural Speech of Young Children.” Journal of Child Language 7(2): 279–304.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Lust, B. and T. K. Wakayama (1979). “The Structure of Coordination in Young Children's Acquisition of Japanese.” In Eckman, F. R. and Hastings, A. J. (eds.), Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition. Rawley, MA: Newbury House Publishers. 134–152.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and T. K. Wakayama (1981). “Word Order in Japanese First Language Acquisition.” In Dale, P. and Ingram, D. (eds.), Child Language: An International Perspective. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press. 73–90.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Blume, M. and Ogden, T. (in preparation). Cornell University Virtual Linguistics Lab (VLL) Research Methods Manual: Scientific Methods for Study of Language Acquisition. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.
Lust, B., Gair, J. Bhatia and T. Sharma (1986a). Children's Hypotheses on Empty Categories: Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora. South Asia Linguistics Association. Urbana, IL
Lust, B., Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (1994). Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. 2: Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Lust, B., Y.-C. Chien and S. Flynn (1987). What Children Know: Comparison of Experimental Methods for the Study of First Language Acquisition. In B. Lust (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora Vol. 2. Applying the Constraints. 2: 271–356CrossRef
Lust, B., Eisele, J. and Mazuka, R. (1992c). “The Binding Theory Module: Evidence from First Language Acquisition for Principle C.” Language 68(2): 333–358.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., S. Flynn and C. Foley (1996). What Children know about What They Say – Elicited Imitation as a Research Method. In McDaniel, C., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Loveland, K. A. and Karret, R. (1980). “The Development of Anaphora in First Language: Syntactic and Pragmatic Constraints.” Linguistic Analysis 6(2): 217–249.Google Scholar
Lust, B., L. Mangione and Y.-C. Chien (1984). The Determination of Empty Categories in First Language Acquisition of Chinese. In W. Harbert (ed.), Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, New York. 6: 151–165
Lust, B., Chien, Y.-C., Chiang, C.-P. and Eisele, J. (1996). “Chinese Pronominals in Universal Grammar: A Study of Linear Precedence and Command in Chinese and English Children's First Language Acquisition.” Journal of East Asian Linguistics 5(1): 1–47.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., R. Mazuka, G. Martohardjono, and J.-M. Yoon (1989). On Parameter Setting in first Language Acquisition: The Case of the Binding Theory. Paper presented at GLOW conference, Utrecht
Lust, B., L. Solan, S. Flynn, C. Cross and E. Schultz (1986). A Comparison of Null and Pronoun Anaphora in First Language Acquisition. In Lust, B., (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Defining the Constraints. Dordrecht: Reidel Press. 1: 245–278.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lust, B., T. Bhatia, J. Gair, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1995). Children's Acquisition of Hindi Anaphora: A Parameter-setting Paradox. In Ghambir, Vijay., (ed.), Teaching and Acquisition of South Asian Languages. Penn Press. 172–189.Google Scholar
Lust, B., T. Wakayama, W. Snyder, Shin Oshima and K. Otani (1985). Configurational Factors in Japanese Anaphora: Evidence from Acquisition. Paper Presented at LSA Winter 1985 Meeting
Lust, B., J. Kornfilt, J. Hermon, C. Foley, Z. Nuñez del Prado and S. Kapur (1994). Introduction: Constraining Binding, Dependencies and Learnability: Principles or Parameters. In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Vol. II: Binding Dependencies and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 1–37.Google Scholar
Lust, B. and Foley, C. (eds.), (2004). First Language Acquisition. The Essential Readings. Blackwell Publishing.Google Scholar
Lust, B., Wali, Kashi, Gair, J. and Subbarao, K. (eds.) (1999). Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian Languages: A Principled Typology. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Macaulay, R. (1977). “The Myth of Female Superiority in Language.” Journal of Child Language 5: 353–363.Google Scholar
MacKain, K. S. (1982). “Assessing the Role of Experience on Infants' Speech Discrimination.” Journal of Child Language 9: 527–542.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
MacKain, K. S., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Spieker, S., and Stern, D. (1983). “Infant Intermodal Speech Perception is a Left Hemisphere Function.” Science 219: 1347–1349.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Macken, J. A. and Barton, D. (1980). “The Acquisition of the Voicing Contrast in Spanish: A Phonetic and Phonological Study of Word-Initial Stop Consonants.” Journal of Child Language 7: 433–458.Google ScholarPubMed
Macken, M. (1980). Aspects of the Acquisition of Stop Systems: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective. In Yeni-Komshian,, G.Kavanagh, J. and Ferguson, C. (eds.), Child Phonology. Vol 1. Production. New York: Academic Press. 143–168.Google Scholar
Macken, M. (1986). Phonological Development: A Crosslinguistic Perspective. In P. Fletcher, and M. Garman, (eds.), Language Acquisition: Studies in First Language Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 251–268.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. (1995). Phonological Acquisition. In Goldsmith, J. (ed.), The Handbook of Phonological Theory. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. 671–696.Google Scholar
Macken, M. A. (1979). “Developmental Reorganization of Phonology: A Hierarchy of Basic Units of Acquisition.” Lingua 49(1): 11–49.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. A. (1992). Where's Phonology? In Ferguson,, C. A.Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, and Implications. Timonium, MD: New York Press.Google Scholar
Macken, M. and Ferguson, C. (1981). “Phonological Universals in Language Acquisition.” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 379: 110–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macken, M. and C. Ferguson (1983). Cognitive Aspects of Phonological Development: Models, Evidence and Issues. In K. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language. 4: 256–282
MacNamara, J. (1972). “Cognitive Basis of Language Learning in Infants.” Psychological Review 79(1): 1–13.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
MacNamara, J. (1982). Names for Things: A Study of Human Learning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. (1989) Competition and connectionism. In MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. (eds.), Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. (1991). The CHILDES Project: Tools for Analyzing Talk. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Bates, E. (1989). The Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1985). “The Child Language Data Exchange System.” Journal of Child Language 12: 271–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1990). “The Child Language Data Exchange System: An Update.” Journal of Child Language 17: 457–472.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
MacWhinney, B. and Snow, C. (1992). “The Wheat and the Chaff: Or Four Confusions Regarding CHILDES.” Journal of Child Language 19: 459–471.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mandel, D. R., Jusczyk, P. W. and Pisoni, D. (1995). “Infants' Recognition of the Sound Patterns of their own Names.” Psychological Science 6: 315–318.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mandel, D. R., Jusczyk, P. W. and Kemler-Nelson, D. G. (1994). “Does Sentential Prosody Help Infants to Organize and Remember Speech Information?”Cognition 53(2): 155–180.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mandel, D. R., Kemler-Nelson, D. G. and Jusczyk, P. W. (1996). “Infants Remember the Order of Words in a Spoken Sentence.” Cognitive Development 11(2): 181–196.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mangione, L., Y.-C. Chien and B. Lust (in preparation). The Representation of Sententical Complements in First Language Acquisition of Mandarin Chinese: A Study of Natural Speech
Manzini, R. M. and Wexler, K. (1987). “Parameters, Binding Theory and Learnability.” Linguistic Inquiry 18(3): 413–444.Google Scholar
Marantz, , A. (1982). “On the Acquisition of Grammatical Relations.” Linguistische Berichte 80/82: 32–69.Google Scholar
Maratsos, M. (1982). The Child's Construction of Grammatical Categories. In Gleitman, L. and Wanner, E. (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press: 240–266.Google Scholar
Maratsos, M. and M. A. Chalkley (1981). The Internal Language of Children's Syntax: The Ontogenesis and Representation of Syntactic Categories. In Nelson, K. (ed.), Children's Language. New York: Gardner Press. 2.Google Scholar
Marchman, V. A., Plunkett, K. and Goodman, J. C. (1997). “Overregularization in English Plural and Past Tense Inflectional Morphology: A Response to Marcus (1995).” Journal of Child Language 24(3): 767–779.Google Scholar
Marcus, G. (2004). The Birth of the Mind. Basic Books.Google Scholar
Marcus, G. F. (1995). “Children's Overregularization of English Plurals: A Quantitative Analysis.” Journal of Child Language 22(2): 447–459.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marcus, G. F. (1998). “Can Connectionism Save Constructivism?”Cognition 66(2): 153–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marcus, G. F., Brinkmann, U., Clahsen, H., Wiese, R. and Pinker, S. (1995). “German Inflection: The Exception that Proves the Rule.” Cognitive Psychology 29(3): 189–256.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marcus, G. F., Pinker, S., Ullman, M., Hollander, M., Rosen, T. J. and Xu, F. (1992). “Overregularization in Language Acquisition.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 57(4(228)): 1–182.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marcus, G. F., Vijayan, S., Rao, S. B. and Vishton, P. M. (1999). “Rule Learning by Seven-Month-Old Infants.” Science 283(5398): 77–80.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Markman, E. (1987). How Children Constrain the Possible Meanings of Words. In Neisser, U. (ed.), Concepts and Conceptual Development: Ecological and Intellectual Factors in Categorization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. (1989). Categorization and Naming in Children: Problems of Induction. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. (1994). Constraints Children Place on Word Meanings. In Bloom, P. (ed.), Language Acquisition: Core Readings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 14: 154–173.Google Scholar
Markman, E. M. and Hutchinson, J. E. (1984). “Children's Sensitivity to Constraints on Word Meaning: Taxonomic vs. Thematic Relations.” Cognitive Psychology 16(1): 1–27.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Markman, E. M. and Wachtel, G. F. (1998). “Children's Use of Mutual Exclusivity to Constrain the Meaning of Words.” Cognitive Psychology 20: 121–157.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Markson, L. and Bloom, P. (1997). “Evidence Against a Dedicated System for Word Learning in Children.” Nature Publishing Group 385(6619): 813–815.Google ScholarPubMed
Marler, P. (1987). Sensitive Periods and the Roles of Specific and General Sensory Stimulation in Birdsong Learning. In Rauschecker, J. and Marler, P. (eds.), Imprinting and Cortical Plasticity. New York: J. Wiley & Sons. 100–135.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1991a). Differences in Behavioural Development in Closely Related Species: Birdsong. In Bateson, P. (ed.), The Development and Integration of Behaviour. Essays in Honour of Robert Hinde. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 41–70.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1991b). The Instinct to Learn. In Carey, S. and Gelman, R. (eds.), The Epigenesis of Mind: Essays on Biology and Cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1997). “Three Models of Song Learning: Evidence from Behavior.” Journal of Neurobiology 33(5): 501–516.3.0.CO;2-8>CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Marler, P. (1998). Animal Communication and Human Language. In Jablonski, N. and Aiello, L. (eds.), The Origin and Diversification of Language. San Francisco, CA: Academy of Sciences. 1–19.Google Scholar
Marler, P. (1999a). Nature, Nurture and the Instinct to Learn. In N. Adams and R. Slotow (eds.), Proceedings of the XⅫ International Ornithological Congress. 2353–2355
Marler, P. (1999b). “Review of Apes, Language, and the Human Mind by S. Savage Rumbaugh, G. Shanker, and T. Taylor.” American Anthropologist. 101: 432–436.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Martohardjono, G. (1993). Wh-Movement in the Aquisition of a Second Language: A Cross-Linguistic Study of Three Languages with and without Movement. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Massaro, D. and Stork, D. (1998). “Speech Recognition and Sensory Integration.” American Scientist 86(3): 236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Matsumoto, Y. (1985). Acquisition of Some Japanese Numeral Classifiers: The Search for Convention. In Papers and Reports in Child Language Development. 24: 79–86.Google Scholar
Matsumoto, Y. (1987). Order of Acquisition in the Lexicon: Implication from Japanese Numeral Classifiers. In Nelson, K. E. and Kleeck, A. (eds.), Children's Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 7: 229–260.Google Scholar
Matthei, E. and Roeper, T. (1983). Understanding and Producing Speech. Bungay: The Chaucer Press.Google Scholar
Matthews, P. (1997). The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Linguistics. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Matthews, R. (1991). Psychological Reality of Grammars. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomskyan Turn. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 182–199.Google Scholar
Mattys, S. L. and Jusczyk, P. W. (2001). “Phonotactic Cues for Segmentation of Fluent Speech by Infants.” Cognition 78(2): 91–121.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mauner, F. (1995). “Examining the Empirical and Linguistic Bases of Current Theories of Agrammatism.” Brain and Language 50: 339–368.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
May, R. (1999). Logical Form in Linguistics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 486–488.Google Scholar
Mayberry, R. (1993). “First-Language Acquisition after Childhood Differs from Second-Language Acquisition: The Case of American Sign Language.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 36: 1258–1270.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mayberry, R., Lock, E. and Kazmi, H. (2002). “Linguistic Ability and Early Language Exposure.” Nature 417.Google ScholarPubMed
Maye, J. and L. A. Gerken (2001). Learning Phonemes: How Far Can the Input Take Us? Proceedings of the 25th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press. 480–490
Mayeux, R. and E. Kandel (2000). Natural Language, Disorders of Language and Other Localizable Disorders of Cognitive Functioning. In E. Kandel, J. Schwartz and T. Jessell (eds.), Principles of Neuroscience. 688–703
Mazuka, R. (1990). Japanese and English Children's Processing of Complex Sentences: An Experimental Comparison. Doctoral dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. (1996). Can a Grammatical Parameter be Set Before the First Word? Prosodic Contributions to Early Setting of a Grammatical Parameter. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 313–330.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. (1998). The Development of Language Processing Strategies: A Cross-Linguistic Study Between Japanese and English. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R. and Friedman, R. (2000). “Linguistic Relativity in Japanese and English: Is Language the Primary Determinant in Object Classification?”Journal of East Asian Linguistics 9: 353–377.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mazuka, R. and B. Lust (1990). On Parameter Setting and Parsing: Predictions for Cross-Linguistic Differences in Adult and Child Processing. In Frazier, L. and Villiers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 163–207.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mazuka, R. and B. Lust (1994). When is an Anaphor Not an Anaphor? A Study of Japanese “Zibun.” In Lust,, B.Hermon, G. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawerence Erlbaum Associates. 2: 145–175.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R., B. Lust, W. Snyder and T. Wakayama (1995). “Null Subject Grammar” and Phrase Structure in Early Syntax Acquisition: A Cross Linguistic Study of Japanese and English. In Jakubowicz, C. (ed.), Recherches Linguistiques de Vincennes. Vincennes: Presses Universitaires de Vincennes. 24: 55–81.Google Scholar
Mazuka, R., B. Lust, T. Wakayama and W. Snyder (1986). Distinguishing Effects of Parameters in Early Syntax Acquisition: A Cross-Linguistic Study of Japanese and English. In Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Stanford, CA: Stanford University. 25: 73–82
McCauley, R. (1997). “Three Models of Song Learning: Evidence from Behavior.” Journal of Neurobiology 33(5): 501–516.Google Scholar
McCauley, R. (1999). Reductionism. In Wilson and Keil (eds.), 712–714
McClelland, J. (2000). Cognitive Modeling, Connectionist. In Keil, F. C. and Wilson, R. A. (eds.), Explanation and Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 137–141.Google Scholar
McDaniel, D. (1986). Conditions on Wh-chains. Ph.D. Dissertation, City University of New York
McDaniel, D., McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.) (1996). Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
McGilvray, J. A. (1999). Chomsky: Language, Mind, and Politics. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
McGurk, and MacDonald, (1976). Hearing Lips and Seeing Voices. Nature 264: 746–748.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
McKee, C. (1994). What You See Isn't Always What You Get. In Lust, B., Suñer, M. and Whitman, J. (eds.), Heads, Projections, and Learnability. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 201–212.Google Scholar
McShane, J. (1979). “The Development of Naming.” Linguistics 17(9–10): 879–905.Google Scholar
Meara, P. and A. Ellis (1982). The Psychological Reality of Deep and Surface Phonological Representations: Evidence from Speech Errors in Welsh. In Cutler, A. (ed.), Slips of the Tongue and Language Production. Berlin; New York: Mouton de Gruyter. 797–804.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mehler, J. and DuPoux, E. (1994). What Infants Know: The New Cognitive Science of Early Development. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Mehler, J. F., Bertoncini, J., Barriere, M. and Jassik-Gerschenfeld, D. (1978). “Infant Recognition of Mother's Voice.” Perception 7(5): 491–497.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mehler, J. F., E. Dupoux, T. Nazzi and G. Dehaene-Lambertz (1996). Coping with Linguistic Diversity: The Infant's Viewpoint. In Morgan, J. L. and Demuth, K. (eds.), Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 101–116.Google Scholar
Mehler, J. F., Jusczyk, P., Lambertz, G., Halsted, N., Bertoncini, J. and Amiel-Tison, C. (1988). “A Precursor of Language Acquisition in Young Infants.” Cognition 29(2): 143–178.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Meier, R. P. (1991). “Language Acquisition by Deaf Children.” American Scientist 79(1): 60–70.Google Scholar
Meier, R. P. and Newport, E. (1990). Out of the Hands of Babes: On a Possible Sign Advantage. Language 66(1): 1–23.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meisel, J. M. (ed.) (1992). The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and V2 Phenomena in Language Development. Dordrecht: Kluwer.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meltzoff, A. N. and Moore, M. K. (1977). “Imitation of Facial and Manual Gestures by Human Neonates.” Science 198: 75–78.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Meltzoff, A. N. and Moore, M. K. (1983). “Newborn Infants Imitate Adult Facial Gestures.” Child Development 54: 702–709.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Menn, L. (1975). “Counter Example to ‘Fronting’ as a Universal of Child Psychology.” Journal of Child Language 2(2): 293–296.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Menn, L. (1976). “Evidence for an Interactionist-Discovery Theory of Child Phonology.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development. Stanford, CA: Stanford University. 12: 169–177
Menn, L. (1980). “Phonological Theory and Child Phonology.” In Yeni-Komshian,, G.Kavanagh, J. F. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York: Academic Press. 1: 23–41.Google Scholar
Menn, L. and E. Matthei (1992). The “Two-Lexicon” Account of Child Phonology: Looking Back and Looking Ahead. In Ferguson, C. A., Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research, Implications. Timonium, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Menn, L. and Ratner, N. B. (eds.) (2000). Methods for Studying Language Production. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Menyuk, P. and L. Menn (1979). Early Strategies for the Perception and Production of Words and Sounds. In Fletcher, P. and Garman, M. (eds.), Studies in Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Merriman, W. and Bowman, L. (1989). “The Mutual Exclusivity Bias in Children's Word Learning.” Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 54(3–4(220)): 1–123.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mervis, C. B. (1987). Child-Basic Object Categories and Early Lexical Development. In Neisser, U. (ed.), Concepts and Conceptual Development: Ecological and Intellectual Factors in Categorization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 201–203.Google Scholar
Mervis, C. B. and Canada, K. (1983). “On the Existence of Competence Errors in Early Comprehension: A Reply to Fremgen and Fay and Chapman and Thomson.” Journal of Child Language 10(2): 431–440.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mervis, C. B., Golinkoff, R. M. and Bertrand, J. (1994). “Two-year-olds Readily Learn Multiple Labels for the Same Basic-Level Category.” Child Development 65(4): 1163–1177.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mikes, M. (1967). “Acquisition des catégories grammaticales dans le langage de l'enfant.” Enfance 20: 289–298.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, G. (1978). Semantic Relations Among Words. In Halle,, M.Bresnan, J. and Miller, G. (eds.), Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 60–118.Google Scholar
Miller, G. (1981). Language and Speech. San Francisco, CA: W. H. Freeman.Google Scholar
Miller, G. (1996). The Science of Words. New York: W. H. Freeman.Google Scholar
Miller, G. and Johnson-Laird, P. (1976). Language and Perception. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, J. (1981). Assessing Language Production in Children.Experimental Procedures. Baltimore MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Miller, J. and Chapman, R. (1981). “The Relation Between Age and Mean Length of Utterance in Morphemes.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 24: 154–161.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Miller, J. and Chapman, R. (1983). SALT: Systemic Analysis of Language Transcripts, User's Manual. Madison: WI: University of Wisconsin Press.Google Scholar
Mills, A. (1985). The Acquisition of German. In Slobin
Mills, D., Coffey-Corina, S., et al. (1997). “Language Acquisition and Cerebral Specialization in 20-month-old Infants.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 5(3): 317–334.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milner, B. (1958). Psychological Defects Produced by Temporal Lobe Excisions. Proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease36: 244–257
Mitchell, P. (1996). Acquiring a Conception of Mind. Hove, East Sussex: Psychology Press.Google Scholar
Mithun, M. (1989). “The Acquisition of Polysynthesis.” Journal of Child Language 16: 285–312.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Miyahara, K. (1974). “The Acquisition of Japanese Particles.” Journal of Child Language 1(2): 283–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miyata, H. (1993). The Performance of the Japanese Case Particles in Children's Speech: With Special Reference to “Ga” and “O.” In Otsu, Y. (ed.), MITA Psycholinguistics Circle. Tokyo:Keio University.Google Scholar
Moerk, E. L. (1980). “Relationships Between Parental Input Frequencies and Children's Language Acquisition: A Reanalysis of Brown's Data.” Journal of Child Language 7: 105–118.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Moffitt, A. R. (1971). “Consonant Cue Perception by Twenty- to Twenty-Four-Week-Old Infants.” Child Development 42:717–731.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mogford-Bevan, K. (1988). Oral Language Acquisition in the Prelinguistically Deaf. In D. V. M. Bishop and K. Mogford-Bevan (eds.). 110–131
Mogford-Bevan, K. and D. V. M. Bishop (1988). “Language Development in Unexceptional Circumstances.” In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. Edinburgh; New York, Churchill Livingstone: 10–28.Google Scholar
Mohanty, P. (nd). The Acquisition of Oriya Phonology: A Case Study. Hyderabad:Center for ALTS. Hyderabad 5001324: University of Hyderabad.
Molfese, D. L., Freeman, R. B. Jr. and D. S. Palermo (1975). “The Ontogeny of Brain Lateralization for Speech and Nonspeech Sounds.” Brain and Language. 2: 356–368.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Molfese, D., D. Narter, A. Van Matre, M. Elletson and M. Madglin (2001). Language Development during Infancy and Early Childhood: Electrophysiological Correlates. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam; Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 181–230.Google Scholar
Moon, C., Bever, T. G. and W. P. Fifer (1992). “Canonical and Non-Canonical Syllable Discrimination by Two-Day-Old Infants.” Journal of Child Language 19(1): 1–17.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Moon, C., Cooper, R. P. and Fifer, W. P. (1993). “Two Day Olds Prefer Their Native Language.” Infant Behavior and Development 16(4): 495–500.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morford, J. and Goldin-Meadow, S. (1997). “From Here and Now to There and Then: The Development of Displaced Reference in Homesign and English.” Child Development 68(3): 420–435.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morford, J., J. Singleton and S. Goldin-Meadow (1995). From Homesign to ASL: Identifying the Influences of a Self-Generated Childhood Gesture System Upon Language Proficiency in Adulthood. Proceedings of Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Morgan, J. (1994). “Converging Measures of Speech Segmentation in Preverbal Infants.” Infant Behavior and Development 17: 389–403.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morgan, J. (1996). “A Rhythmic Bias in Preverbal Speech Segementation.” Journal of Memory and Language 35: 666–688.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. and Demuth, K. (eds.) (1996). Signal to Syntax: Bootstrapping from Speech to Grammar in Early Acquisition. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. and J. Saffran, (1995). “Emerging Integration of Sequential and Suprasegmental Information in Preverbal Speech Segementation.” Child Development 66: 911–936.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Morgan, J. and Travis, L. (1989). “Limits on Negative Information in Language Input.” Journal of Child Language 16(3): 531–552.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morgan, J., D. Swingley and K. Miritai (1993). Infants Listen Longer to Speech with Extraneous Noises Inserted at Clause Boundaries. Paper Presented at the Biennial Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development, New Orleans, LA
Morgan, J. L. (1986). From Simple Input to Complex Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Morgan, J. L., Meier, R. P. and Newport, E. L. (1987). “Structural Packaging in the Input to Language Learning: Contributions of Prosodic and Morphological Marking of Phrases to the Acquisition of Language.” Cognitive Psychology 19: 498–550.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Morse, P. A. (1972). “The Discrimination of Speech and Nonspeech Stimuli in Early Infancy.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 14(3): 477–492.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Muir, D. and Field, J. (1979). “Newborn Infants Orient to Sounds.” Child Development 50(2): 431–436.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Mulford, R. (1985). “Comprehension of Icelandic Pronoun Gender: Semantic versus Formal Factors.” Journal of Child Language 12(2): 443–454.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Muller, R. A., Rothermel, R. D., Behan, M. E., Muznik, O., Mangner, T. J. and Chakraborty, P. K. (1998). “Brain Organization of Language after Early Unilateral Lesion: A PET Study.” Brain and Language 62: 422–451.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Naigles, L. (1998). “Children Use Syntax to Learn Verb Meaning.” Journal of Child Language 17: 357–374.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Naigles, L. and Gelman, S. A. (1995). “Overextensions in Comprehension and Production Revisited: Preferential-Looking in a Study of Dog, Cat and Cow.” Journal of Child Language 22(1): 19–46.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Naigles, L., H. Gleitman and L. Gleitman (1993). Children Acquire Word Meaning Components from Syntactic Evidence. In Dromi, E. (ed.), Language and Development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Google Scholar
Naigles, L. and Kako, E. (1993). “First Contact in Verb Acquisition: Defining a Role for Syntax.” Child Development 64: 1665–1687.Google ScholarPubMed
Naigles, L. R. (1998). Developmental Changes in the Use of Structure in Verb Learning: Evidence from Preferential Looking. In Rovee-Collier,, C.Lipsett, L. P. and Hayne, H. (eds.), Advances in Infancy Research Vol. 12. Stamford, CT: Ablex. 298–318.Google Scholar
Nair, S. (1991). “Monosyllabic English or Disyllabic Hindi? Language Acquisition in a Bilingual Child.” Indian Linguistics: Indian Institute of Technology 52 (1–4): 51–90.Google Scholar
Nakayama, J., Mazuka,, R.Shirai, Y. and Li, P. (eds.) (forthcoming). Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics: Japanese. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Nazzi, T., Bertoncini, J., et al. (1998). “Language Discrimination by Newborns: Toward an Understanding of the Role of Rhythm.” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 24(3): 756–766.Google ScholarPubMed
Neeleman, A. and Weerman, F. (1997). “L1 and L2 Word Order Acquisition.” Language Acquisition: 125–170.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, K. (1974). “Concept, Word and Sentence: Interrelations in Acquisition and Development.” Psychological Review 81(4): 267–286.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, K., Hampson, J. and Shaw, J. (1993). “Nouns in early lexicons: evidence, explanations and implications.” Journal of Child Language 20(1): 61–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Nelson, K. E. and Bonvillian, J. D. (1973). “Concepts and Words in the 18-month-old: Acquiring Concept Names under Controlled Conditions.” Cognition 2(4): 435–450.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nelson, C. and Luciana, M. (eds.) (2001). Handbook of Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press.Google Scholar
Nespor, M. and Vogel, I. (1986). Prosodic Phonology. Dordrecht: Floris.Google Scholar
Neville, H. and D. Bavelier (2000). Specificity and Plasticity in Neurocognitive Development in Humans. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience: A Reader. Malden, MA: Blackwell. 83–98.Google Scholar
Neville, H. and Mills, D. (1997). “Epigenesis of Language.” Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews 3(4): 282–292.3.0.CO;2-Q>CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Neville, H., Nicol, J., Barss, A., Forster, K. I. and Garrett, M. (1991). “Syntactically Based Sentence Processing Classes: Evidence from Event-Related Brain Potentials.” Journal of Cognitive Neuropsychology: 155–170.Google ScholarPubMed
Newport, E. (1990). “Maturational Constraints on Language Learning.” Cognitive Science 14: 11–28.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Newport, E. L., H. Gleitman and L. Gleitman (1977). “Mother, I'd Rather Do It Myself”: Some Effects and Non-Effects of Maternal Speech Style. In Snow, C. E. and Ferguson, C. A. (eds.), Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press. 109–150.Google Scholar
Nicol, J. (ed.) (2001). One Mind, Two Languages: Bilingual Language Processing. Explaining Linguistics. Malden, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Ninio, A. and C. Snow (1999). The Development of Pragmatics: Learning to Use Language Appropriately. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press. 347–383.Google Scholar
Nirmala, C. (1981). “Medial Consonant Cluster Acquisition by Telugu children.” Journal of Child Language 8(1): 63–73.Google Scholar
Nirmala, C. (1982). First Language (Telugu) Development in Children. A Short Descriptive Study. Hyderabad:Osmania University.Google Scholar
Nuñez del Prado, Z., C. Foley and B. Lust (1993). The Significance of CP to the Pro-Drop Parameter: An Experimental Study of Spanish–English Comparison. In E. Clark (ed.), The Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Child Language Research Forum. Stanford University: CSLI. 146–157
O'Grady, W. (1997). Syntactic Development. Chicago IL:University of Chicago Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
O'Grady, W., Suzuki-Wei, Y., and Cho, S. (1986). “Directionality Preferences in the Interpretation of Anaphora: Data from Korean and Japanese.” Journal of Child Language 13: 409–420.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
O'Grady, W., M. Dobrovolsky, and Aronoff, H. (1997). Contemporary Linguistics: An Introduction. New York: St. Martin's Press.Google Scholar
Obler, L. and Gjerlow, K. (1999). Language and the Brain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Obler, L. and S. Hannigan (1996). Neurolinguistics of Second Language Acquisition and Use. In Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 509–526.Google Scholar
Ochs, E. (1979). Transcription as Theory. In Ochs, E. and Schieffelin, B. (eds.), Developmental Pragmatics. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ochs, E. (1982). “Ergativity and Word Order in Samoan Child Language.” Language 58(3): 646–671.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ojemann, G. (1983). “Brain Organization for Language from the Perspective of Electrical Stimulation Mapping.” Behavioral and Brain Science 2: 189–203.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ojemann, G. (1991). “Cortical Organization of Language.” Journal of Neuroscience 11(8): 2281–2287.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ojemann, G., Ojemann, J., Lettich, E. and Berger, M. (1989). “Cortical Language Localization in Left Dominant Hemisphere.” Journal of Neurosurgery 71: 316–326.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Oller, D. (1980). The Emergence of Speech Sounds in Infancy. In Yeni-Komshian, G. H., Kavanagh, J. and Ferguson, C. (eds.), Child Phonology. New York:Academic Press.
Oller, D. (1981). Infant Vocalizations. Exploration and Reflexivity. In Stark, R. E. (ed.), Language Behaviour in Infancy and Early Childhood. Amsterdam:Elsevier. 85–104.Google Scholar
Oller, D. and Eilers, R. (1988). “The Role of Audition in Infant Babbling.” Child Development 59(2): 441–449.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Oller, D., Wieman, L.Doyle, W. and Ross, C. (1976). “Infant Babbling and Speech.” Journal of Child Language 3: 1–12.Google Scholar
Opper, S. (1977). Concept Development in Thai Urban and Rural Children. In Wosen, P. R. (ed.), Piagetian Psychology: Cross-Cultural Contributions.New York: Gardner Press.Google Scholar
Osherson, D. (ed.) (1995). An Invitation to Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Oshima, S. and B. Lust (1997). “Remarks on Anaphora in Japanese Adverbial Clauses.” In Somashekar,, S.Yamakoshi,, K.Blume, M. and Foley, C. (eds.), Papers on Language Acquisition: Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Linguistics. 15:88–100.Google Scholar
Otsu, Y. (1994). Case Marking Particles and Phrase Structure in Early Japanese Acquisition. In B. Lust, M. Suñer and J. Whitman (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistic Perspectives. Lust,, B.Suner, M. and Whitman., J.Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 1: 159–170.Google Scholar
Ouhalla, J. (1991). Functional Categories and Parametric Variation. London; New York: Routledge.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Oviatt, S. L. (1980). “The Emerging Ability to Comprehend Language: An Experimental Approach.” Child Development 51(1): 97–106.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Oviatt, S. L. (1982). “Inferring what Words Mean: Early Development in Infants' Comprehension of Common Object Names.” Child Development 53(1): 274–277.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Padilla, J. (1990). On the Definition of Binding Domains in Spanish: Evidence from Child Language. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papafragou, A. (1998). “The Acquisition of Modality: Implications for Theories of Semantic Representation.” Mind and Language 13(3): 370–399.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papafragou, A. (2002). “Mind Reading and Verbal Communication.” Mind and Language 17(1–2): 55–67.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Papandropoulou, I. and Sinclair, H. (1974). “What is a Word? An Experimental Study of Children's Ideas on Grammar.” Human Development 17: 241–258.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Paradis, M. (1990). “Language Lateralization in Bilinguals: Enough Already!”Brain and Language. 39: 576–586.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Paradis, M. (1995). Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Oxford; Tarrytown, NY: Elsevier Science.Google Scholar
Paradis, M. (2003). Differential Use of Cerebral Mechanisms in Bilinguals. In Banich, M. and Mack, M. (eds.), Mind, Brain and Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 351–370.Google Scholar
Paradis, J. and Genesee, F. (1997). “On continuity and the emergence of functional categories in bilingual first language acquisition.” Language Acquisition 6: 911–924.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Parkinson, D. J. (1997). The Acquisition of Phonology in an Optimality Theoretic Framework. In S. Somashekar (ed.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics (eds.), 15: 282–308
Parkinson, D. J. (1999). “The Interaction of Syntax and Morphology in the Acquisition of Noun Incorporation in Inuktitut (Northwest Territories).” Ph.D. Dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
Partee, B. (1999). Semantics. In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 739–742.Google Scholar
Peiper, A. (1963). Cerebral Function in Infancy and Childhood. New York: Consultants Bureau.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peirce, C. S. (1955). Philosophical Writings of Peirce. New York: Dover.Google Scholar
Penfield, W. and Roberts, L. (1959). Speech and Brain Mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.Google Scholar
Penner, A. and J. Weissenborn (1996). Strong Continuity, Parameter Setting and the Trigger Hierarchy: On the Acquisition of the DP in Bernese Swiss German and High German. In Clahsen, H. (ed.), Generative Perspectives on Language Acquisition. Empirical Findings, Theoretical Considerations, Crosslinguistic Comparison. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Penner, S. (1987). “Parental Responses to Grammatical and Ungrammatical Child Utterances.” Child Development 58: 376–384.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Penner, Z. and J. Weissenborn (1995). Strong Continuity, Parameter Setting, and the Trigger Hierarchy. In Clahsen, H. (ed.), Generative Perspectives in Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Pennisi, E. (1999). “Are our Primate Cousins ‘Conscious?’”Science 284(June 25): 2073–2076.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Perani, D., Dehaene, S., Grassi, F., Cohen, L., Cappa, S. and Dupoux, E. (1996). “Brain Processing of Native and Foreign Languages.” NeuroReport 7: 2439–2444.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Perani, D., Paulesu, E., Galles, N. S., Dupoux, E., Dahaene, S. and Bettinardi, V. (1998). “The Bilingual Brain: Proficiency and Age of Acquisition of the Second Language.” Brain 121: 1841–1852.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Peters, A. (1976). “Language Learning Strategies: Does the Whole Equal the Sum of the Parts?”Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 12: 178–188.Google Scholar
Peters, A. and Menn, L. (1993). “False Starts and Filler Syllables: Ways to Learn Grammatical Morphemes.” Language 69(4): 742–777.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peters, A. and S. Stromquist (1996). The Role of Prosody in the Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes. In Morgan and Demuth. 215–232
Peters, M. (1995). Handedness and its Relation to Other Indices of Cerebral Lateralization. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 183–214.Google Scholar
Peters, S. (1972). The Projection Problem: How is a Grammar to be Selected? In Peters, S. (ed.), Goals of Linguistic Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.Google Scholar
Peterson, C. C. (2002). “Drawing Insight from Pictures: The Development of Concepts of False Drawing and False Belief in Children with Deafness, Normal Hearing, and Autism.” Child Development 73(5): 1442–1459.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L. A. (1987). “On the Autonomy of Language and Gesture: Evidence from the Acquisition of Personal Pronouns in American Sign Language.” Cognition 27(1): 1–52.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L. A. (1988). “Language” in the Prelinguistic Child. In Brown, R. and Kessel, F. (eds.), The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 187–222.Google Scholar
Petitto, L. and Marentette, P. (1991). “Babbling in the Manual Mode: Evidence for the Ontogeny of Language.” Science 251: 1493–1496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Petitto, L., Katerelos, M., Levy, B., Gauna, K., Tretault, K. and Ferraro, V. (2001). “Bilingual Signed and Spoken Language Acquisition from Birth: Implications for the Mechanisms Underlying Early Bilingual Language Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 28: 453–496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Philip, W. (1995). Event Quantification in the Acquisition of Universal Quantification. Ph.D. Dissertation. Amherst: University of Massachusetts
Philip, W. and M. Takahashi (1991). Quantifier Spreading in the Acquisition of “Every.” In Maxfield, T. and Plunkett, B. (eds.), Papers in the Acquisition of WH. Amherst, MA: GLSA: 283–301.Google Scholar
Phillips, C. (1995). Syntax at Age Two: Cross-Linguistic Differences. In MIT Working Papers in Linguistics.Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 26.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1959). The Language and Thought of the Child. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1962(1945/1951)). Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood. New York: Norton.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1980). Opening the Debate. In Piattelli-Palmarini, M. (ed.), Language and Learning: The Debate Between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 23–34, 163–167. Reprinted in part in Lust and Foley (2004).Google Scholar
Piaget, J. (1983). Piaget on Piaget. In Mussen, P. H. (ed.), Cognitive Development. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 3.Google Scholar
Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. (1969). The Psychology of the Child. New York: Basic Books. (First Published in French, 1966 La Psychologie de l'enfant. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.)Google Scholar
Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. (1973). Memory and Intelligence. New York: Basic Books.Google Scholar
Piattelli-Palmarini, M. (ed.) (1980). Language and Learning: The Debate Between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Pienemann, M. (1991). “COALA: A Computational System for Interlanguage Analysis.” LARC Occasional Papers 1(September 1991): 1–26.Google Scholar
Pierce, A. (1992). Language Acquisition and Syntactic Theory. Dordrecht: Kluwer.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pilon, R. (1981). “Segmentation of Speech in a Foreign Language.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 10: 113–121.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pine, J. and Lieven, E. (1997). “Slot and Frame Patterns in the Development of The Determiner Category.” Applied Psycholinguistics 18(2): 123–138.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1981). “On the Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes.” Journal of Child Language 8: 477–484.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (1984). Language Learnability and Language Development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1987). The Bootstrapping Problem in Language Acquisition. In MacWhinney, B. (ed.), Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 399–442.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1989a). Learnability and Cognition. The Acquisition of Argument Structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1989b). Markedness and Language Development. In Matthews, R. and Demopoulos, W. (eds.), Learnability and Linguistic Theory.Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 107–127.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1991). “Rules of Language.” Science 253(5019): 530–535.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (1994). The Language Instinct. New York: W. W. Morrow and Co.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. (1994b). Words, Words, Words. In Pinker (1994)New York:W. W. Morrow and Co. 126–153.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. (1999). “Out of the Minds of Babes.” Science 283(5398): 40–41.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (2001). “Talk of Genetics and Vice Versa.” Nature 413: 465–466.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pinker, S. (2002). The Blank Slate: the Modern Denial of Human Nature. New York: Viking Press.Google Scholar
Pinker, S. and Prince, A. (1988a). “On Language and Connectionism: Analysis of a Parallel Distributed Processing Model of Language Acquisition.” Cognition 23: 73.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pinker, S. and Prince, A. (1988b). On Language and Connectionism: Analysis of a Parallel Distributed Processing Model of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Pisoni, D. B., S. E. Lively and J. S. Logar (1994). Perceptual Learning of Nonnative Speech Contrasts: Implications for Theories of Speech Perception. In Goodman, J. C. and Nusbaum, H. C. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: The Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA; MIT Press: 121–166.Google Scholar
Pizzuto, E. and Caselli, M. C. (1992). “The Acquisition of Italian Morphology: Implications for Models of Language Development.” Journal of Child Language 19(3): 491–557.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Plunkett, K. (1996). Connectionist Approaches to Language Acquisition. In Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney, B. (eds.), The Handbook of Child Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. 36–72.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Poeppel, D. and Wexler, K. (1993). “The Full Competence Hypothesis of Clause Structure in Early German.” Language 69(1): 1–33.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Polka, L. and Werker, J. (1994). “Developmental Changes in Perception of Nonnative Vowel Contrasts.” Journal of Experimental Psychology 20(2): 421–435.Google ScholarPubMed
Pollack, I. and Pickett, J. M. (1964). “The Intelligibility of Excerpts from Conversation.” Language and Speech 6: 161–171.Google Scholar
Posner, M. (1995). “Modulation by Instruction.” Nature 373: 198–199.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Posner, M. (1997). “Neuroimaging of Cognitive Processes.” Cognitive Psychology 33: 2–4.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Posner, M. and Raichle, M. (1994/1997). Images of Mind. New York: Scientific American Library.Google Scholar
Posner, M., Petersen, S., Fox, P. and Raichle, M. (1988). “Localization of Cognitive Operations in the Human Brain.” Science 240: 1627–1631.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Posner, M., Rothbart, M., Farah, M. and Bruer, J. (2001). “Special Issue: The Developing Human Brain.” Developmental Science 4(3).Google Scholar
Potts, M., Carlson, P. and Cocking, R. (1979). Structure and Development in Child Language: The Preschool Years. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Powers, S. (1995). The Acquisition of Case in Dutch. Dutch–German Colloquium on Language Acquisition, Publikatie nummer 66, Universiteit van Amsterdam. Instituut voor Algemene Taalwetenschap
Powers, S. and D. Lebeaux (1998). More Data on DP Acquisition. In Dittmar, N. and Penner, Z. (eds.), Issues in the Theory of Language Acquisition. Bern: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Price, C. (2000). “The Anatomy of Language: Contributions from Functional Neuroimaging.” Journal of Anatomy 197(3): 335–339.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Prince, A. and Pinker, S. (1988). “Rules and Connections in Human Language.” Trends in Neurosciences 11(5): 195–207.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Prince, A. and Smolensky, P. (1997). “Optimality: From Neural Networks to Universal Grammar.” Science 275: 1604–1610.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Pullum, G. and Ladusaw, W. (1986). Phonetic Symbol Guide. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Pullum, G. K. and Scholz, B. C. (2002). “Empirical Assessment of Stimulus Poverty Arguments.” Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 9–50.Google Scholar
Putnam, H. (1975). The Meaning of Meaning. In Putnam, H. (ed.), Mind, Language and Reality. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 215–271.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1980). The Acquisition of Grammatical Morphemes in Quiché Mayan. Ph.D. Dissertation. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh
Pye, C. (1983). “Mayan Telegraphese.” Language 59(3): 583–604.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1986). “Quiché Mayan Speech to Children.” Journal of Child Language 13(1): 85–100.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C. (1992). The Acquisition of K'iché Maya. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3:221–308.Google Scholar
Pye, C. (1994). “Review of ‘The CHILDES Project: Tools for Analyzing Talk’ by Brian MacWhinney, LEA, 1991.” Language 70(1): 156–159.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pye, C., D. Ingram and H. List (1987). A Comparison of Initial Consonant Acquisition in English and Quiché. In Nelson, K. and Kleeck, A. (eds.), Children's Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 6:175–190.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1980). “Computation and Cognition: Issues in the Foundations of Cognitive Science.” The Behavioral and Brain Sciences 3: 111–169.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1991). Rules and Representations: Chomsky and Representational Realism. In Kasher, A. (ed.), The Chomskyan Turn. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell: 231–251.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1999). What's in Your Mind? In Lepore, E. and Pylyshyn, Z. (eds.), What is Cognitive Science?Malden, MA: Blackwell. 1–25.Google Scholar
Pylyshyn, Z. (1986). Computation and Cognition: Toward A Foundation for Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1973). The Roots of Reference. La Salle, IL: Open Court.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1960). Word and Object. Cambridge, MA: Technology Press of MIT.Google Scholar
Quine, W. V. (1971). The Inscrutability of Reference. In Steinberg, D. and Jakobovits, L. (eds.), Semantics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press : 142–156.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (1990). Syntactic Theory and the Acquisition of English Syntax: The Nature of Early Child Grammars of English. Oxford, England/Cambridge, MA, Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (1994a). “The Syntax of Questions in Child English.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 211–236.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Radford, A. (1994b). Tense and Agreement Variability in Child Grammars of English. In Lust, Suner and Whitman. 135–158.Google Scholar
Radford, A. (2004). Minimalist Syntax. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Raghavendra, P. and Leonard, L. (1989). “The Acquisition of Agglutinating Languages: Converging Evidence from Tamil.” Journal of Child Lang 16: 313–322.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1986). “Concurrent Overproduction of Synapses in Diverse Regions of the Primate Cerebral Cortex.” Science 232: 232–235.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1988). “Specification of Cerebral Cortical Areas.” Science 241: 170–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rakic, P. (1993). Intrinsic and Extrinsic Determinants of Neocortical Parcellation: A Radial Unit Model. In Johnson, M. (ed.), Brain Development and Cognition. A Reader. Oxford: Blackwell. 93–111.Google Scholar
Ramsey, W. (2000). Connectionism: Philosophical Issues. In Keil, F. C. and Wilson, R. A. (eds.), Explanation and Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 186–188.Google Scholar
Ramus, F., Hauser, M., Miller, C., Morris, D. and Mehler, J. (2000). “Language Discrimination by Human Newborns and by Cotton-Top Tamarin Monkeys.” Science 288(5464): 349–351.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ramus, F., Nespor, M. and Mehler, J. (1999). “Correlates of Linguistic Rhythm in the Speech Signal.” Cognition 73: 265–292.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Randall, J. (1990). “Catapults and Pendulums: The Mechanics of Language Acquisition.” Linguistics 28(6): 1381–1406.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Randall, J. (1992). The Catapult Hypothesis: An Approach to Unlearning. In Weissenborn,, J.Goodluck, H. and Roeper, T. (eds.), Theoretical Issues in Language Acquisition. Continuity and Change in Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 93–138.Google Scholar
Rani, A. U. (1999). Productivity of the Dative in Telugu Children's Speech. Proceedings of 20th Conference of South Asian Languages Analysis Round Table. Urbana Champaign, IL
Read, C., Zhang, Y., Nie, H. and Ding, B. (1986). “The Ability to Manipulate Speech Sounds Depends on Knowing Alphabetic Spelling.” Cognition 24: 31–44.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rees, N. S. (1978). Pragmatics of Language: Applications to Normal and Disordered Language Development. In Schiefelbusch,, R. L.Hoyt, R. and Barket, M. (eds.), Bases of Language Intervention. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.Google Scholar
Reich, P. (1976). “The Early Acquisition of Word Meaning.” Journal of Child Language 3(1): 117–123.Google Scholar
Reilly, J., Klima, E. and U. Bellugi (1990). “Once More with Feeling: Affect and Language in Atypical Populations.” Development and Psychopathology 2: 367–391.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Reinhart, T. (1983). Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation. London and Canberra: Croom Helm.Google Scholar
Reinhart, T. (1986). Center and Periphery in the Grammar of Anaphora. In Lust, B. (ed.), Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel: 123–50.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Remez, R., Rubin, P., Burns, S., Pardo, J. and Lang, J. (1994). “On the Perceptual Organization of Speech.” Psychological Review 101: 129–156.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rescorla, L. (1980). “Overextension in Early Language Development.” Journal of Child Language 7(2): 321–335.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Restak, R. (2001). The Secret Life of the Brain. Washington, DC: Joseph Henry (National Academy Press).Google Scholar
Reznick, J. S. (1990). “Visual Preference as a Test of Infant Word Comprehension. Applied Psycholinguistics. 11: 145–165.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rice, M. (1996). Towards a Genetics of Language. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Rice, M. and Wexler, K. (1996). Toward Tense as a Clinical Marker of Specific Language Impairment in English-Speaking Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 39:1239–1257.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rispoli, M. (1995). Factors Contributing to the Frequency of Pronoun Case Overextension. Twenty-Seventh Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association.Google Scholar
Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.) (1996). Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA:Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ritchie, W. and Bhatia, T. (eds.) (1999). Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Ritter, N. A. (2002). “Introduction.” The Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 1–8.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberts, L. (1989). “Are Neural Nets like the Human Brain?”Science 243(4890): 481–482.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roeper, T. (1991). How a Marked Parameter is Chosen: Adverbs and Do-Insertion in the IP of Child Grammar. In T. Maxfield and B. Plunkett (eds.), University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers, Special Edition. Papers in the Acquisition of WH: Proceedings of University of Massachusetts Round Table, May 1990. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts. 175–202
Roeper, T. (1993). The “Least Effort” Principle in Child Grammar: Choosing a Marked Parameter. In Reuland and Abraham. 1: 71–104.Google Scholar
Roeper, T. and J. deVilliers (1994). Lexical Links in the Wh-Chain. In Lust, B., Hermon, J. and Kornfilt, J. (eds.), Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-Linguistics Perspectives. Vol. 2. Binding, Dependencies, and Learnability. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 357–390.Google Scholar
Rosch, E. (1973). On the Internal Structure of Perceptual and Semantic Categories. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Rosch, E. and Mervis, C. B. (1975). “Family Resemblances: Studies in the Internal Structure of Categories.” Cognitive Psychology 7(4): 573–605.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C. (1997). “Dissociations in Infant Memory: Rethinking the Development of Implicit and Explicit Memory.” Psychological Review 104: 467–498.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Rovee-Collier, C. (1999). “The Development of Infant Memory.” Current Directions in Psychological Science 8(3): 80–85.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C. and P. Gerhardstein (1997). The Development of Infant Memory. In Cowan, N. (ed.), The Development of Memory in Children. Sussex:Psychology Press. 5–39.Google Scholar
Rovee-Collier, C., Hartshorn, K. and M. Di Rubbo (2003). “Long Term Maintenance of Infant Memory.” Developmental Psychology 29: 701–710.Google Scholar
Rowland, C. F. and Pine, J. M. (2000). “Subject–Auxiliary Inversion Errors and Wh-Question Acquisition: What Children do Know?”Journal of Child Language 27: 157–181.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ruke-Dravina, V. (1973). On the Emergence of Inflection in Child Language: A Contribution Based on Latvian Speech Data. In Ferguson, C. A. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 252–267.Google Scholar
Rumelhart, D. and J. McClelland (1986). On Learning the Past Tenses of English Verbs. In McClelland, J. and Rumelhart, D. (eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the Microstructure of Cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2.Google Scholar
Ryle, G. (1979). On Thinking. Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Littlefield.Google Scholar
Sabbagh, M. A. and Callanan, M. A. (1998). “Metarepresentation in Action: 3-, 4-, and 5-Year-Olds' Developing Theories of Mind in Parent–Child Conversations.” Developmental Psychology 34(3): 491–502.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Saffran, J., Aslin, R. N. and Newport, E. (1996). “Statistical Learning by 8-Month-Old Infants.” Science 274(5294): 1926–1928.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Saito, M. and Fukui, N. (1998). “Order in Phrase Structure and Movement.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(3): 439–474.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Salidis, J. and Johnson, J. S. (1997). “The Production of Minimal Words: A Longitudinal Case Study of Phonological Development.” Language Acquisition 6(1): 1–36.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Samarin, W. J. (1967). Field Linguistics: A Guide to Linguistic Field Work. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Sanches, M. (1977). Language Acquisition and Language Change: Japanese Numeral Classifiers. In Sanches, M. and Blount, B. (eds.), Sociocultural Dimensions of Language Change. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Santelmann, L. (1995). “The Acquisition of Verb Second Grammar in Child Swedish: Continuity of Universal Grammar in Wh-Questions, Topicalization and Verb Raising.” Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Santelmann, L. and Jusczyk, P. (1998). “Sensitivity to Discontinuous Dependencies in Language Learners: Evidence for Limitations in Processing Space.” Cognition 69: 105–134.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Santelmann, L., S. Berk, and B. Lust (2000). Assessing the Strong Continuity Hypothesis in the Development of English Inflection: Arguments for the Grammatical Mapping Paradigm. In R. Billery (ed.), Proceedings of the ⅪX West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics. Medford, MA: Cascadilla Press. 19: 439–452
Santelmann, L., Berk, S., Somashekar, S., Austin, J. and Lust, B. (2002). “Continuity and Development in the Acquisition of Inversion in Yes/No Questions: Dissociating Movement and Inflection.” Journal of Child Language 29(4): 813–842.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co.Google Scholar
Sapir, E. (1925). “Sound Patterns in Language.” Language 1: 37–51.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Satz, P. (1979). “A Test of Some Models of Hemispheric Speech Organization in the Left- and Right-Handed.” Science 203: 1131–1133.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., Shanker,, S. and Taylor, T. (1998). Apes, Language and the Human Mind. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Schacter, J. (1990). “On the Issue of Completeness in Second Language Acquisition.” Second Language Research 6: 93–124.Google Scholar
Schaeffer, J. (1997). Direct Object Scrambling in Dutch and Italian Child Language. Ph.D. dissertation. Los Angeles, CA: University of California, Los Angeles
Schaeffer, J. and Tajima, M. (2000). The Acquisition of Direct Object Scrambling and Clitic Placement: Syntax and Pragmatics.Amsterdam; Philadephia: John Benjamins.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schafer, G. and Plunkett, K. (1998). “Rapid Word Learning by Fifteen-Month-Olds Under Tightly Controlled Conditions.” Child Development 69(2): 309–320.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Schick, B. (2000). Language Experience Effects in ASL and Manual Pointing. Paper presented at AAAS, Washington, DC
Schieffelin, B. (1979). Getting It Together: An Ethnographic Approach to the Study of the Development of Communicative Competence. In Ochs, E. and Schieffelin, B. (eds.), Developmental Pragmatics. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Schlaggar, B., Brown, T., Lugar, H., Visscher, K., Miezin, F. and Petersen, S. (2002). “Functional Neuroanatomical Differences between Adults and School-Age Children in the Processing of Single Words.” Science 296: 1476–1479.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Schutze, C. (1997). “INFL in Child and Adult Language: Agreement, Case and Licensing.” Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Schutze, C. T. (1996). The Empirical Base of Linguistics: Grammaticality Judgments and Linguistic Methodology. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Schvachkin, N. K. (1973). The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception in Early Childhood. English translation by Elena Dernbach. In C. A. Ferguson and D. I. Slobin (eds.), Studies of Child Language. 13: 101–132
Schwartz, R. and Leonard, L. (1982). “Do Children Pick and Choose? An Examination of Phonological Selection and Avoidance in Early Lexical Acquisition.” Journal of Child Language 9(2): 319–36.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sebastian-Galles, N. and Soto-Faraco, S. (1999). “Online Processing of Native and Non-Native Phonemic Contrasts in Early Bilinguals.” Cognition 72(2): 111–123.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Segalowitz, S. and B. Berge (1995). Functional Asymmetries in Infancy and Early Childhood: A Review of Electrophysiologic Studies and their Implications. In Davidson, R. and Hugdahl, K. (eds.), Brain Asymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 579–616.Google Scholar
Segalowitz, S. and Gruber, F. (1977). Language Development and Neurological Theory. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Seidenberg, M. (1994). “Language and Connectionism: The Developing Interface.” Cognition 50(1–3): 385–401.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Seliger, H. W., Krashen, S. and P. Ladefoged (1975). “Maturational Constraints in the Acquisition of Second Language Accents.” Language Sciences 36: 20–22.Google Scholar
, Selkirk E. O., (1984). Phonology and Syntax. The Relation between Sound and Structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Senghas, A. (1995a). Children's Contribution to the Birth of Nicaraguan Sign Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Senghas, A. (1995b). The Development of Nicaraguan Sign Language via the Language Acquisition Process. In Proceedings of 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Senghas, A. and Coppola, M. (2001). “Children Creating Language: How Nicaraguan Sign Language Acquired a Spatial Grammar.” Psychological Science 12(4): 323–328.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Serra, Miquel, E. Serrat and R. Sole (2000). La Adquisicion de Lenguaje (Language Acquisition). Barcelona: Ariel.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1957). The Cat in the Hat. New York: Random House, Inc.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1963). Hop on Pop. New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1965). Fox in Socks. New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Seuss, Dr. (1979). Oh Say Can You Say?New York: Beginner Books.Google Scholar
Shady, M. (1996). “Infants' Sensitivity to Function Morphemes.” Ph.D. dissertation. Buffalo: State University of New York at Buffalo
Shady, M., L. Gerken and P. Jusczyk (1995). “Prosody Serves as a Linguistic Marker to Local Co-Occurrence Patterns in Ten-Month-Olds.” In D. MacLaughlin and S. McEwen (eds.), 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. D. Boston MA: Cascadilla Press. 2: 553–562
Shafer, V., M. Morr, J. Kreuzer and D. Kurtzberg (2000). “Maturation of Mismatch Negativity in School-Age Children.” Ear and Hearing. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins: 242–251CrossRef
Shafer, V., Shucard, D., Shuchard, J. L. and Gerken, L. (1998). “An Electrophysiological Study of Infants' Sensitivity to the Sound Patterns of English.” Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research 41: 874–886.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sharma, V. (1973). A Linguistic Study of Speech Development in Early Childhood, Ph.D. dissertation. Agra University
Shatz, M. (1978). “Children's Comprehension of Question-Directives.” Journal of Child Language 5: 39–46.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shatz, M., Hoff-Ginsberg, E., and D. Maciver (1989). “Induction and the Acquisition of English Auxiliaries: the Effects of Differentially Enriched Input.” Journal of Child Language 16(1): 121–140.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shaywitz, B. A., Shaywitz, S. E., Pugh, K. R., Constable, R. T., Studlarksi, P. and Fulbright, R. K. (1995). “Sex Differences in the Functional Organization of the Brain for Language.” Nature 373: 607–609.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shi, R., Werker, J. and Morgan, J. (1999). “Newborn Infants' Sensitivity to Perceptual Cues to Lexical and Grammatical Words.” Cognition 72: B11-B21.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Shipley, E., Smith, C. and Gleitman, L. (1969). “A Study in the Acquistion of Syntax: Free Responses to Verbal Commands.” Language 45: 322–342.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shirai, Y. (1997). “Is Regularization Determined by Semantics, or Grammar, or Both? Comments on Kim, Marcus, Pinker, Hollander and Coppola (1994).” Journal of Child Language 24(2): 495–501.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shirai, Y. and Anderson, R. (1995). “The Acquisition of Tense-Aspect Morphology.” Language 71: 743–762.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shvachkin, N. (1948/1973). “The Development of Phonemic Speech Perception.” In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston: 91–127.
Simon, H. and C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of Cognitive Science. In Posner, M. (ed.), Foundations of Cognitive Science. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press.Google Scholar
Simons, D. and Keil, F. C. (1995). “An Abstract to Concrete Shift in the Development of Biological Thought: The Insides Story.” Cognition 56(2): 129–163.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Simons, G. and Bird, S. (2003a). “Building an Open Language Archives Community on the OAI foundation.” Library Hi Tech 21(2): 210–218.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Simons, G. and Bird, S. (2003b). “The Open Language Archives Community: An Infrastructure for Distributed Archiving of Language Resources.” Literary and Linguistic Computing 18: 117–128.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sinclair, A., Jarvella, R. J. and Levelt, W. J. M. (eds.) (1978). The Child's Conception of Language. Springer Series in Language and Communication.Berlin; Heidelberg; New York: Springer-Verlag.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1967). Acquisition du langage et développement de la pensée. Paris.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1973). Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development. In Moore, T. E. (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (1995). “Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development.” In Arzapalo, R. and Lastra, Y. (eds.), Comparative Linguistics and Language Acquisition. Geneva; Mexico: University of Geneva: 98–100.Google Scholar
Sinclair, H. (2004a). Comparative Linguistics and Language Acquisition. In Lust and Foley (eds.). 98–100
Sinclair, H. (2004b). Language Acquisition and Cognitive Development. In Lust and Foley (eds.). 239
Singleton, D. (1989). Language Acquisition: The Age Factor. Clevedon, OH:Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Singleton, J. and Newport, E. (1993). “When learners surpass their models.”Urbana-Illinois:University of Illinois Department of Psychology.Google Scholar
Singleton, J. L., Morford, J. P., and Goldin-Meadow, S. (1993). “Once is Not Enough: Standards of Well-Formedness in Manual Communication Created Over Three Different Timespans.” Language 69(4): 683–715.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal Behaviour. New York:Appleton-Century-Crafts.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Skuse, D. H. (1988). Extreme Deprivation in Early Childhood. In Bishop, D. V. M. and Mogford-Bevan, K. (eds.), Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances. Edinburgh; New York: Churchill Livingstone. 29–46.Google Scholar
Slavoff, G. and Johnson, J. (1995). “The Effects of Age on the Rate of Learning a Second Language.” Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17: 1–16.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Slobin, D. (1973). Cognitive Prerequisites for the Development of Grammar. In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York:Holt, Rinehart and Winston. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004: 240–250.)Google Scholar
Slobin, D. (1996). From “Thought and Language” to “Thinking for Speaking”. In Gumperz, J. and Levinson, S. (eds.), Rethinking Linguistic Relativity. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press. 70–96.Google Scholar
Slobin, D. (ed.) (1985). The Crosslinguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Slobin, D., Dasinger,, L. et al. (1999). Native Language Reacquisition in Early Childhood. In Twenty-fourth Annual Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association.Google Scholar
Slobin, D. and C. Welsh (1973). Elicited Imitation as a Research Tool in Developmental Psycholinguistics. In Ferguson, C. and Slobin, D. (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York:Holt, Rinehart and Winston: 485–497.Google Scholar
, Smith B. L., and Oller, D. (1981). “A comparative study of pre-meaningful vocalizations produced by normally developing and Down's Syndrome infants.” Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders. 46:46–51.Google Scholar
Smith, C. S. (1970). “An Experimental Approach to Children's Linguistic Competence.” In Hayes, J. (ed.), Cognition and the Development of Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons. 109–135.Google Scholar
Smith, I. (1999/2001). The Phonetics Tutor. Toronto: York University.Google Scholar
Smith, L. B. (1984). “Young Children's Understanding of Attributes and Dimensions: A Comparison of Conceptual and Linguistic Measures.” Child Development 55(2): 363–380.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Smith, M. D. and Locke, J. L. (eds.) (1988). The Emergent Lexicon from a Phonetic Perspective. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1973). The Acquisition of Phonology. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1982). Mutual Knowledge. New York:Academic Press.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1987). Universals and Typology. In Modgil, S. and Modgil, C. (eds.), Noam Chomsky: Consensus and Controversy. New York: Falmer Press: 57–66.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1989). The Twitter Machine: Reflections on Language. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1990). “Can Pragmatics Fix Parameters?” In Roca, I. (ed.), Logical Issues in Language Acquisition. Providence, RI: Foris: 277–289.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1997). “Structural Eccentricities.” Glot International 2(8): 7.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1999). “Bonobos.” Glot International 4(3): 9.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (1999 republished 2004). Chomsky: Ideas and Ideals. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, N. (2002a). Language, Bananas, and Bonobos: Linguistic Problems, Puzzles, and Polemics. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (2002b). “Modules, Modals, Maths and the Mind.” Glot International 6(2): 248–250.Google Scholar
Smith, N. (2003). Dissociation and Modularity: Reflections on Language and Mind. In Banich, M. and Mack, M. (eds.), Mind, Brain and Language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Smith, N. and Tsimpli, I. M. (1995). The Mind of a Savant. Language Learning and Modularity. Oxford; Cambridge, MA:Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Smolensky, P. (1991). Connectionism, Constituency, and the Language of Thought. In Loewer, B. and Rey, G. (eds.), Meaning in Mind: Fodor and His Critics. Oxford; Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. 201–228.Google Scholar
Smolensky, P. (1996). “On the Comprehension/Production Dilemma in Child Language.” Linguistic Inquiry 27(4): 720–735.Google Scholar
Snow, C. and Ferguson, C. (1977). Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Snow, C. and M. Hoefnagel-Hohle (1978). Age Difference in Second Language Acquisition. In Hatch, E. (ed.), Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Newbury House. 333–344.Google Scholar
Snow, C. E. (1972). “Mothers' Speech to Children Learning Language.” Journal of Society for Research in Child Development 43(4): 549–565.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Snyder, L., Bates, E. A., et al. (1981). “Content and Context in Early Lexical Development.” Journal of Child Language 8(3): 565–582.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
So, L. and Dodd, B. (1995). “The Acquisition of Phonology by Cantonese-Speaking Children.” Journal of Child Language 22(3): 473–495.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sober, E. (1975). Simplicity. Oxford: Clarendon Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Soderstrom, M., P. Jusczyk and D. K. Nelson (2000). Evidence for Use of Phrasal Packaging by English-Learning 9-Month-Olds. In Proceedings of 24th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press
Soja, N. N. (1986). “Color Word Acquisition: Conceptual or Linguistic Challenge.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 25: 104–113.Google Scholar
Soja, N. N.Carey, S. and Spelke, E. S. (1991). “Ontological Categories Guide Young Children's Inductions of Word Meanings: Object Terms and Substance Terms.” Cognition 38: 179–211.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Soja, N. N.Carey, S. and Spelke, E. S.(1992). “Perception, ontology and word meaning.” Cognition 45(1): 101–107.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Somashekar, S. (1995). Indian Children's Acquisition of Pronominals in Hindi “Jab” Clauses: Experimental Study of Comprehension. M.A. thesis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Somashekar, S. (1999). Developmental Trends in the Acquisition of Relative Clauses: Cross-Linguistic Experimental Study of Tulu. Ph.D. dissertation. Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Somashekar, S., B. Lust, J. Gair, T. Bhatia, V. Sharma and J. Khare (1997). “Principles of Pronominal Interpretation in Hindi Jab Clauses: Experimental Test of Children's Comprehension.” In S. Somashekar, K. Yamakoshi, M. Blume and C. Foley (eds.). 65–88
Somashekar, S., Yamakoshi, K., Blume, M. and Foley, C. (eds.) (1997). Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics. Ithaca, NY:Cornell University. 15.Google Scholar
Souweidane, M. M., Kim, K. H. S., McDowell, R., Ruge, M. I., Lis, E. and Krol, G. (1999). “Brain Mapping in Sedated Infants and Young Children with Passive-Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging.” Pediatric Neurosurgery 30: 86–91.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Spelke, E. S., Kestenbaum, R., Simons, D. and Wein, D. (1995). “Spatiotemporal Continuity, Smoothness of Motion and Object Identity in Infancy.” British Journal of Developmental Psychology 13(Pt 1): 113–142.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Spelke, E. S. and S. Tsivkin (2001). Initial Knowledge and Conceptual Change: Space and Number. In Bowerman, M. and Levinson, S. (eds.), Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Spencer, A. (1986). “Towards a Theory of Phonological Development.” Lingua 68(1): 3–38.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sperber, D. and Wilson, D. (1995/1986). Relevance: Communication and Cognition. Oxford; Cambridge, MA:Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Sperber, D. and D. Wilson (1998). The Mapping Between the Mental and the Public Lexicon. In Carruthers, P. and Boucher, J. (eds.), Language and Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press : 184–200.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sperry, R., M. Gazzaniga and J. Bogen (1969). In Vinken, P. J. and Bruyn, G. (eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology. New York: Wiley. 4: 273–290.Google Scholar
Sperry, R. W. (1961). “Cerebral Organization and Behavior.” Science 133: 1749–1757.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Sperry, R. W. (1968). Mental Unity Following Surgical Disconnection of the Cerebral Hemispheres. The Harvey Lecture Series 62. New York: Academic Press. 292–323.Google Scholar
Springer, K. and Keil, F. C. (1991). “Early Differentiation of Causal Mechanisms Appropriate to Biological and Nonbiological Kinds.” Child Development 62: 767–781.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Springer, S. and Deutsch, G. (1993). Left Brain, Right Brain. New York: W. H. Freeman and Co.Google Scholar
Srinivas, N. C. and P. Mohanty (1995). The First Fifty Words: A Case Study of a Telugu-Speaking Normal Child. Dissertation. University of Hyderabad
Srivastava, G. P. (1974). “A Child's Acquisition of Hindi Consonants.” Indian Linguistics 35(2): 112–118.Google Scholar
St. George, M. and D. L. Mills (2001). Electrophysiological Studies of Language Development. In Weissenborn, J. and Hohle, B. (eds.), Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
St. James-Roberts, I. (1981). “A Reinterpretation of Hemispherectomy Data without Functional Plasticity of the Brain.” Brain and Language 13: 31–53.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stager, C. L. and Werker, J. F. (1997). “Infants Listen for More Phonetic Detail in Speech Perception than in Word-Learning Tasks.” Nature 388(6640): 381–382.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Stambak, M. and Sinclair, H. (1990). Le Jeux de fiction entre enfants de 3 ans. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.Google Scholar
Stampe, D. (1969). The Acquisition of Phonemic Representation. Proceedings of the 5th Regular Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistic Society. (Reprinted in Lust and Foley 2004. 307–315.)
Stanley, J. (1999). “Logical form, Origins of.” In Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 488–489.Google Scholar
, Stark R., (1978). “Features of Infant Sounds: The Emergence of Cooing.” Journal of Child Language 5: 379–390.Google Scholar
Stark, R., Bleile, K., Brandt, J., Freeman, J., and Vining, E., (1995). “Speech-Language Outcomes of Hemispherectomy in Children and Young Adults.” Brain and Language 51: 406–421.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
, Stark R., (ed.) (1981). Language Behaviour in Infancy and Early Childhood.North-Holland:Elsevier.Google Scholar
Sterelny, K. and M. Devitt (1999). Language of Thought. In Devitt, M. (ed.), Language and Reality: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 451–453.Google Scholar
Stiles, J. (1998). “The Effect of Early Focal Brain Injury on Lateralization of Cognitive Function.” Current Directions in Psychological Science: 21–26CrossRef
Stoel, C. M. (1974). The Acquisition of Liquids in Spanish. Dissertation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Streeter, L. A. (1976). “Language Perception of 2-Month-Old Infants Shows Effects of Both Innate Mechanisms and Experience.” Nature 259: 39–41.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Stromswald, K. (1990). Learnability and the Acquisition of Auxiliaries. Ph.D. dissertation. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Stromswald, K. (1996). “Analyzing Children's Spontaneous Speech.” In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 23–53.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (1998). “The Genetics of Spoken Language Disorders.” Human Biology 70: 297–324.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (2000). The Cognitive Neuroscience of Language Acquisition. In Gazzaniga, M. (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 909–932.Google Scholar
Stromswald, K. (2001). “The Heritability of Language: A Review of Metaanalysis of Twin, Adoption, and Linkage Studies.” Language 77(4): 647–723.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Supalla, T., Singleton,, J. L.Supalla, S., Metlay, D. and Coulter, G. (1993). Test Battery for American Sign Language Morphology and Syntax. Burtonsville, MD: Linstok Press.Google Scholar
Suzman, S. (1980). “Acquisition of the Noun Class System in Zulu.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 19: 45–52.Google Scholar
Swingley, D. and Aslin, R. (2000). “Spoken Word Recognition and Lexical Representations in Very Young Children.” Cognition 76: 147–166.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tallal, P., Miller, S. L., Bedi, G., Byma, G., Wang, X. and Nagarajan, S. S. (1996). “Language Comprehension in Language-Learning Impaired Children Improved with Acoustically Modified Speech.” Science 271: 81–84.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tardif, T. (1996). “Nouns Are Not Always Learned Before Verbs: Evidence From Mandarin Speakers' Early Vocabularies.” Developmental Psychology 32(3): 492–504.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tardif, T., Gelman, S. and Xu, F. (1999). “Putting the ‘Noun Bias’ in Context: A Comparison of English and Mandarin.” Child Development 70(3): 620–635.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Temple, E. (2002). “Brain Mechanisms in Normal and Dyslexic Readers.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology 12: 178–183.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Temple, E., Deutsch, G., Poldrack, R., Miller, S., Tallal, P. and Merzenich, M. (2004). “Neural Deficits in Children with Dyslexia Ameliorated by Behavioral Remediation: Evidence from Functional MRI.” PNAS 100(5).Google Scholar
Terrace, H., L. Petitto, R. Sanders and T. Bever (1980). On the Grammatical Capacity of Apes. In K. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language. Gardner Press. 2: 371–443
Tesan, G. (2003). To Be or Not To Be – an Affix: Inflectional Development in Child Language. Proceedings of 28th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Tesar, B. (1998). “An Iterative Strategy for Language Learning.” Lingua 104(2): 131–145.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tesar, B. and Smolensky, P. (1998). “Learnability in Optimality Theory.” Linguistic Inquiry 29(2): 229–268.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tesar, B. and Smolensky, P. (2000). Learnability in Optimality Theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Thatcher, R. W., Walker, R. A. and S. Guidice (1987). “Human Cerebral Hemispheres Develop at Different Rates and Ages.” Science 236: 1110–1113.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Thomas, M. (2002). “Development of the Concept of ‘The Poverty of the Stimulus’.” The Linguistic Review 19(1–2): 51–72.Google Scholar
Thomason, S. G. and Kaufman, T. (1988). Language Contact, Creolization, and Genetic Linguistics. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Thompson, J. and Chapman, R. (1977). “‘Who is Daddy?’ revisited: The Status of Two-Year-Olds' Over-Extended Words in Use and Comprehension.” Journal of Child Language 4: 359–375.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (1990). Adventures in Long-Distance Moving: The Acquisition of Complex Wh- Questions. Dissertation. Storrs, CT: University of Connecticut.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (1995). “Referentiality and Wh- Movement in Child English: Juvenile Delinquency.” Language Acquisition 4(1): 139–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. (1996). Elicited Production. In McDaniel,, D.McKee, C. and Cairns, H. S. (eds.), Methods for Assessing Children's Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 77–102.Google Scholar
Thornton, R. (2002). “Let's Change the Subject: Focus Movement in Early Grammar.” Language Acquisition 10(3): 229–271.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. and Crain, S. (1999). “Levels of Representation in Child Grammar.” Linguistic Review 16(1): 81–123.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thornton, R. and Wexler, K. (1999). Principle B, VP Ellipsis, and Interpretation in Child Grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Thrainsson, H. (1996). On the (Non-) Universality of Functional Categories. In Abraham,, W.Epstein,, S.Thrainsson, H. and Zwart, J.-W. (eds.), Minimal Ideas. Philadelphia, PA:John Benjamins: 253–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tincoff, R. and Jusczyk, P. W. (1999). “Some Beginnings of Word Comprehension in 6-Month-Olds.” Psychological Science 10(2): 172–175.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Toga, A. and Mazziotta, J. (1996). Brain Mapping: The Methods. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1992). First Verbs. A Case Study of Early Grammatical Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1995). Pragmatic Contexts for Early Verb Learning. In Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. (eds.), Beyond Names for Things: Young Children's Acquisition of Verbs. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000a). The Cultural Origins of Human Cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000b). “Do Young Children Have Adult Syntactic Competence?”Cognition 74: 209–253.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (2000c). “The Item-Based Nature of Children's Early Syntactic Development.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4(4): 156–163.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Barton, M. (1994). “Learning Words in Nonostensive Contexts.” Developmental Psychology 30: 639–650.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Brooks, P. (1998). “Young Children's Earliest Transitive and Intransitive Constructions.” Cognitive Linguistics 9(4): 379–395.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. and Kruger, A. (1992). “Acquiring Verbs in Ostensive and Non-Ostensive Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 19(2): 311–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tomasello, M. and Merriman, W. E. (1995). Beyond Names for Things. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M., Strosberg, R. and Akhtar, N. (1996). “Eighteen Month Old Children Learn Words in Non-Ostensive Contexts.” Journal of Child Language 23: 157–176.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tomblin, J. (1999). Paper presented to AAAS Annual Meeting
Trehub, S. E. (1976). “The Discrimination of Foreign Speech Contrasts by Infants and Adults.” Child Development 47: 466–472.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trehub, S. E. and Chang, H.-W. (1977). “Speech as Reinforcing Stimulation for Infants.” Developmental Psychology 13(2): 170–171.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trehub, S. and E. Schneider (1985). “Recent Advances in the Behavioral Study of Infant Audition.” In Gerber, S. E. (eds.), Development of Auditory Behavior. New York: Grune and Stratton.Google Scholar
Trueswell, J., Sekerina, I., N. Hill and M. Logrip (1999). “The Kindergarten-Path Effect: Studying On-Line Sentence Processing in Young Children.” Cognition 73(2): 89–134.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Tucker, M., A. M. Jusczyk and P. W. Jusczyk (1997). American Infant Discrimination of Dutch and French Word Lists. Proceedings of Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Turk, A. E., Jusczyk, P. W. and L. Gerken (1995). “Do English-Learning Infants Use Syllable Weight to Determine Stress?”Language and Speech 38(2): 143–158.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tyler, L. K. and Wilson, W. D. Marslen (1978). “Some Developmental Aspects of Sentence Processing and Memory.” Journal of Child Language 5(1): 113–129.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tyler, L. K. and Wilson, W. D. Marslen (1981). “Children's Processing of Spoken Language.” Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 20(4): 400–416.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Uriagereka, J. (1998). Rhyme and Reason: An Introduction to Minimalist Syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Uttal, W. (2001). The New Phrenology: The Limits of Localizing Cognitive Processes in the Brain. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Vaid, J. and G. Hall (1991). Neuropsychological Perspectives on Bilingualism: Right, Left, and Center. In Reynold, A. G. (ed.), Bilingualism, Multiculturalism, and Second Language Learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 81–112.Google Scholar
Vainikka, A. (1993). “Case in the Development of English Syntax.” Language Acquisition 3(3): 257–325.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Valian, V. (1986). “Syntactic Categories in the Speech of Young Children.” Developmental Psychology 22(4): 562–579.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1990). Logical and Psychological Constraints on the Acquistion of Syntax. In Frazier, L. and DeVilliers, J. (eds.), Language Processing and Language Acquisition. Dordrecht; Boston, MA:Kluwer Academic.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1991). “Syntactic Subjects in the Early Speech of American and Italian Children.” Cognition 40(2): 21–49.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1992). Categories of First Syntax: Be, Be+ing, and Nothingness. In Meisel (1992). 401–422
Tomasello, M. (1993). “Discussion. Parser Failure and Grammar Change.” Cognition 46: 195–202.Google Scholar
Tomasello, M. (1994). Children's Postulation of Null Subjects: Parameter Setting and Language Acquisition. In Lust, Hermon and Kornfilt (eds.). 273–286
Tomasello, M. (1999). “Input and Language Acquisition.” In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 497–530.Google Scholar
Weijer, J. (2001). “Vowels in Infant- and Adult- Directed Speech.” Lund University Working Papers in Linguistics 49: 172–175.Google Scholar
Hulst, H. and Smith, N. (1982). The Structure of Phonological Representations: Part 1. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Lely, H. K. J. (1998). “SLI in Children: Movement, Economy and Deficits in the Computational-Syntactic System.” Language Acquisition 7(2–4): 161–192.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Van Valin, R. D. (1992). An Overview of Ergative Phenomena and Their Implications for Language Acquisition. In Slobin, D. (ed.), The Cross-Linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 3: 15–38.Google Scholar
Vargha-Khadem, F. and Corballis, M. (1979). “Cerebral Asymmetry in Infants.” Brain and Language 8: 1–9.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Vargha-Khadem, F., Isaacs, E., Papaleloudi, H., Polkey, C. and Wilson, J. (1991). “Development of Language in Six Hemispherectomized Patients.” Brain 114: 473–496.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Vargha-Khadem, F., Carr, L., Isaacs, E., Brett, E., Adams, C. and Mishkin, M. (1997). “Onset of Speech after Left Hemispherectomy in a Nine-Year-Old Boy.” Brain 120: 159–182.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Varley, R. and Siegal, M. (2000). “Evidence for Cognition Without Grammar from Causal Reasoning and ‘Theory of Mind’ in an Agrammatic Aphasic Patient.” Current Biology 10: 723–726.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Varma, T. L. (1979). “Stage 1 of a Hindi-Speaking Child.” Journal of Child Language 6(1): 167–173.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Velton, H. (1943). “The Growth of Phonemic and Lexical Patterns in Infant Speech.” Language 19(4): 281–292.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Verma, M. and K. P. Mohanan (1990). Introduction to the Experiencer Subject Construction. In Verma, M. and Mohanan, K. P. (eds.), Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University.Google Scholar
Vihman, , M. (1982). “A Note on Children's Lexical Representations.” Journal of Child Language 8(239–264).Google Scholar
Vihman, M. and S. Velleman (2000). Phonetics and the Origins of Phonology. In Burton-Roberts, N., Carr, P. and Docherty, G. (eds.), Phonological Knowledge: Conceptual and Empirical Issues. NewYork:Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Vihman, M., DePaolis, R. and B. Davis (1998). “Is There a ‘Trochaic Bias’ in Early Word Learning? Evidence from Infant Production in English and French.” Child Development 69(4): 935–949.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vihman, M., Macken, M., Miller, R., Simmons, H. and Miller, J. (1985). “From Babbling to Speech: A Re-Assessment of the Continuity Issue.” Language 61: 395–443.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vihman, M. M. (1996). Phonological Development: The Origins of Language in the Child. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Vinnitskaya, I., C. Foley and S. Flynn (2001). Grammatical Mapping in the Acquisition of a Third Language. Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting
Vogel, I. (1975). “One System or Two: An Analysis of a Two-Year-Old Romanian–English Bilingual's Phonology.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 9: 43–62.Google Scholar
Vogel, P. M. and Comrie, B. (eds.) (2000). Approaches to the Typology of Word Classes. (Empirical Approaches to Language Typology. Vol. 23.). Berlin: de Gruyter.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Volterra, V., Capirci, O., Pezzini, G., Sabbadini, L. and Vicri, S. (1996). “Linguistic Abilities in Italian Children with Williams Syndrome.” Cortex 32: 663–677.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Frisch, K. (1967). The Dance Language and Orientation of Bees. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wagner, L. (2002). “The Heritability of Language.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6(5): 198.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wakefield, J. R., Doughtie, E. G. and Yorn, L. (1974). “Identification of Structural Components of an Unknown Language.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 3: 262–269.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wapner, W., Hamby, S. and Gardner, H. (1981). “The Role of the Right Hemisphere in the Apprehension of Complex Linguistic Materials.” Brain and Language 14: 5–33.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waterson, N. (1971). “Child Phonology: a Prosodic View.” Journal of Linguistics 7(2): 179–211.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Waugh, L. R. and Monville-Burston, M. (eds.) (1990). On Language: Roman Jakobson. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Google Scholar
Waxman, S. R. (1999). “Specifying the Scope of 13-Month-Olds' Expectations of the Scope of Novel Words.” Cognition 70(3): B35–B50.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waxman, S. R. and Booth, A. E. (2000). “Principles that are Invoked in the Acquisition of Words, but not Facts.” Cognition 77(2): B35–B43.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Waxman, S. R. and Hatch, T. (1992). “Beyond the Basics: Preschool Children Label Objects Flexibly at Multiple Hierarchical Levels.” Journal of Child Language 19(2): 217–242.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Waxman, S. R. and Markow, D. (1995). “Words as Invitations to Form Categories: Evidence from 12- to 13-Month-Old Infants.” Cognitive Psychology 29(3): 257–302.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Weber-Fox, C. and Neville, H. (1996). “Maturational Constraints on Functional Specializations for Language Processing: ERP and Behavioral Evidence in Bilingual Speakers.” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 8(3): 231–256.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Weir, R. H. (1970). Language in the Crib. The Hague: Mouton de Gruyter.Google Scholar
Weisler, S. and Milekic, S. (2000). Theory of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Weissenborn, J. (1990). “Functional Categories and Verb Movement: The Acquisition of German Syntax Reconsidered.” Linguistische Berichte (Special Issue) 3: 190–224.Google Scholar
Weissenborn, J. and Höhle, B. (2001). Approaches to Bootstrapping: Phonological, Lexical, Syntactic and Neurophysiological Aspects of Early Language Acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Weist, R. (1983). “The Word Order Myth.” Journal of Child Language 10: 97–106.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wellman, H. M. (1990). The Child's Theory of Mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Werker, J. (1994). Cross-Language Speech Perception: Developmental Change Does Not Involve Loss. In Goodman, J. and Nusbaum, H. (eds.), The Development of Speech Perception: The Transition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press: 93–120.Google Scholar
Werker, J. and J. Pegg (1992). “Speech Perception and Phonological Acquisition.” In Ferguson,, C.Menn, L. and Stoel-Gammon, C. (eds.), Phonological Development: Models, Research and Implications. Parkton, MD: York Press.Google Scholar
Werker, J. F. and Tees, R. C. (1983). “Developmental Changes across Childhood in the Perception of Non-Native Speech Sounds.” Canadian Journal of Psychology 37(2): 178–286.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Werker, J. F. and Vouloumanos, A. (2000). “Who's Got Rhythm?”Science 288(5464): 280–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1984a). “Cross-Language Speech Perception: Evidence for Perceptual Reorganization During the First Year of Life.” Infants' Behavior and Development 7: 49–63.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1984b). “Phonemic and Phonetic Factors in Adult Cross-Language Speech Perception.” Journal of the Acoustic Society of America 75: 1866–78.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J. and Tees, R. (1999). “Influences on Infant Speech Processing: Toward a New Synthesis.” Ann. Rev. Psychol. 50: 509–535.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werker, J., Gikilbert, J., Humphrey, K. and Tees, R. (1981). “Developmental Aspects of Cross-Language Speech Perception.” Child Development 52: 249–355.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Werker, J. F., Cohen, L., Lloyd, J. L., Casasola, M. and Stager, C. L., (1998). “Acquisition of Word-Object Associations by 14-Month-Old Infants.” Developmental Psychology 34(6): 1289–1309.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wetstone H. and G. Friedlander (1973). The Effect of Word Order on Young Children's Responses to Simple Questions and Commands. Paper presented at Annual Meeting of the Society of Research in Child Development
Wexler, K. (1990). “Innateness and Maturation in Linguistic Development.” Developmental Psychobiology 23: 645–660.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Wexler, K. (1993). The Subset Principle is an Intensional Principle. In Reuland, E. and Abraham, W. (eds.), Knowledge and Language. Dordrecht; Boston: Kluwer Academic.1. 217–239.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. (1994). Optional Infinitives, Head Movement and the Economy of Derivations. In Lightfoot, D. and Hornstein, N. (eds.), Verb Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 305–382.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wexler, K. (1999). Maturation and Growth of Grammar. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. (eds.), Handbook of Child Language Acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 55–110.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and Chien, Y.-C. (1985). “The Development of Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 24: 138–149.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and Culicover, P. (1980). Formal Principles of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wexler, K. and R. M. Manzini (1987). “Parameters and Learnability in Binding Theory.” In Roeper, T. and Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting. Dordrecht; Boston: D. Reidel. 153–166.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Whalen, D., Levitt, A. and Wang, Qi. (1991). “Intonational Differences Between the Reduplicative Babbling of French- and English-Learning Infants.” Journal of Child Language 18: 501–516.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
White, K., J. Morgan and L. Wier (2004). “Is a ‘dar’ a car? Effects of mispronunciation and context on sound-meaning mappings.” Poster presented at 29th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston
White, L. (1996). Universal Grammar and Second Language Acquisition: Current Trends and New Directions. In Ritchie and Bhatia (eds.). 85–120CrossRef
White, L. and F. Genesee (1992). “How Native is a Near Native Speaker?” Paper Presented at the Boston University Conference on Language Development
Whitman, J., K-O. Lee and B. Lust (1991). Continuity of the Principles of Universal Grammar in First Language Acquisition: The Issue of Functional Categories. NELS Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society Annual Meeting, 21. Amherst: University of Quebec at Montreal, University of Massachusetts. 383–397
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, Mind and Reality: Selected Writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wilkinson, K. M. and S. A. Stanford (1996). Mechanisms of Fast Mapping in Preschool Children. In Proceedings of 20th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Williams, E. (1981a). Language Acquisition, Markedness and Phrase Structure. In Tavakolian, S. (eds.), Language Acquisiton and Linguistic Theory. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press. 8–34.Google Scholar
Williams, E. (1981b). “On the Notions ‘Lexically Related’ and ‘Head of a Word’.” Linguistic Inquiry 12: 245–274.Google Scholar
Wilson, R. (1999). Introduction: Philosophy. In. R. Wilson and F. Keil (eds.), MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Amherst:MIT Press. xv–xxxvii.
Wilson, R. A. and Keil, F. C. (eds.) (1999). The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Wimbish, J. S. (1989). SHOEBOX: A Data Management Program for the Field. Dallas, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics Academic Computing.Google Scholar
Wimmer, H. and Perner, J. (1983). “Beliefs about Beliefs: Representation and Constraining Function of Wrong Beliefs in Young Children's Understanding of Deception.” Cognition 13(1): 103–128.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Winjen, F., Krikhaar, E. and Os, E. (1994). “The (Non) Realization of Unstressed Elements in Children's Utterances: Evidence for a Rhythmic Constraint.” Journal of Child Language 21(1): 59–83.Google Scholar
Wisniewski, E. and Medin, D. (1994). “On the Interaction of Theory and Data in Concept Learning.” Cognitive Science 18(2): 221–281.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Witelson, S. F. (1977). Early Hemisphere Specialization and Interhemispheric Plasticity: An Empirical and Theoretical Review. In Segalowitz, S. J. and Gruber, F. (eds.), Language Development and Neurological Theory.New York: Academic Press. 213–289.Google Scholar
Witelson, S. F. and D. L. Kigar (1988). “Anatomical Development of the Corpus Callosum in Humans: A Review with Reference to Sex and Cognition. In Segalowitz, J. (ed.), Brain Lateralization in Children: Developmental Implications. New York: Guilford. 35–57.Google Scholar
Woods, B. T. and Carey, S. (1979). “Language Deficits after Apparent Clinical Recovery from Childhood Aphasia.” Annals of Neurology 6(5): 405–409.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Woods, B. T. and Teuber, H. L. (1978). “Changing Patterns of Childhood Aphasia.” Annals of Neurology 3: 273–280.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Woodward, A. L. and Markman, E. M. (1991). “Constraints on Learning as Default Assumptions: Comments on Merriman and Bowman's ‘The Mutual Exclusivity Bias in Children's Word Learning’.” Developmental Review 11(2): 137–163.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Woodward, A. L. and E. M. Markman (1998). Early Word Learning. In Damon,, W.Kuhn, D. and Siegler, R. S. (eds.), Cognition, Perception and Language. New York: J. Wiley and Sons.2: 371–420.Google Scholar
Woodward, A. L., Markman, E. M. and Fitzsimmons, C. M. (1994). “Rapid Word Learning in 13- and 18-Month-Olds.” Developmental Psychology 30(4): 553–566.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Xu, F. (2002). “The Role of Language in Acquiring Object Kind Concepts in Infancy.” Cognition 85(3): 223–250.CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Xu, F. and S. Carey (1995). Do Children's First Object Kind Names Map onto Adult-Like Conceptual Representations?” In Proceedings of 19th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development. Boston, MA: Cascadilla Press
Xu, F., S. Carey, K. Raphaeldis and A. Ginzbursky (1995). Twelve-month-olds have the conceptual resources to support the acquisition of count nouns. In Proceedings of 26th Stanford Child Language Research Forum. Stanford, CA
Yamada, J. (1990). Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Yamamoto, K. and Keil, F. C. (2000). “The Acquisition of Japanese Numeral Classifiers.” Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences 61(1): 159.Google Scholar
Zaidel, D. (1994). “Worlds Apart: Pictorial Semantics in the Left and Right Cerebral Hemispheres: Current Directions in Psychological Science.” American Psychological Society 3(1): 5–8.Google Scholar
Zurif, E. (1980). “Language Mechanisms: A Neuropsychological Perspective.” American Scientist 68: 305–311.Google ScholarPubMed
Zurif, E. (1983). Aspects of Sentence Processing in Aphasia. In Studdert-Kennedy, M. (ed.), Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure coreplatform@cambridge.org is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

  • References
  • Barbara C. Lust, Cornell University, New York
  • Book: Child Language
  • Online publication: 05 June 2012
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803413.023
Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

  • References
  • Barbara C. Lust, Cornell University, New York
  • Book: Child Language
  • Online publication: 05 June 2012
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803413.023
Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

  • References
  • Barbara C. Lust, Cornell University, New York
  • Book: Child Language
  • Online publication: 05 June 2012
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803413.023
Available formats
×